Audio

342: How My Student Amanda Makes 6 Figures Selling Dollhouse Furniture

342: How My Student Amanda Makes 6 Figures Selling Dollhouse Furniture

Today, I’m really happy to have Amanda Austin on the show. Amanda is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course and she runs a 6 figure business selling dollhouse furniture over at ShopOfMiniatures.com.

In this episode, we’re going to do a deep dive into her journey, how she decided what to sell, how she grew her business, and what obstacles she had to overcome to get to this point.

What You’ll Learn

  • Amanda’s motivations to start her online store
  • How she came up with her idea of what to sell
  • Why she chose to dropship instead of carry inventory or sell on Amazon
  • How Amanda gets free traffic to her shop

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course on the show, Amanda Austin. And Amanda runs a six figure business selling dollhouse furniture, and she only works on her business between 10 to 20 hours a week because she drops ships. And here’s how she built it. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data.

00:29
customer relationships and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS.

00:58
So if you are ready to drive future sales and higher customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial over at clavio.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:23
Now SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my eCommerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in eCommerce and eCommerce is their primary focus. So not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:53
So head on over to postscope.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now onto the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Amanda Austin on the show. Now Amanda is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course and she runs a six figure business selling dollhouse furniture over at shopofminiatures.com. Now she works on her business between 10 to 20 hours per week and in fact she is barely working at all right now because she has a seven week old. It took her roughly three years to get to this point and she went through a lot of self doubt and a bunch of ups and downs in the road, but she did it.

02:49
So today we’re going to do a deep dive into her journey, how she decided what to sell, how she grew her business and what obstacles she had to overcome to get to this point. And with that, welcome to the show, Amanda. How are you doing? I’m great. Thank you, Steve. I’m so excited to have you on. I mentioned to you earlier, I looked in the archives and I performed a website critique of your store on December 8th of 2017. So it literally has been almost exactly three years since your launch.

03:19
Yeah, exactly. Actually, I just remember that yesterday, the 11th of November was the day I launched my store. So it’s pretty much exactly three years it’s been live. Okay, wow. That’s amazing. So Amanda, tell the audience about your store, what you sell and how you got started. Okay, so my store is Little Shop of Miniatures, which is at shopofminiatures.com. And my store specializes in dollhouse miniatures and dollhouse kits. The kits

03:49
are my entire store is drop ship, I should say. And I have two suppliers, one for the kids and one for the dollhouse managers. And the vast, vast majority of my business comes from the miniatures business. So these miniatures range, I literally have everything in the store in miniature version, whether it’s like a dollhouse sofa, a dollhouse food, know, little tiny food, got actual dolls and tons of random stuff. I have a miniature electric chair, have miniature condos. Miniature electric chair? Oh, yeah.

04:18
It’s a hot seller. No pun intended. There’s a lot of weird stuff on my store, but you know, the majority of people are buying like stuff to decorate their doll houses. These are mostly hobbyists, I would say, excuse toward older women, although there are men and the men tend to buy more of like the dollhouse building supplies. So I have dollhouse baseboards and dollhouse electric kits and things like that. So this is a bigger hobby than most people realize. Although I do get kids once in a while, I’ve had like a few

04:48
kids of celebrities actually ordered from my store. So yeah, it’s it’s been a wild ride. And it’s all drop ship. I know that not a lot of people in your class do drop ship. I did it because I have like over 3000 items in my store and I could add 10,000 more easily. I didn’t want to inventory that huge amount of Oh, yeah, obviously. Yeah. Let me ask you this. Are you into dollhouse miniatures yourself or

05:15
Okay. So that’s a funny story. I chose the niche mostly because I did all of your keyword research and this one was just, you know, it was, I had like a whole Excel sheet just full of ideas. And this one just kept coming up as a very competitive keyword and there were a lot of keywords. And then I looked at the, my competitor sites and they were just so God awful that I really felt I should just go into this. But actually as a kid, my grandma handmade me a dollhouse and there was a dollhouse, store, my local mall, and I would go there all the time. spent.

05:44
every, you know, first communion dollar, every allowance dollar I spent at that little store. And I eventually filled this dollhouse like just full of miniatures over the course of many years. And that dollhouse miniature store closed. But I still had all the miniatures, I still had the dollhouse. So I did have an affinity for it. And that was another reason why I chose to go into this because I truly do love the products a lot. do you know a lot about this? Like, do you get questions from your customers asking you specific questions about

06:15
Like the electric chair, for example, or? Yeah. So I can always answer about like things about scale and simple questions, but sometimes people write in with incredibly complicated questions about building a dollhouse. I have had to learn a lot and I’ve just bought books or got books out from the library or, you know, I’ve been on forums where I’m just learning these things, but to be honest, I have never built a dollhouse. I have never put electricity in a dollhouse. I’ve never put wallpaper on a dollhouse.

06:44
But I have learned how to answer these questions. I think, you people are always surprised, like I write back and like, yeah, this is Amanda. And they know that I’m the founder of the store because I have my story on the homepage. And people are always like really impressed by that. They’re always like, wow, I can’t believe it’s you. Actually, it’s nice. It actually lends a lot of credibility to is it just a one man show? Are you running it by yourself? Or do you have employees or

07:09
Well, yeah, it’s pretty much, yeah, it’s just me running this, you know, I’m customer service and fulfillment and everything, but I have a warehouse actually not too far from my house, about two hours it’s located and they’ve been importing dollhouse miniatures for like over 40 years. And I know them pretty well and I’ve gone to visit them several times. So they are like my fulfillment team. And so I send my orders to them and they make sure they’re packaged and shipped. So I kind of count them as part of my team.

07:36
You know, we I give them ideas for like new products and times and we’re in close contact all day So how did you actually find your dropship vendors? Because I know that’s one of the biggest hurdles actually for people getting started Yeah, that that’s the hard part. So what I ended up doing is I went to Las Vegas There’s a dollhouse miniatures convention because really I guess there’s a convention for everything. It’s absolutely Yeah, there’s a couple of these every year and this one was I got I joined a group it was

08:04
can’t even remember now that it was like a miniatures group and I found out about it and I thought, okay, you know, I looked at the list. said, I think I can find, you know, someone who can supply my products here. So I ended up going there and I met, there’s like two big wholesalers that import these products. And I liked the one because it was like really close in Ohio. And I just had a good rapport with the guy and you know, I just was like, well, you know, I’m to be in contact with you. I’d like to sell your products and that’s how it got started.

08:32
So is there anything that you had to do to convince them to drop ship for you? Or was that just part of the agreement right off the bat? No, because they were drop shipping for other people. I see. Okay. So they were pretty, pretty well oiled machine at that point. And you know, those other people, you know, I started off and I would be like, throw them an order a day. Now I’m like one of the top, top customers. Nice. Nice. I did want to also ask you this because we talked about this before I hit record.

08:59
What were some of the motivations for starting your business? Because I think we’re a lot alike in that like we don’t need a ton of money. We just need enough to do what we want to do. So what were the motivations for even getting started with this? Yeah, it was all about having personal freedom. Like freedom from having to work a set amount of hours. I was in corporate America for 15 years. And I just I was always like a fish out of water there. I mean, I was good. I got promotions.

09:29
I earned all the, I was in insurance for the last five years and I had like all the top designations. I had achieved a lot of stuff at my job, but I just never liked it to be honest. I don’t really like taking orders from people. I just never understood like why I had to work eight hours a day when I could get my work done in four. And, know, just like the politics, I was never good at playing that game. And I realized long-term that I was just never going to be happy. It didn’t matter. Like if I got a new job, I would still never like it that much.

09:58
And this was before I had kids. So I was thinking all of this. was like right before I got married, I started laying the groundwork and then I had my first daughter two years ago and my second one just two months ago. And, know, having your having kids, I just, there’s like no way I, I wanted to, you know, be at a 40 hour a week job. I wanted to be present for them. I wanted to be hands on mom. So, you these are my motivations was just like the freedom. And it wasn’t, you know, I didn’t need to make like.

10:27
a ton of money. Like I just kind of wanted to eventually replace my corporate income or get close to replacing it and not have to incur the cost of childcare. And I’ve been able to do that in three years. Nice. So when you first got started with this, like, did you have this long term vision? Did you have like a timeframe in mind? You know, I didn’t, I just had no idea where this was going to go. And not really. Like I kind of thought, well, you know, I’m going to have my own warehouse and employees. I’m going to make this

10:53
import my own products. And I still think about that because I know I could do it very well and I could do it for a lot less than my competition. I haven’t taken that off the table completely, but at this time in my life, it’s just not the right time. And I didn’t really have a ton of expectations. Like, of course I wanted it to be a success, but I just thought, you know, I got to try and if I fail, I can always go get another job. And in fact, the first year and a half of my store was very slow. Um, it was a very.

11:22
very part-time kind of income. So I ended up going to work for about a year for another online store. Except these people were doing millions in electronics. I kind of went there as sort of an apprenticeship to sort of learn more about how to do an online store. So I did that. I did all the marketing. mean, it was small. So I did the email and I did the promotions, the ads, everything. So I learned a ton there. So I do feel confident that if I ever want to take that route, I could do it pretty well. Okay. And how did you go about

11:52
validating your niche? Actually, I want to know how much you started your initial investment was also and then how you went about validating this niche before you actually got started. Yeah, I was I mean, I probably spent like less than $5,000 because you to buy your course and then I then I went to Las Vegas. Now my in kind, you know, I had like six months where it took me to set up the store and get everything going because there were just so many products and I did it all myself. So there was like a lot of time where I wasn’t making money. So if you add that in, that’s probably 10 to 1000s of dollars.

12:22
Um, the way I validated the niche is I followed all the, all your videos, all your teachings. did all the keyword research. I did that for months. I kept a huge sheet and then. You know, I ran it by you and you kind of gave me the thumbs up on it. And I thought, okay, this is how I’m going to do it. I think too, you have to look at the competition, you know, if their sites are really bad. mean, you, you saw my competitor sites. It looked like it’s like clip art from the nineties and yeah, yeah. Well, navigation. I was like, I know I can do this better.

12:50
So that was a big reason why I went into it. And I didn’t need to love what I sold. I told my husband, I’m like, I’ll sell adult diapers if it makes money. As long as it’s not like a drug or a gun’s gonna hurt somebody. But I kind of wanted something where I had a little bit of an affinity, a little bit of familiarity. So it kind of just all fit together. Okay, and you mentioned you did this all yourself. You wouldn’t describe yourself as a technical person, would you? Oh, God, no.

13:16
No, no, my store’s built on Shopify. in the beginning, I probably emailed them like five times a day about stuff. Okay. So you managed to just kind of figure out the technical stuff yourself. And you are not technical. you know, and the hardest part was getting my inventory in Shopify synced up with my drop shippers. My drop shipper is a little antiquated. And their systems for a while worked with a third party app that I bought through Shopify. And then all of sudden, they stopped working.

13:44
Um, actually right before the holiday season two years ago, right after I had my first child, was horrible because people were able to order things that were out of stock and things go out of stock all the time because they carry 20,000 skews. So, yeah, I spent a long time figuring that problem out. eventually hired an overseas developer to create a custom app for me. And, if I could give anyone advice, it’s like, I was a little shy to hire out. Like I’m always like, I’ll just figure it out myself.

14:13
should have done it a long time ago. When you hire someone like in Pakistan or India, it’s very a reasonable amount of money, especially as my store was bringing in a lot more. I should have done it a long time ago. And eventually I hired someone to do a redesign and paid like a thousand dollars and that was well worth the money too. Nice. Yeah. Your website looks great. Yeah. Thank you. Yeah. I didn’t always look like that. I mean, it was better than my competition, but I knew it. needed, you know, my store was growing. My store has grown traditionally 250 % a year. So I that kind of growth.

14:42
Yeah, like when you’re getting more money coming in, I wanted to put some money back in the store. So that’s what I’ve been doing. So in terms of dropshippers, I imagine you talked to a bunch before you settled on those two in terms of connecting up to their systems. So the two that you’re working with, do they have different systems, number one, and some of the other ones that they not even have systems at all? Well, I don’t know about there’s really only like two people you can choose from for dollhouse miniatures. And for the dollhouse kits, I only carry one because I

15:10
I don’t really want to be in the kit business. Like they’re, very heavy and the returns are horrible. So I just put them out there mostly for keywords so I can get people searching for those terms. Yeah. But they, the dollhouse kit maker, they really never run out of items. So I just simply list their products in my store and I don’t even try to sync up with them. But for my miniatures store, yeah. Like I had, like I said, I had to hire somebody, you know, to create this custom app. took us like probably a month to get it right.

15:40
Okay. Okay. And what happened? Like, how do you guys deal with returns and that sort of thing? Okay, so I’ve never had a dollhouse kit return because they’re like, they’re like huge, like 50 pounds, if someone wants one, you know, I clearly mark on the site, like, you know, returns like you please carefully consider this purchase. And that’s not that’s like such a small part of the business. Now for the miniatures with returns, people are unhappy or they just don’t like it.

16:04
I give them the address to send it back and I kind of make it seem like it is my store because I have a little shop and miniatures attention returns, but it really just goes back to my dropshipper. And then they let me know it’s in, they give me a credit and then I refund the customer. But I would see my, my returns are not a huge problem. It’s, it’s not a huge, there’s not a huge number of people that do returns and they’re not a huge problem because the item is so small that it’s easy for them to get it back.

16:31
Yeah, actually, your products are ideal since they’re so small, too, because I would imagine shipping isn’t that expensive either. So no, no, it’s not bad. Okay, so let’s let’s talk about some of the more difficult parts about getting your business off its feet. So first off, how did you make your first sale? I’m not really sure how that person came through. But it was really shortly after I launched my site. They just like they ended up ordering, but they couldn’t do it online. So I took the order over the phone. And I remember just like, Yeah, I got an order. 10 bucks today.

17:01
Um, I’m not sure. think I’m not really totally sure. I think I had a Facebook page. Maybe they found me that way. Okay. Yeah. I don’t take orders over the phone anymore. That’s no thing. Like see that that violates my like kind of lazy, lazy, fair business. You know, I’d rather just lose the sale than have to be on the phone with somebody. Cause they’re usually very old and need a lot of handholding. And I know it’s just not, there’s another site that does that over the phone. I don’t want to do it. So yeah, that’s how I got it. And mostly, mean, I don’t do any real advertising. The only

17:31
I, everything has been through SEO. I have a lot of high ranking keywords because of my blog and the way I set up the site. In fact, I’m like number one for a lot of stuff. I’m the head of hobby lobby and eBay. So that that’s how I’m getting the traffic. And then, know, like over 20 % of the orders are returned customers at this point. So it just keeps snowballing. Are you doing marketing? Yeah, use PlayV. But once a week, I send an email out and like,

17:57
And I’ll do a ton of sales. Sometimes I do a sale, but mostly it’s like these are the new products. And people just love to open those emails because I just put like a bunch of random stuff. Like today we have miniature tombstones and a miniature hand. You know, and like I always play it up. I’m like, you won’t believe, you know, the new products I put in. People are like, they really get excited because it’s just, I always make it very random. How do you decide what to include in your shop? Well, at this point, I have a pretty good idea of what sells. And Shopify is so good, they always

18:26
let you know within each collection, like what’s a hot seller. So I’m like, well, you know, people like these miniature meals with like everything in there. So I got to find more like that and put them in there. And in order to just figure out what to sell, is it just as simple as just going up to your dropshipper and saying, Hey, can you send me some of these or, can I just list these? Is it? Yeah, you can list whatever you want. They have a whole catalog. Okay, so just go through it and I’m like, Oh, this is cool. Like, you know, I think about myself is like that

18:56
10 year old girl that just loved going to the miniature store. like, what would I want to buy? And I usually those are usually my instincts are spot on. So let me ask you this question. So what is stopping you from just including the entire catalog? Oh, it’s just like my it takes a long time to get a product up. Like, I would like to have the whole catalog. I set goals for myself, like I want to do 50 products a week and get them in there. And I try but like

19:24
I don’t know, I’m always putting more products in, but there’s just so many. I mean, it’s unbelievable how many things they have. Okay, so let me ask you that question in a different way then. How do you organize everything? So you mentioned SEO is one of your primary drivers. Do you just typically, when you’re deciding what to add, since it takes a lot of time, do you pull from a certain category or keywords and then you put those on? Or is it just based on what you think the demand is gonna be for a hot product?

19:53
You know, I kind of go through my store and I’m like, wow, I’m looking kind of lean in like desks and you know, or like a lot of times my dropshipper, they import a product for a while and then just, stop importing it. So over time your store gets kind of thinned out. And so I noticed I’m like, oh, I’m kind of, I’m getting kind of low on this category or like, you know, there’s, there’s, you know, people really like the little miniature cleaning supplies and why don’t I have a miniature bleach? I should put that in there.

20:17
So I kind of, you know, I kind of do it category by category and I set a goal for myself when I sit down to put in new products. Like today we’re going to focus completely on miniature armchairs and that’s just all I do. So you mentioned your shop was slow for the first year and a half. Yeah. What happened after that year and a half? I mean, it was always growing, you know, but what really blew up was like last holiday season. I don’t know what happened, but it would, it just all of a sudden, I don’t know if I got bumped up for a bunch of keywords on Google.

20:48
But the store exploded and I was like making more from my store than from my day job. And I was just like, yeah, I forget about this. I’m out of here. Oh, that’s when you quit. And then honestly, like the pandemic has only helped the store. Like when the pandemic first, it was first spreading, I was like, oh great, there’s the end of my store. But instead people were writing to me all the time. They’re like, I’m stuck at home bored. I want to get back into this. And my sales have never really slowed down since then.

21:17
You know, like what I did in Christmas, was like, oh, wow, that was amazing. But I do that much like every month now. I can imagine, right? COVID, everyone’s stuck at home, nothing to do. Man, it’s actually was probably a blessing for your business, right? Overall. It really was. Yeah. Can we talk about your email flows, actually? So how do you get people to sign up for your list? And how frequently do you email them? What type of promotions do you email and that sort of thing? Okay, so

21:44
I have a pop-up on my store that’s like sign up for my newsletter and get 10 % off your order and a free ebook. And as soon as they sign up, they get the 10 % off. And then a day later, I send them an ebook of do it yourself, miniature crafts. Um, and I pretty much, I actually made that ebook myself. I kind of like looked online and use my own imagination about like how to do your own crafts. And it’s, it’s like the DIY dozen. There’s a dozen crafts you can make from everyday items around your house.

22:14
So you can take a paper clip and make a little miniature hanger and like an old wooden spool of thread, how to make a little table out of it. So people really like that. In fact, they get really impatient. Like they don’t even want the coupons. like, where’s my ebook? It’s coming. It’s coming. Okay. So that’s how I do it. And then, you know, I have a whole welcome series for people. I send them some of my more popular blog articles. Like I did a whole roundup of miniature museums around the country that people can visit.

22:43
And I remind them of the coupon and then if they don’t take advantage of the coupon, there’s like five or $10 off your order a couple of weeks later. And I also like send them an email with like hot products that are trending things like that. And it goes on for like six weeks at least. yeah, a lot of people end up ordering. also have an abandoned cart flow and that one, you know, was like, you forgot something. We’re still holding your cart. And then as a last ditch effort, I send them a coupon. I have a browse abandonment.

23:12
And that one’s been doing really well. What else have I got going on? And then, you know, I do the weekly emails. I try to do every week. So, you know, the majority of those are like, oh, there’s a new blog post or here’s some hot new products or like, here’s some, you know, like, you know, Halloween products you can buy, you know, Thanksgiving products, things like that seasonal or for spring, did flowers and baskets and gardening tools, things like that. And then I do do promotions.

23:41
probably like once a quarter, like I’m definitely gonna do one for Black Friday. And that’s usually like 10 % off, because I don’t have a giant margin. I have a much higher margin than most dropshippers, but I can’t do like 50 % off. So I’ll do 10%. Actually, can I, you don’t have to answer this question, but I’m just kind of curious what your margins are. And the fact that there’s other people selling these products, are you priced in line with what they’re charging? Yeah, I’m very, I’m pretty much right on the…

24:07
I’m a little bit more, but I made my free shipping threshold a lot lower than theirs. So I think that helps me. Okay. To be honest. And I would say my margin is 30%. Oh, that’s pretty good. Gross gross products. know, before, before I pay. I mean, it’s so cheap to run this store, you can run this store. That was my next question, actually, how much does it cost you monthly to run your store? I mean,

24:31
I pay Shopify like what I think I made like $50 for a subscription fee. I probably have a couple more apps. So like, I don’t know $70 you gotta get QuickBooks less than a hundred. And the only advertising I do and something that I really like is it’s called Clickly. Have you heard of it? Clickly? No, I have not actually. I really like Clickly. It’s an app through Shopify. And what it does is it displays your products and it advertises them, but you only pay if someone buys.

24:59
And I probably pay them like a good, I don’t know, a couple hundred bucks a month, but they bring in a lot of sales. And you know, my product is one that once people start ordering these miniatures, they like tend to order them again and again and again, cause they just love them. And I have so many products. So for me, you know, if I had a drop ship store and I was selling a product that people only buy once, like when I worked at the electronic headphones, you know, people buy headphones, they’re not going to buy another pair for like years. Yeah.

25:25
I probably wouldn’t do it, but for me I found that this is worth it.

25:31
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:00
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:29
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

26:40
So how does Clickly, actually, can we go over the apps that you’re actually using your store? I don’t know if you remember all of them off the top of your head, because you probably don’t look at it all the time. actually, how does Clickly work? where is it displaying your ads for your store? I mean, I’m not, I should probably know better. I’m not entirely sure all the places. I feel like on news sites. Oh, okay. Okay. So places ads. Yeah, things like that. So

27:07
I have 19 apps that I’m using. So I use like product reviews from Shopify to get those product reviews in, know, clickly for advertising the Clavio. Let’s see. I use, see, I use a free shipping bar. People like that because I’m like, Hey, if you add seven more dollars, you get free shipping. Yep. So that one works pretty well. And then, know, like all the social media, Facebook, Pinterest. you get a lot of sales from social media or Pinterest?

27:33
No, not a ton. I’m not super active on there, to be honest. I know it’s the thing right now, but I mean, here and there, I feel like it’s more people like to look at things. If I was going to put more time in my store, I put more products in and do more blog posts to get more traffic that way. Actually, can we talk about your content? Like how often do you put out content? Oh my God, not enough. I was doing it a lot. Again, like I need to…

28:00
I’m going to have like a lazy phase in my store, just like a distracted phase. I do have like some young kids. So we have an excuse here. Yeah, so little. know. So the things I put out have been like cash cows. Like I have one that’s like dollhouse printables. And these are things where people can go and print off. Like things they can use in their dollhouse. And so I’m like number one for that and I get a ton of traffic. I get ones about like how to wallpaper a dollhouse.

28:28
dollhouse glues like different glues to buy. I have a whole content piece about that. So the pieces I have, probably have, I know, like 20 content pieces, and they draw a lot of traffic. Nice. Nice. And these are all things that you’ve just learned from reading books. You own a dollhouse. I still have the one my grandma made me. Okay. And how often do you actually get your hands on the actual merchandise? Or do you just kind of drive over to the to the warehouse and take a look yourself?

28:57
It was about once a year because they have a show every year and you can go and I’ve gone to the warehouse and I’ve taken pictures that I could use on Instagram and just to meet the Packers and everything. But then in between like my pregnancies and then with COVID, I don’t think they really want me there right now. So I haven’t really had the product in a while. I’d like to get back. Hopefully next summer I would like to go over there. Cause again, it’s like only about two and a half hours from my house.

29:27
You’re not selling on Amazon either, are you? No, I’m not. no, I you know, actually, that’s how I started doing FBA, like Amazon FBA in my spare time. And I was like, man, this is a lot of work. And Amazon just kind of dicks you around. I was like, there’s got to be a better way. And that’s how I found your store. I’m kind of a I’m not really on Amazon because it’s Yeah, no. Yeah, it’s getting more competitive now, too. Exactly. Okay, so you mentioned before that you work

29:56
10 to 20 hours per week. Can you describe your schedule to me just so I can get an idea of what it takes and what your day to day looks like? To be honest, like right now I’m only probably working on my store like less than five hours a week. if I was being like, okay, so on an ideal day when my kids are napping, I’d probably spend like three hours doing a variety of things. Like first one would be like writing a blog post. Then the second one would be like, okay, I’m gonna put 20 products in.

30:24
reconciling my QuickBooks, because I’m the accounting department, so I have to do that and make sure I pay my sales tax and I’m in compliance with things like that because I have to pay sales tax to three different states, like pretty much quarterly. Right. And then just answering customer questions, things like that. Sometimes I’m researching a new app. Okay, maybe I should add this in. How much is it? Let’s see what the reviews say, making the store better.

30:50
and dealing with any customer complaints or issues, getting back to people, things like that. What were some of the major hurdles that you encountered? So I remember you mentioned that the way to sync up with your manufacturer went down and you had to hire someone to get that up. Does that imply then for that entire month when the app was getting up that you didn’t have any inventory controls? Yeah, yeah, pretty much. Yeah. And then I dealt with that problem on and off for like a year. And I honestly told my husband, I don’t think I can do this anymore. I can’t

31:20
No, I had to go through, I asked a ton of people to help me out. I told them I’d pay anything to get this solved. And I had people try to solve it and they couldn’t. And I was like, I’m never, I’m never going to be able to like run this store if I can’t get my inventory sank. And there were some low points because again, I had like a newborn and I was not sleeping. And every minute I wasn’t taking care of my baby. I was trying to solve this problem and deal with customers who had ordered things that, you know,

31:47
They ordered 19 things and I couldn’t send them three of them. And it was horrible. It was so hard to get that problem fixed just because of the way my dropshippers computer system is. really wanted to give up, but I think like the hardest obstacle was just my own self doubt. I mean, I had a so-called good job at a fortune 500 company. Pension, tons of job security. Like they’d never have a layoff in a hundred years of business. I mean, I just.

32:16
I don’t know, people were kind of like, almost like, who are you to think, you you’re so entitled to leave this job. mean, you know, everyone I worked with thought I was nuts. just because I did everything myself, I was alone a lot doing this and it was just hard. just, there were days when I was like, I don’t think I’m ever going to have a payoff. I just wasted all this time. And, know, I kind of got to a place where I’m like, well, you know, at least I tried and at least I’ll always know that I gave it a shot. And if I have to go back to another job, I don’t have to wonder.

32:45
But then, you know, like you said, I think you said somewhere between year, like two and three things just start to take off from most stores. And that was certainly the case with me. Like right now. I don’t even if I stayed where I was at, it would still be like a good income and really, you know, just a good life. Because like I said, I’m pretty much a full-time mom. do some freelance writing too, because that was the skillset I had leaving my old job. And I have all these insurance designations.

33:11
So I have insurance clients and I’m able to charge a nice rate because I have this weird knowledge. that’s like my other kind of backup. If the store is ever slow, it’s very easy for me to get this freelance work. I have one client that wants to give me more all the time and I have to say no. So yeah, that’s self doubt, especially when you have a so-called secure job. It was tough. Yeah, over here in the Silicon Valley, they pay you just enough so that it discourages you from trying anything on your own. Yeah.

33:40
Yeah. Well, okay, let me let me ask you this. What would you say was the hardest part about your journey?

33:48
just, well, is it the mental aspects? Or is it the actual doing part? No, the mental for sure. You I like powerlifting now. And it’s like, I know my body can do this. It’s my mind has to get beyond that. I can’t do it. You know, I think, yeah, that was hard for me, because I don’t have, I don’t really have an example. I don’t live in the Silicon Valley. I don’t, I’m not around a ton of entrepreneurs. It’s not an entrepreneur culture where I live in northwestern Pennsylvania.

34:14
So I didn’t have an example really. so thank God for your class because I was connected with a bunch of other people that were doing it. And I have this one uncle, he’s 89 and he never went to college and he lives right by me actually. And he owns a plastics plant. makes like 80 % of the deodorant caps in the entire world. And he’s done amazing things with his life. And he told me a long time ago, if I were you, I would start something on the internet. Really? An 89 year old told you that? That’s hilarious.

34:42
Yeah, he’s old school manufacturer and he’s got like factories all over the world, but he’s always been a big inspiration to me. And he’s, mean, he’s extremely wealthy. Like he’s, he has a ton of money, but he, you he was just like, should, you know, work, you know, you should do more. You should, you could make so much money, but he was someone who like slept in his office for years. And like, you know, he, his entire life was that company and like, just don’t really want that. But so, you know, I had his example. So I think like you have to.

35:10
it’s so crucial to be able to connect with like minded people. Because let’s be honest, like most people are speaking from their own fears when they tell you not to do something. Yeah. And you’re that’s why your class was so helpful. Because I was there. I mean, for months, I was at every office hour asking questions. I was listening to your podcast, I was being inspired, I was being reminded that it is possible. So that’s, that would be the advice I give to people. And in terms of just like the work part of it, what would you say is the hardest part?

35:40
I think working on your own, doing, like if you’re used to being in an office, even though you like can’t stand most of your coworkers, you know, it’s like, you have like a camaraderie, you have that friend you get coffee with, and then like you’re kind of alone all day, you know, especially with me, I had to upload all those products, it could get very monotonous. Yeah. So doing that was kind of tough in the beginning. Did you join any focus groups? I’m just curious. I didn’t, like I tried to, but like,

36:08
It didn’t, like the times didn’t work out or, you know, and I felt really good about the forums that you had and the Facebook page and the office hours. So that was good for me. And if you were to have any advice for people just starting out, who probably feel the same way you did when you were first starting out, what advice would you give them? Well, definitely take your class because it’s, you just learn so much. You know, that learning curve is very steep.

36:37
So why, you know, why reinvent the wheel during your class was definitely worth it. learned so much and getting the support with the keyword research that I was able to share with you. And, you know, we’ve had a check-in before and then, you know, checking with other people, like I didn’t know what to do about my first charge back or like the first time someone said they didn’t get their shipment and I know it was mailed. So that that’s very important. And then the other thing would be, don’t be too afraid to hire somebody for something that you can’t do yourself. Like it’s very admirable.

37:07
to learn things and do things yourself. But I would say like, your limits. Like if you’re not a technical person, I’m not, do not feel bad about going to get somebody because now I have this guy in Pakistan and I’ve had other little things. I’m like, Hey, can I, can you fix this for me? And now I have kind of a go-to guy so I can focus on the things I’m good at, like writing content and you know, getting new cool products into the store and like, you know, researching apps that make them site better, things like that.

37:36
Actually, can we describe that? Can you describe that process? Like, how did you find that person in Pakistan? But I think I went on Fiverr actually. Really? Okay, interesting. Yeah, I did. Yeah. It was way more than five bucks, but he’s really, really good. And he’s a pleasure to work with. Did you say I need help connecting my site to the system? Yes. Yes. I went in like, and I was like, and here’s all the issues I’m having. Like, it sounds very straightforward, but

38:03
they’re in, they’re not, it was like active mode versus passive mode and this, this, can you handle this, you know? And this guy did it. So now he’s very familiar with my store and I can, you know, go back to him if I ever need to. Nice. Can I just get, you don’t have to say the exact number, but can I just get an idea of how much it costs per hour? Oh, compared to the U.S. What did I pay? I don’t know, like 10, $20 an hour? Which is probably a great, maybe 10 bucks. It’s probably like a great salary in Pakistan. Right.

38:33
Did you look at anyone in the US just curious for comparison purposes? was. Well, you know, curiously enough, I was willing to pay anything because I wanted to save my store. But like people in the US couldn’t do it. They’re like, Oh, no, I don’t know how to do that. okay, okay. It’s a really weird problem. I don’t know what I have a weird store. So with your with your store design, like when you did that, I remember that first design when I did your critique, you had designed that yourself, right? That first stab. It was

39:02
It was not great. Actually, I actually watched the review before getting on here actually looked decent. It just needed a few touch ups here and there. But but are using that same Pakistan person. Did he redesign your site as well? No, I actually hired an American company, a guy out in New York City, like a guy in Long Island. He has a small team. And he was a little more expensive, like $50 an hour, but he was very good. He was fast. So I would use him for anything aesthetic. And how did you find him?

39:29
I think Shopify experts. Yeah. Okay. All right. Yeah, these are just good tips. I’m just trying to bring out because if anyone’s listening, and most people do need extra help, right? I mean, I would say 90 % of the population is not technical. Yeah, exactly. And to to do like the little things like, if you need like a graphic moved or something else, do you have basic HTML skills at this point? Or do you just contact that developer person? Oh, yeah, I am.

39:58
I am pretty good at that because I worked in content development at that, know, Fortune 500 company. So I have basic HTML. I also have a lot of good friends who are graphic designers that can like just tell me what to do. Okay. Okay. So tell me what does it look like for you going forward? Well, I really, I want to put more time in my store. I really do. think 2021, you know, is going to be my year. I mean, you know, like my daughter’s sleeping through the night a little bit. So we’re going to

40:27
get to that point, I’ll have more energy. And then I’m hoping I can keep my store growth, you where it’s at, if it could grow at 250 % every year, that would be amazing. I just want to keep putting in new products. It needs more content. I need to just keep my, you know, current customers engaged. And I think I can just kind of stay on autopilot and eventually, you know, I’m five or 10 years out, maybe five years when my kids are like in grade school, I have not ruled out importing my own products because everybody else.

40:57
is buying from these third party wholesalers. But the problem is like they’re definitely a middleman. So if I could just go around them, you can easily cut the price 50%. Yeah. And I have these people in China reaching out to me all the time. And I said, Okay, let me just keep you in my back pocket. Because I might do that someday. I was thinking you just go through and look at your best sellers and maybe just try one product. Really? Yeah, maybe what happens.

41:23
Yeah, like one category we talked about doesn’t have to be a category could just be like one or two products, right? They’re selling well, dip your toes in the water. Don’t invest in a huge amount. Yeah, not a lot. People. Yeah, but people I don’t know, like when I look at people’s orders, like it’s so random, like they have something from every category usually. Oh, is that right? Okay. Yeah, like these miniature collectors, like they want something of everything. They need the food, they need the furniture. They need the dolls. want the dog clothes. They just need. It’s just like never ending.

41:52
That’s like the best niche ever. Yeah. Yeah. You can just keep mining them. Right. Exactly. mean, repeat business is great. Once you have that customer list, you could probably just sell to them in perpetuity. I would imagine. Exactly. And that’s what, when I worked at the electronics company, they were always like, well, we need to get more sales. And it’s like, you can’t really, like when someone buys those headphones, they were like a hundred dollars, $150. They’re not coming back every month that, know, they might buy a gift, but you know,

42:20
you would spend like all this money acquiring a customer, but you could never get anything else out of them really. Yeah. Yeah. I imagine your email ROI is like amazing. It’s pretty good. Oh yeah. Yeah. It’s good. Let me ask you this last question. You started this before you had kids, right? Yes, I did. And I started mine, I would say a year before I started having kids and same with you, right? Yeah. It two years. Do you think you could do it now with starting from scratch with, with like just

42:49
two young kids or just even one newborn? You know, to be honest, probably not. So, I mean, there are some women who are amazing that, you know, only need four hours of sleep and everything, but I’m not one of them. And I think starting, you know, I started this, I mean, I quit my full time job for six months, and just to get this site up and going. And that was like all I did every day was work on this website, getting the products, doing everything myself. So really, there would be no way unless you had like a lot of help. So in that

43:18
In that respect, it was very fortuitous that I was able to start this as a single person. But I told my husband, I’m not against starting another like drop ship store, but I’m certainly not going to start one with that needs the sheer amount of products that this one does. Right. 10 products. And I could have had that store. Like I, I, I’m very confident that if I found the right drop ship product, I could have a store up in two months and start making money. I haven’t ruled that out either. Actually. Yeah. I mean, it’s very scalable. You could easily do it.

43:46
You just gotta find the right product with a good margin, and a good supplier. And I was like, that wouldn’t be a bad idea either. Like if you had two six-figure stores, you could easily have a six-figure salary. I live in a very inexpensive part of the country, so that helps. So I have all these ideas. I just haven’t executed any yet. Yeah, the reason why I asked you that question about the kids is like, I’m always of the philosophy, you have to dig your well before you are thirsty. by the time like…

44:15
I remember when I had my U-Born, that was like 100 % of my time. So it’s better to just start early and kind of anticipate that your life is gonna change and just get started sooner rather than later, basically. Yeah, I would encourage any potential mom out there, as much as you can get done before kids. Because even before I had my second child, I was getting emails ready for weeks, because I knew those first six weeks were gonna be insane.

44:42
you know, so didn’t even want to touch my store unless it was just to deal with a customer complaint and pay my sales tax. That was like all I was going to do. Well, Amanda, thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. It’s been great. It always just makes me so happy. Like that email that you sent me. It just made me so happy that day. Like whenever I see a student that’s successful, and it’s it’s really changed, or basically allow them to stay spend more time with their family. That just makes me happy.

45:10
Oh my gosh, Steve, I was waiting to hit six figures. And was like, as soon as I hit six figures, I had that email ready to go because, like I was telling you before, I would walk to work, you know, and just think, wow, I’ve listened to your podcast and be like, I want to be like these people. But I had a lot of self doubt and I just didn’t think I could do it. And, you know, it is very surreal to be here and it is a total blessing to have this time with my daughters. Um, my, my parents both worked a lot when I was growing up, we were always with different sitters.

45:39
and the quality of life I’m able to have. It really blows my mind. That’s amazing, Amanda. Well, thanks again for your time because I know you got two little ones. I don’t know if they’re napping right now or what, but. I can feed one. My mom’s over and I’m like, if she cries, don’t come in. You just have to rock her for a while. She’ll be okay. Second kid, know, you’re like way more relaxed. It was great to have you on and please keep in touch. Thanks, Steve. All right. Take care.

46:08
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now those of you who have followed me for a very long time know that I’m actually not a huge fan of drop shipping, but now that Amanda has established traffic and an audience, the sky is the limit. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 342. And once again, I want to thank postscoop.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. Now SMS is the next big own marketing platform.

46:36
and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

47:05
Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

341: How To Fight Back Against Chinese Counterfeits With Steven Weigler

341: How To Fight Back Against Chinese Counterfeits With Steven Weigler

Today I’m thrilled to have Steven Weigler on the show, Steve is my go-to guy when it comes to intellectual property protection, copyrights and trademarks.

He is the founder of Emergecounsel.com where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their IP. I brought him on the podcast today because Amazon copycats and IP theft is out of control. Factories in China are blatantly stealing designs and selling them in the US.

In this episode, Steve teaches us how to fight back.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to protect your intellectual property.
  • Should you patent your design?
  • The differences between copyrights, trademarks and patents.
  • How to prevent Chinese Factories from stealing your designs.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my favorite IP lawyer on the show, Steven Weigler. Now Steven is someone who I consult whenever I have a trademark or an IP protection problem, and he’s helped me with some trademarks in the past as well. Now I always feel racist and awkward when I say this since I’m Chinese, but today Steve is going to teach us what we can do to fight back against factories in China.

00:28
from stealing our designs and outright copying our products on Amazon. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution,

00:57
converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Businesses are always most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo, Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now, having used Klaviyo for many years now,

01:23
I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for ecommerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. So if you’re ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

01:53
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:10
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Stephen Weigler on the show. Now Stephen is someone who I met back in 2016, I think, through an attendee from the Seller Summit. And I’ve actually used his legal services on a number of occasions. He’s spoken at the Seller Summit several times. And today he is my go-to guy when it comes to intellectual property protection, copyrights, trademarks, you name it. He is the founder of EmergeCouncil.com where he helps e-commerce entrepreneurs protect their IP.

02:37
Anyway, the reason why I brought him on the podcast today is because Amazon copycats and IP theft is getting worse and worse. Furthermore, factories in China are also stealing designs and selling them in the US and Steve is going to teach us what we can do to fight back. And with that, welcome to the show, Steve, how are doing today? Good, good to hear from you, Steve, as always. And I’m glad everything’s going well. Under the circumstances. Yeah, seriously. Give us the quick background because I’m sure some of the listeners don’t know who you are. What you specialize in?

03:07
when it comes to your practice? Sure. So just as a little bit of background, I was an attorney for AT &T Corporation a long time ago. And that’s really where I learned about the importance of IP assets. And after that, I started my own company. It was focused on predictive analytics for school districts. But through that experience, have been an entrepreneur. I’ve to raise a lot of funding and deal with issues like boards.

03:35
But one big thing is I started a brand from nothing. The product and the goods and services didn’t exist. And so through that experience, I really learned a tremendous amount about the value of intangible assets, is in literally speaking means things you can’t touch. But figuratively speaking, it’s intellectual property. what I learned is that, and I did that for eight years and then started my own law firm. What I learned is that intellectual property,

04:05
especially how you brand yourself or how you brand your good or services is extraordinarily important and can be easily protected at a relatively low cost point. And so Emerge Console, our whole focus is really doing kind of the same work as large comprehensive law firms that really focus on enterprise businesses like AT &T and taking that and working with markets that are early stage or could be solo paniers or

04:34
or growing companies and using those same strategies and helping them on their IP strategy. And we know the first, the biggest thing and certainly the biggest thing for Amazon is trademark and how you brand and how you protect that brand. Yeah, I mean, this is what I like about you. You’re used to dealing with smaller businesses and that sort of thing as opposed to these large law firms that they usually charge on the leg actually. Won’t work with you or if they work with you it’s

05:04
It’s kind of on a, well, it’s not on a fast track. That’s for sure. You’re not going to get a senior partner unless it’s your father or something or your mother. All right. Well, let’s, let’s talk about Amazon. Let’s say I have a new invention and no one’s making it just yet. And I want to sell it on Amazon, but I’m worried about knockoffs. What would you recommend? And I kind of want to compare the different options here. So I think there’s patents, copyrights, trade secrets. What

05:32
What would you recommend if I was selling an invention? Sure. and the question is a good one in the fact that you identified that you haven’t started yet. So and you haven’t brought it to market yet. That is an excellent time to kind of put your stake in the sand and say, all right, how important, how big is this invention? Because at that point, because you haven’t published it, you haven’t put it up.

06:01
issued it to market, you can actually, if it’s an invention, you could patent that. And a patent means it’s something that’s, it basically protects inventions. And so it either has to be absolutely brand new invention, or it has to be a significant improvement on an existing invention. For example, if the invention were dental floss, you would have to figure out a whole new way that someone could floss their teeth. If you could do that, you could get the patent. Now,

06:30
So if you haven’t gone to market yet, it’s a crucial time to say, do I really have an invention? Now in the patent world, and as Steve knows, I discourage, not actively discourage, and I’m not a patent attorney, but I actively discourage the pursuing of patents because it’s very, very expensive and difficult to enforce. And generally a good patent strategy involves a plethora, a number of patents as opposed to just going and getting one patent.

07:00
And so a good patent strategy usually, you gotta look at any IP strategy as like a little thread. A good IP strategy takes the thread and it’s a sweater, multiple threads going in between each other. So if you really feel like you have an invention, you should certainly pursue patent expertise. And how I work is I’m not a patent attorney. I certainly can talk about patent strategy. And if it kind of passes,

07:29
the initial discussion like, that’s a good idea. I have a number of patent attorneys in various fields. Like right now we’re working on a, for one client we’re working on a hemp plant patent. On another one we’re working on an electrical design. The third we’re working on something to do with chemicals. And so you’re not going to use the same patent attorney for those three because they come usually from the science that they’re, that we’re trying to protect. So that’s, that’s number one.

07:58
For most of your students and for most of the general public, you’re not gonna have an idea or an invention that’s particularly patentable. And so we look at the other IP strategies, which I can walk through. Hold up, before we jump past the patents. So number one, you can’t have gone to market yet, right, with a patent. Otherwise you can’t follow one. Yeah, mean, the answer is generally yes. You cannot have.

08:24
But for example, if Apple has a new design for their iPhone, because that would be a design patent and maybe have a utility patent for that, that new design could be patented. But generally speaking, for your audience, yes, the moment the cat’s out of the bag, the patent goes out the window. Okay. And can you just give me a ballpark of how much it would cost to get a patent? Yeah.

08:53
Quotes I’ve been getting around 6,000 per patent application. the strategies.

09:02
vary from, all right, file a provisional patent and some of this themselves, they file a provisional patent, which isn’t reviewed by the patent office, the USPTO, but, some inventors go for it and go and get the full patent. I don’t really have advice on that because I’m not a patent attorney. I’ve been told provisional patents are pretty worth. So let me ask you this. If someone on Amazon is violating your patent, is that

09:31
Is it straight? I know you’ve probably worked with clients that have had this happen. Is it pretty straightforward to get them kicked off or is a lot more money required to enforce this pattern? That’s a really good question, Steve. Here’s the problem with a patent in general and dealing with patents on Amazon. And I do do a lot of that kind of work is somebody will come to me and say, I have a patent. And so you read the patent. It doesn’t say that it’s a patent. So for example, I’m just trying to think.

10:00
Maybe it’s a shoe-hider. Well, you read the patent and it talks about how if you put polyurethane and I’m just making this up and rubber together, galvanize it, it’s gonna make a better shoe-hider. That’s what the patent says. Well, Amazon doesn’t, they’re looking at a good, they’re looking at an actual good. So proving that that good that you’re saying is infringing violates your invention is not something that.

10:29
they’re really geared towards understanding or wanting to understand. So it’s relatively complicated to make a patent argument to Amazon. And they tend to, my experience is they tend to ignore those types of arguments because it’s not the same as saying, and we can go into some of this, it’s not the same as saying, I have a trademark called Adidas, which is a trademark is a brand of a good or service.

10:58
and my Adidas shoes have this look and feel. And if we all close our eyes, we know the look and feel of Adidas is the three stripes. That’s the Adidas trademark. Coming to Amazon and saying, my brand name is Adidas and my look and feel, which is called trade dress, is the look and feel of a product. And it’s very obvious to Amazon when something like that is happening. And you can protect all of

11:27
So that type of argument tends to be much easier to make than the argument that you violated a patent. Right. I understand that. Yeah. And violating a patent. mean, if you do have to pursue infringement through the courts, patent infringement, it is one hugely expensive, complicated battle that seems to be going on and on. You can just Google the

11:56
Apple versus Samsung cases and see how much that battle costs and how it keeps on going on. Well, sure, you’re not going to maybe have that battle in district court, in federal district court, but you’re going to have a battle that’s relatively similar in price and complexity. And so it is kind of like you really have to think out if you’re thinking about patenting something.

12:23
and going to market or what the other IP strategies you can use. Okay. So from what I’m hearing here, if I can just summarize is that the patent is probably not going to be very useful for protecting your IP on Amazon, right? And if it does, it’s going to cost a of money. It costs a lot of money and you better have something that not only is patentable, but that that patent really means something and think about a strategy as opposed to one and a

12:52
Well, let me ask you this. So why would anyone get a patent then in the first place? If you’re a small business that doesn’t have a lot of resources? Well, because patents give you exclusivity for that, for that invention in the marketplace for 20 years. So you can’t enforce, if you don’t have the money to enforce it, what’s the point of the money and you don’t plan on partnering up, it’s going to be a tough battle. Okay. Also, I’ve just seen it many times.

13:22
If I can poke holes through it, and I’m not even a patent attorney, just wait till what a patent litigator does to your patent. So you better have a bulletproof strategy. But if you do, you know, it could be, it could be a serious money for you. Right. Like I’m not just disparaging the right play for patents. But I think that there’s other alternatives. And I think most of your, your students and most of my clients, that’s not their strategy. Okay. So let’s move on to what a good strategy to

13:52
ticked like a product that you might sell on Amazon? Sure. so if you look at and Steve, you and I have worked or I’ve worked with a lot of your successful clients, some of your power sellers included. And if you look at their success, it is a combination of potentially the uniqueness of products in the marketplace, in the Amazon marketplace.

14:21
meaning the dogs want to eat, the dogs meaning the consumer wants to eat the dog food. But it’s also a combination of other things they’re doing in their business planning, such as that makes them successful. So one big thing they do, I’ve noticed a successful Amazon seller does, is they really have a good handle on their brand. So a brand is how you hold yourself out to goods, I’m sorry, to consumers.

14:50
So how you look on Amazon is basically what it is, what the name of your product is, what the customer experience, but not only that, what the customer experience is going to be. And so a good, and protecting all of that is through trademark. And as I said in the Adidas example, it’s also through something called trade dress where you protect the look and feel. And so that is really,

15:19
If you’re start somewhere, it’s having a discussion either with your brand or with someone like you, Steve, and I know a lot of people talk to you about brand, a lot of your students. And the third, and then, or someone like me, because I just have a lot of experience in identifying brand, and then really mapping out what your brand and brand protection strategy are. So how are you going to protect the uniqueness of not only the name of the product,

15:48
but the look and feel of your product and the look and feel of the customer experience. For example, that’s not so important for Amazon, but it’s important when you move to your own Shopify site or something where you’re have a complete customer experience. let me ask you this. What are some pitfalls of registering your trademark yourself? Well, there’s a number. Number one is when you have to sit and strategize, if you have no strategy, you have no game.

16:18
And that’s true in basketball, it’s true in trademark. So really stepping back and figuring out what the, the categorization of the product, meaning there’s 45 different categories. The first 35 are goods. second, um, fifth, the second 10 are, are services and you have to put it in the right category. Otherwise your trademark is worthless. Then you can’t describe it to, you can’t take too much real estate in your description. You can’t take too little real estate.

16:46
There’s tons of technical issues involved. Most importantly, if you don’t nail that brand and explain what the brand is to Amazon, I’m sorry, to the USPTO, there’s a chance that you might infringe on someone else’s trademark and not only get rejected by the USPTO, but set a record that you’re infringing on someone else’s trademark, which if it’s a big company, chances are…

17:13
you’re going to get a cease and desist letter and potential lawsuit just by filing your trademark. Okay. Yeah. So, so a lot of times, um, larger companies and frankly, a lot of my smaller successful companies are starting to monitor everyone. The filings coming into the USPTO and we do that all the time. And if we see something that’s infringing, we will threaten to, you know, the client has to be okay with it, but we will threaten to, to, um, seize the goods and enforce our trademark against them.

17:44
So if you don’t do this right, not only are you, you’re ruining your offense, you’re creating a situation where you’re gonna need an attorney because you’re gonna potentially get a cease and desist letter. So where it’s a very low cost and of low expense. And for example, we do the initial consult where we map out the brand, help map out the brand for free. But we have to have those discussions and figure out what you’re trying to protect and making sure that we don’t hit any landmines when we’re trying to.

18:13
What’s an example of a landmine?

18:17
Yeah, go ahead, Steve. Yeah, what’s an example of a landmine? A landmine is one is what I just talked about. Number two is where you file the trademark and you you get denied because the market itself is could be descriptive or considered generic. It has to have some originality to it to be to be able to be protected by the USPTO. So we get sometimes a descriptiveness refusal, which is terrible because of clon.

18:47
the Amazon seller’s already in the market and then their trademark gets denied for being descriptive or the kind of the kiss of death one is where USPTO determines that your mark has caused confusion with other models. There’s situations also where you think you got the trademark and you actually get the certificate and then you figure out that you filed it wrong. For example,

19:16
I’m just trying to think of an Amazon example, but you file for a services mark, like your online store. If you’re going to go Shopify, you file, say the name is Seller Summit and it’s it’s an online store. But, and you file as an online store, but you don’t file to protect the goods. And then someone takes the trademark for the goods. So there’s a whole bunch of, whole bunch of things that happen in our world. And,

19:45
The best strategy again is if you, I just look to use, cause the NBA finals are on, is I keep on using a basketball example, which is if you don’t come out, like all the players are good and you have to figure out all your competitors are, you know, good enough to get to the market. So you got to come out with a strategy. And if you don’t have a strategy, chances are that you are going to get killed, which no one wants to happen to you, or that you’re going to come back and have to pay more money to undo

20:15
the lack of strategy you have and put together this. Actually, that was what I was just about to ask you. Some people just want to just kind of rush through the trademark so they can get Amazon brand registry. Can you undo like, what does it take to undo something if you screwed up the first time? Well, a lot of times you have to abandon it. Sometimes the worst case scenarios is that you have to abandon the brand, meaning you have to re rebrand, relabel and like, file the trademark or well, sometimes you have to refile the trademark and start all over.

20:45
But sometimes you have to rebrand meaning whatever you were doing isn’t going to work because you, you, you set off burglar alarms or you hit stepped into the bear trap. And so it’s, it’s, there’s huge peril to it. And so what Amazon’s doing, by the way, Steve on the brand registry is they have a new pilot program that, and your students have had success with this. Whereas we filed a trademark and the moment we file.

21:13
we can fill out this form and it’s considered to be placed immediately on the bread right. Yeah. Yeah. So they’re, they’re aware, they’re aware of what the situation is. And, um, but at the same time, uh, Amazon, Amazon cares about Amazon and I guess they should. So they’re not necessarily looking out for you and your brand. All right. So the trademark, think most people out there understand, mean,

21:41
A lot of people have talked about it already for getting brand registry and it’s pretty easy to get a listing taken down for trademark infringement. Like if they’re using either your mark in their listing and whatnot. But what if it’s not a trademark infringement? What if someone is literally copying your design and there’s one of my students in my class who’s very successful and I think they’ve gone to you. Obviously what she has isn’t patentable but you suggested a copyright. Can you just kind of talk about what

22:11
Cause I was told a long time ago that if you just put copyright somewhere on there, that protects you. But then, uh, in the past, we’ve talked about registered copyrights. Can you kind of just define what all these things are? So again, just walking back to the kind of the main branch of the tree or the main trunk of the tree is you have to, it’s a good idea when you, when you’re going to start this whole process is to have a strategy. And so I look at, I look at copyright as one of the, like, if you are a painter,

22:41
or a artist, or even a handy person, it’s one of the tools you have in your tool chest. So trademark is one tool and it protects brand. Copyright protects original works of art. And it’s protected by the constitution of the United States and it’s really cheap and really easy to register. so you have to look at, when you’re looking at, you’re about to paint a canvas,

23:11
sure you’re looking at the brush that’s gonna get 90 % of the canvas painted, which is your broad brush, which is your trademarks. You also have to look at a copyright strategy, which is another brush. so copyrights, again, protect original works of art. Well, original works of art can be logos, they can be websites, they can be songs, they can be logos, they can be almost…

23:37
that can definitely be web copy, that can be how you describe your product, as long as it’s original. you’re not saying it’s a hamburger, like that’s not gonna be copyrightable. But if you’re explaining what the hamburger is or what your product is, all that wording can be copyrighted. And so when we’re looking at copyrights, we’re looking at what can we do to keep a competitor out?

24:06
And also this is, and so a lot of times it is kind of the description of the product or it is a picture of the product packaging. So if you look at good copyrighted product packaging, um, to Blaron, the chocolate that’s in the triangle, that’s an example of original product packaging. Um, even how M and M’s are packaged or how M and M’s look, that’s an example of something that could be copyrighted.

24:36
So, and it’s, so that’s really what copyright strategy does. Now copyright, Steve, you’re right. Copyright can be protected just by putting a C, but it’s not enforced. then, so it’s putting a C, the year, and who protected it. So for example, my company is called Emerge Console. If it were my copyright on my website, I put the C, the year,

25:05
Emerge Consul LLC that would protect it. However, copyright protection is not enforceable unless you file a registration for the copyright at the United States Copyright Office. So if it’s not enforceable, what’s the point of even? It is like it’s almost like reading philosophy. It’s like you read it and you’re like, I can’t believe someone wouldn’t want to file it for registration the way they courts interpret enforceability.

25:34
And the cool thing about copyright is, unlike trademark, there’s statutory damages. So if someone infringes on your copyright, you can threaten to sue them, and the damages can go up to $100,000 per incident if you register it. But you can enforce it if you don’t. OK, so basically it’s worthless to just write copyright down, essentially. It’s close to it. I mean, I don’t see any value in doing that. Or it’s better than not doing it, I guess is the point.

26:04
But if you want, know, copyright is, it is about $50 a filing is the cost and you can, you can take collections so you don’t have to file one copyright for each, each of the, so for example, if you had five product designs, well, you take, could have one application for those five product designs for, I think the price just went up, but it’s like $65. Okay. So what would you recommend to protect an Amazon listing?

26:33
So an Amazon listing, the problem with an Amazon listing is part of it is, of the listing is owned by Amazon, right? Their website is owned by Amazon. So you’re gonna take the part of your product description and also another one of the product packaging. And then potentially the logo. Logos are hard to get through because again, they have to be original works of art. Your writing of the description is original.

27:02
Logos, a lot of times it’s like, like I just got one and it’s a CMG put together. Well, the copyright office isn’t going to see and G has been invented by someone else’s. It’s part of the English language. They don’t care that it’s put together. Like that part can be a little tricky. And then Steve, but that’s again, if we’re looking at a strategy, we’re going to put this all on a spreadsheet. So we’re going to say, all right, well, here’s your trademarks. And it might be one or two or two or three.

27:31
And then we’re just going to say, all right, here’s the elements of your copyright that have been protected. So that’s another, I would look at it as another branch of the tree, but you put it all in a spreadsheet. So with different tabs, so you can see how you’re strategizing, just like we talked about patent. You don’t want to just have one patent to be done. You need a strategy. And so this shows a strategy. So let’s say you file a copyright on your design, like your packaging and maybe your copy.

27:59
And let’s say someone comes around and just makes like a tiny little change. Technically, the copyright isn’t enforceable then, right? At that point? Well, I have one right now. It’s an interesting question. And it’s a loaded question that if you took copyright in law school and sat through a whole semester, you still want to have the question answered. But but the point is, is if there is no surefire test on whether that’s a copyright violation,

28:28
But if you can take a look, it’s almost like a long time ago, the Supreme Court of the United States defined what pornography is. And they said, can identify it when you see it. so, know, porn compared to art. The same holds true with copyright. If there’s a multi-factor test to determine if there’s been infringement, but one of the ways to do it is if you look at it and it looks pretty similar and it looks like they copied original.

28:58
elements of your art, you can claim copyright violation. that’s, generally speaking, it’s not, it doesn’t have to be a direct counterfeit. It just has to be, it has to look damn close to it. So you could convince a finder of fact that they took your stuff. Like I’ll give you an example. Right now we’re working on an animation copyright case where somebody took some huge publishing company, like a

29:27
I don’t think it’s universal, but it’s one of those companies took one of my clients pieces of art and put it in an animated cartoon. And you can see where the piece of art is. The rest of that cartoon doesn’t look anything like it, but the background is there’s his art sitting in the background. And that is clear copyright violation. it’s a loaded question, it doesn’t have to be any changes still might violate copyright.

29:58
A good way to think about it is listen to all the music copyright violation cases. Like there’s one where the Temptations, I think, said that George Harrison ripped off their music. Well, you listen to it and it doesn’t sound like George Harrison did anything of the sort, but a musicologist compared the notes or the way the notes were going and claimed and successfully claimed copyright infringement.

30:26
It is a loaded question. It’s not sure. But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t do it. But again, you have to be smart, like just like trademark. You don’t just do it to do or, you know, buy. would suggest not buying a book about trademark for dummies. Like it’s just not your time is better spent doing something else and leaving it to somebody that this is all we do. And you recommend copyrights because it’s cheap to file. But in the in the event that you have to enforce it, then you

30:56
then it becomes kind of like the patent situation then, right? Honestly, think it’s easier to, my personal view is, and what I’ve noticed in my practice, it is easier to enforce and more threatening to enforce than a patent infringement because there’s statutory damages and no one wants to screw around. And definitely easier to enforce than a, unless the trademark violation is over. Because the trademark is difficult to sometimes enforce in the court.

31:26
Okay. So I think, I think it’s like, I think it’s, it’s really an underappreciated area of law. And for those of you guys that do your own code, for example, like you have your own Spotify site, you do your own code, you can also protect code through copyright. And a lot of that can be trade secret. You don’t even have to show the copyright office, the trade secret elements of the code. So it just, there’s a huge amount of value in copyright and it’s huge, hugely

31:56
Well, it’s underappreciated and underpriced really is where we are on copyright. And then if I could cover one more thing, Steve is the, so we’re looking at again, trunks on the tree and our branches off the trunks of the tree. The fourth branch is trade secret. You guys, can’t emphasize enough as when you grow as an Amazon brand or a e-commerce brand,

32:23
that a lot of times you’re starting with, it’s just you, or it’s just you and maybe someone that is a trustworthy source. But a lot of times as you grow, you’re not paying attention or there’s a tendency not to pay attention to the fact that your secret sauce is being distributed freely inside your company. And chances are, just from my experience in business, that the people you started your business with

32:51
aren’t necessarily going to be the people you end your business with. And so you have to, there are certain elements of how you get successful that are called trade secret. For example, what are you doing with how you answering Amazon questions? How are you getting to the top of the list on Amazon? How are you pricing your product? How, what’s your map pricing if you’re using multiple sources to sell your product?

33:19
All those things can be considered trade secret and you have to sign an agreement inside your company on what those are and that you’ll sue if necessary. No one wants to sue anyone. I mean, most people don’t, but that you’ll, you’re going to take strong action to make sure that these remain trade secret. So those are things inside the company that you can do. A great example is Coca-Cola. They never patented their formula because they didn’t want anyone to know it.

33:48
The patent you have to publish. But the formula is trade secret and only few people in the company know it. And if those people ever leaked it, they’d be in serious trouble. They’d be facing huge damages because the Coca-Cola secret formula would be out. The same holds true and I see this time and time again with a lot of our Amazon clients is that they’re not taking the steps as they grow to protect their…

34:16
the elements of intellectual property inside the company. Well, if you can’t do it inside the company, how are you going to do it outside the company? So does that involve filing someone or getting the employees to sign something or it’s getting the employees because the employees are independent contractors to sign something. Okay, got it. But it is mapping out what it is. Right. Okay. Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about a common problem that I common question I get asked is

34:44
If I’m designing something and I’m sending it over to a Chinese factory, how do I stop them from taking that design and selling it on their own?

34:54
Sure. Well, let’s go back to again, you always need a strategy. if you’re, so the first, if a, if a client called me, the first thing I’d ask is, right, where are you manufacturing? Are you manufacturing in outside the United States? The answer is yes. Then it’s like, all right, have you done any due diligence or is this someone you found on, on, on Alibaba express or like, how did you, how did you find this, this manufacturer? And the answer is like,

35:21
Well, I found them on Alibaba and I have no prior experience with them. There’s two things I would suggest you do. The first is ask if you can do it outside the platform. Ask for what their terms and conditions are of the sale and how they’re protecting intellectual property rights. You can even ask for it if they don’t speak English. You can ask for them to send it in Mandarin. So you want to see how they even suggest that they would handle some.

35:51
The second thing is for the intellectual property rights is you can protect the trademarks and the copyright in China. And China is really good at, probably better than the United States, and Alibaba’s really good at this, is if they see that there’s intellectual property protected in China, they will take down the listing. So it’s notorious.

36:21
Chinese factories are notorious for copying, selling goods and then maybe manufacturing double that amount and using it on Alibaba. Or the second thing is if you have a unique good, well again, have to, it’s no different than printing. They have to ink the press. They have to get the molds ready. So again, it’s in their, it’s their advantage to print more or to manufacture more.

36:50
And so again, the best way to deal with that is if you have the intellectual property rights, it’s going to be much easier to enforce at that point. So how do you get the intellectual property rights? Can you just kind of walk through it? of times there’s two ways to do it. We can, we can get the intellectual property rights through something called the Madrid protocol for trademark. And there’s something called the burn convention for, for copyright. And there’s, there’s something in patent too. So that’s, that’s a strategy that originally we were doing, but

37:19
In my opinion, it’s better to it to talk to someone like me and someone like me has a connection in with a Chinese law firm and the Chinese law firm. We work in concert to make sure that the, mark is filed, the marker, the copyright or if it’s a bad, is filed in China through and that you have protection in China. Surprisingly, it’s very, very inexpensive to do that, especially if we’ve worked up the strategy.

37:49
meaning that we know what category to put it in. We know what the goods and services are. We know what the mark is. And then we just send it over to them to file it in China. The filing fees are really low. Can you give me a ballpark? Sure. It’s less than a thousand dollars for everything. Right. Okay. That’s reasonable. And then does copyright work the same way over there that that it does in the U.S.? Yes. Okay. But there are arguably it works more efficiently. Really? Yeah. Okay.

38:18
What about trade marks? thing. It’s a one party government. If it’s their stuff, I mean, the connotation, it’s an interesting connotation because we have issues. mean, it’s no secret that the United States and China are in kind of a crosshairs right now. And so we always think, well, you know, and we see all these knockoffs or counterfeits and we think, oh, well, things must be crazy over there. Well, they enforce their law very well.

38:46
So certainly we have to look at customs, how, again, Chinese manufacturers, it’s in a, they’re not into small orders. It’s not lucrative. And so you have to look at it from their perspective, but at the same time, you’re protecting yourself. And if they see that you’re really taking steps to protect yourself, well, then they’re gonna find someone else to prey on.

39:13
So you recommend getting the copyright and trademark in China as well as whatever market that you’re selling. Yes, if that’s your strategy. So like, for example, Steve, I just had a person say, well, I’m manufacturing in Michigan. Well, then no. Right, But for most, yes, most Amazon sellers have some access to the Chinese. That’s where the manufacturing is coming from. The other

39:42
aspect of that is think about if you all of sudden see your product being knocked off on the Marketplace or or that there’s counterfeits of your listing or your product Well think about how hard it is to stop it once it hits the American border Because you got to look at it like I look at it like you know when you turn on the faucet how at the beginning the water all kind of comes in the same direction, but when it hits the backsplash for the

40:09
you know, the sink, it splatters in many different directions. The same holds true when you see an Amazon counterfeit listing. It’s not usually just one, it’s many, many. And so that’s because once the goods hit the American market, they’re gonna try and market it in many different ways. If we can, I know it sounds hard, but it’s not. If we can stop those goods at the Chinese border, where before the ship leaves the bay, then you’re not gonna have that, then the water is gonna be

40:39
closer to the beginning of the faucet and not when it’s hitting the sink and you gotta clean up the whole bathroom. So walk me through this process. Let’s say I see knockoffs on Amazon. First of all, how do I find out who’s responsible and then how do I go after them? Sure. So when you see knockoffs on Amazon, there’s many different ways to figure out who’s knocking them off. One way is to subpoena, you can see actually subpoena Amazon and get the

41:08
the names of the actual manufacturer, you can do some, and sometimes our Chinese consul does this because they’re very inexpensive, is they can do research in China to see where the goods are actually emulating out of by looking at the customs orders, because the goods have to leave China. So that has never been a huge issue to find out who’s actually manufacturing the goods, or you can work through, again, through Chinese consul that they call

41:37
the manufacturing you’re working with and either find out it’s them or it’s their brother or it’s, and you get the notes both back in Mandarin and English. So anyway, that has never been a huge issue that we’ve encountered finding out who the infringer actually is. Then the next thing you would do is you would make sure you have some intellectual property rights and you would have Chinese console, usually through telephone calls, although they have offices in pretty much

42:07
every major city, but they virtually door knock and kind of read them the riot act. And that usually does a trick. Again, if you never, from a Chinese manufacturer perspective, and I’m not a Chinese manufacturer, but I think general human instinct is why would I continue trying to knock off this person if

42:36
if there’s resistance. Like generally it’s a wake up call. And knowing that they could be sued in China and really, I mean, we’re not telling them what the budget of our client is, but that they really might see legal ramifications in China is enough to scare them away. I see. So this sounds really intimidating to me actually. let’s say I would contact you and you…

43:02
You have connections with the Chinese console and you’ve actually had factories stop manufacturing and knockoffs. Yeah, a lot. Okay, interesting. But you know what also happens Steve is, is on the opposite side, China is a first to file country. So what Chinese manufacturers or agents will do is sometimes when they’re going to knock off the product and they’re serious, they’ll file the trademark or the copyright first.

43:31
So they’ll file it before you ever thought about it. And then you don’t have those rights. I see. So since it’s that way, it seems like if I have a design in mind before I even give it to a potential manufacturer, and I’m pretty sure I’m going to sell it, I would get the copyright and trademark for it. Is that what you’re suggesting? I think that’s an excellent idea, yes. OK.

43:55
But can I do it even if I don’t have the actual product in hand? Can it be like a drawing? know, like, okay. So the idea is it’s not that different than anything else is if you wait and then it becomes a problem. Well, it’s a very expensive process and it’s very, it’s very uncertain. If you look at it like, all right, I’m thinking about bringing this product to market or

44:21
I’m in market and it’s successful, but I want to protect it. And you call someone like me, we’re going to walk. I can look at what marks have been filed. I have the software to look at what’s been filed in China. And so I can tell you, you know, we can start working on a strategy and it’s extremely well-cost almost. It’s part of the initial console, but, but, um, once again, the cat is out of the bag. becomes really difficult. And if you see someone’s,

44:51
take in your trademark, well, you know, even if you haven’t seen any action so far, you might want to kind of bat down the hatches because you might be seeing something coming in in near future.

45:06
So guess it’s real. I’m not saying everyone has to do this. I’d say it’s a case by case basis. again, ultimately you have to, your students have to ask themselves, what kind of Amazon seller do I ultimately want to be? Is this a, don’t want to my day job and I just want to sell a few dozen a day and maybe take a vacation? Then maybe,

45:36
that’s not important. Do you want to grow your brand and potentially even sell it to a larger conglomerate? Well, this is all the stuff that you better be doing because otherwise you’re not going to be able to do. Right. Yeah. And I would imagine that most people want to start their own brand and not just make, I mean, maybe their initial goal is to make a couple bucks here and there, but the end goal is always to create something that’s large. So I mean, I, that’s, that’s generally.

46:05
you know, got to be in it to win. So let’s wrap things up here. So I’m going to try to summarize and you just correct me if I’m wrong. It sounds like patents for inventions might not necessarily be the way to go. If you have a very low budget, right? Because it’s expensive to file and it’s expensive to enforce and it’s more complicated to enforce, right? Because I imagine there’s all these intricacies to it. Trademark is a must have.

46:34
just for Amazon brand registry, and it’s generally easier to enforce. And in terms of designs, copyright is the way to go because it’s cheap. You said it was like 60 bucks. And it’s much easier to enforce a design than it is a patent. it should be cheaper in theory if you ever go to litigation, right? Yes. mean, I think the threat of litigation is daunting. Like if you’re on the other side of that, it’s going to put up someone’s antenna. OK.

47:04
And then finally, if you want to stop copycats or knockoffs in China, we just talked about China here. At the source, you should get the intellectual property rights in China. And I guess we’d have to go through a lawyer like you who has some connections with the Chinese consulate to get them shut down or threatened. Is that? Absolutely. Okay, it’s always good to have. Again, I started by doing it myself, through some protocols or some treaties we have. But I quickly realized it’s important to have

47:34
relationships in China, and that you as the Amazon seller client have the relationship with the consul in China, who is on their base out of San Francisco. It’s not like it’s daunting to talk to them or intimidating. Okay. And then cost wise, I think you quoted something like at least $6,000 for patent copyright is in the hundreds of dollars, I should say. And then intellectual property rights in China, you said like under $1,000.

48:04
Under $1,000 per filing. Yeah, of course. And our total TM package for trademark runs about $1,000 per trademark. But that’s the entire process. Right. And that includes monitoring also, right? It includes monitoring through the process. Okay. Well, Steve, that was kind of eye opening. I didn’t realize you could shut people down in China. If anyone needs to protect their rights, where can they contact you?

48:34
Sure. You can contact me at SWEIGLER at EmergeEMERGEconsole.com or just go to my website, EmergeConsole.com or I always forget my telephone number. You can always call me at 720-480-8204 or 1888-EMERGE0.

49:03
That’s 1-888-EMERGE-0. We always offer a free consult. I love to learn about you and your businesses. Sometimes it might be like, let’s wait and hold, potentially because you’re too early stage or there might be a better fit for you. But I love if you ever think that you wanna grow a brand or grow an Amazon business, please give me a call. Awesome. Well, thanks a lot, Steve. Thank you, Steve.

49:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, before I met Steve, I was under the impression that not much could be done to prevent a factory from stealing your idea unless you spend an ungodly amount of money. But it’s good to know that there are ways to fight back directly in China with the right connections. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 341. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

50:03
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

50:30
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. Now we talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quitter Job.

50:51
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

340: Imposter Syndrome And All My Insecurities Wrapped In One Episode With Steve Chou

340: Imposter Syndrome And All My Insecurities Wrapped In One Episode

Today is special because I’m sharing another episode of my other podcast with my business partner Toni called the Profitable Audience podcast.

If you haven’t checked it out yet, both Toni and I leverage our experiences with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites, digital products in order to teach you how to build and monetize your audience.  

In this episode, I get personal and talk about all of my insecurities, my fears, my childhood, basically all of my issues wrapped into one tight episode about impostors syndrome.

What You’ll Learn

  • What is imposter syndrome
  • How to overcome imposter syndrome
  • Why people doubt themselves
  • The surprising truth about successful entrepreneurs

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful entrepreneurs and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today is special because I’m sharing another episode of my other podcast with my business partner, Tony, called the Profitable Audience Podcast. Now, if you haven’t checked it out yet, both Tony and I leverage our experiences with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites, and digital products in order to teach you how to build and monetize your audience.

00:26
So if you’re interested in starting your own online business, then please subscribe to the Profitable Audience Podcast and leave a review. We’re also giving away over $4,000 in prizes through our podcast contest over at profitableaudience.com slash contest. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash contest. All right, so what’s up with today’s episode? As you know, the Profitable Audience Podcast is a place where I don’t really care about what I say, and it’s an opportunity for me to get real and talk about what’s on my mind. So today,

00:56
I’m sharing with you an extremely personal episode where I talk about all my insecurities, my fears, my childhood. Basically all of my issues wrapped into one tight episode about imposter syndrome. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X larger.

01:25
Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. Also, it’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Businesses are always most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. That’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad

01:55
trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. With advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of your customer experience with email and SMS. So if you are ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth,

02:24
Get a free trial at claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

02:36
Welcome to the profitable audience podcast where we teach you how to build a following that you can monetize. And today we’re going to talk about imposter syndrome. And I didn’t want to turn this into a racial podcast, Tony, but I think most Asians have this problem actually, because we are taught at a young age that we are not good enough and then we have to try harder. And as a result, we’re afraid of talking in general, actually. I don’t think you have this problem though at all, Tony, for as long as I’ve known you.

03:05
I feel like you’ve always had this tremendous confidence that I don’t know where it comes from. mean, okay, why are we friends? how do you how do you get it? First off, what is imposter syndrome and how do you get over it? Well, you know, it’s funny that you said that you think every Asian has it because when I was researching this for the podcast today, I actually came across Do you know this is actually studied like the National Institute of Health has done studies on imposter syndrome.

03:32
I’m not surprised, but what do they say? I actually don’t know about the study. Yeah, I actually read through part of the medical documentation because it was so interesting to me. And basically, it’s not a what is I don’t know what the right word is. They don’t classify it as like a psychological problem because typically with imposter syndrome, it’s not something that you deal with your whole life. It’s a phase. So you have it sometimes and you don’t have it other times. So it can’t be considered like an actual diagnosis.

03:59
Whereas if you had depression, depression is something that you could have. It’s just categorized differently. But they’ve studied it in thousands and thousands of people. And basically what they’ve said is everybody has it at some point or another. I disagree with the study. All the studies, all this, you disagree with science. I feel like I’ve had it all of my life. And even today, I have problems getting over it. Maybe we could talk about that.

04:25
When I wanted to start my blog, the first thing that my mom said was, what can you write about? And then I said, well, I’ve been just read about the store. And she’s like, well, the store doesn’t make enough money. I’m like, well, it’s doing six figures. She’s like, well, I mean, is it making millions? You know, it’s not like a Target or Walmart. And so I was like, oh, okay, ma. Well, I’m just gonna just write. And she’s like, okay, well, maybe I’ll read it. Or she said something like that.

04:55
Okay, well, this isn’t going to be a podcast to talk about your mother. Is this? I know this is like a psychological podcast. Sorry. Okay. But the study, the studies that I read last night did say that a lot of imposter syndrome does come from your childhood. Yes. Yeah, you go. Yes. So does that mean that when you were a kid, since you don’t, okay, first of all, have you ever had imposter syndrome? Oh, absolutely. All the time. Really? Okay. So does that mean you hide it? Well, I hide it well, which is one of the points that we’ll talk about of how to get over it. Okay.

05:25
So clearly you can cover that section because I haven’t gotten over yet. I can talk about the childhood trauma part maybe. Yeah, okay. Dive deep into the archives of your life. All right, so you’re telling me that when you started your blog, you kind of knew that people were going to read it? Like you had the confidence? So yes, I did think people were going to read it, but there’s been other things that I’ve done. So for example, you and I both grew up taking piano lessons.

05:55
Yes. I don’t know how serious your piano lessons were, but based on the fact that you’re Asian, I imagine you did compete. Yeah. Yeah. So probably very similar. And I can remember every single competition that I would go to or recital five seconds before I would sit down. I had forgotten the entire piece. Like I was so nervous and so scared. And like it wasn’t until I put my hands on the keys that it would all come back to me.

06:23
But up until that second, I couldn’t have even told you the name of the song. That happens to me every single competition and even a recital actually. Yeah. And I think it’s that fear, right? That I don’t really know this. I’m not really good enough. I’m not going to play it correctly. I’m going to forget. I’m sorry. That’s not imposter syndrome, Tony. Well, but I think it is because especially if you’re in a recital, like, and I don’t know with your piano teacher, but in my piano teacher, like the little kids always played first. And, you know, as the recital went on, like the more advanced students,

06:52
would play last, right? So you started out with like the kids popping out, Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star and Hot Cross Buns. And then, you you tried to earn that last spot in the recital. Did your teacher do this? Okay. Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star, Hot Cross Buns. What type of messed up piano lessons are these? You didn’t play classical music? So ours. No, I’m saying like, so my piano teacher had students that were like five and 18, right? Okay. So she had two. So in a recital, the five year olds always played first, right? And they’d get up there and do their little bastion.

07:21
songs and you know as the as the kids came out like the better you were the later you went in the recital. Okay. Does that make sense? we had that too. Recitals I actually didn’t get as nervous at because there’s nothing on the line. Except for your family sitting there. Oh yeah but the thing is like for these competitions that I used to enter like we would literally drive three hours to the place. And there wasn’t even a cash prize that’s what bugged me.

07:48
You just get these stupid little ribbons. I got a certificate. Like, I don’t even think I got a ribbon. But for the recital, the big deal was to be the last one. Like, if you were the last one, you were the best student. So I was the last one for several recitals. I was also one of the older students. like, if I wasn’t the last one as one of the older students, that’d be embarrassing, right? But I would always think like, I don’t belong here because there was another boy that was with my teacher and I thought he was better than me. He probably was better than me.

08:16
technically, but I think I was better just overall. And so I beat him out. He used to go last and then I beat him out, right? Like for the last couple recitals I had, but I would always feel like I didn’t deserve to be last. I would get up there and everyone would know that maybe she just felt bad for me or you know, because I always got second last, you know what I mean? Like I didn’t feel like I was the one that should be last. If that’s the worst imposter syndrome story that you have, we got why are you

08:43
Why are we giving this podcast? Maybe this is just be a psychological analysis of my childhood. Of your childhood, should we start back? Let’s talk when you were three years old, Steve, and you took your first algebra 2 course. I’ve got an even more recent story than that. Like back when I used to work in my full-time job, I had major imposter syndrome at my work, even though I had the degrees and the experience and that sort of thing. When I first went into work, I used to think that all engineers had everything meticulously planned out. There was a set way to write code and structure everything.

09:13
And then just over the, so I was afraid to even put out anything because I was afraid it was gonna break. And then I found out that everyone at work is just winging it. And then it took me like 10 years to discover that. It took you 10 years? It did actually, because I have, everyone at where I used to work, and this is one of the reasons why I liked working there, everyone had PhDs from like MIT, Princeton, you know, and Stanford. And so I respected them tremendously. And I just didn’t realize that we’re all the same.

09:42
Okay, but think about this as someone who’s listening to this podcast right now. You have, you can correct me if I’m wrong. You have two engineering degrees from Stanford, right? mean a master’s in Sure. Yes. You have a bachelor’s and master’s in engineering. I mean, Stanford aside from being poor at sports is a pretty good academic school. Poor at sports. I mean, academically it’s no, it’s no FSU, but yeah, I hear what you’re saying.

10:09
Academically, it is a well-respected school. If you say that that’s where your degree is from, there’s a level of respect that comes with that. Just like you just said, well, they had degrees from MIT. There’s a level of respect that comes with that. Sure. Yet even you with two degrees from an Ivy League school felt like a phony. Someone listening is like, well, I have no degree. How do I not feel like a phony? How does that work? Well,

10:36
You just gotta do it, really. When my mom told me she wasn’t gonna read my blog, I still did it anyways. That’s like the most rebellious that I’ve ever been in my life. That’s probably true. I don’t know how you got, again, I don’t think you have imposter syndrome ever. At least I’ve never seen it. For me, it was just about doing it, it was just a means to an ends and just see what happens basically.

11:04
I do think everybody gets, I do think everybody has it at some point or another. I think some people suffer from it more. And I think we’ve met a lot of people, cause you and I, you we have the course, we speak a lot. Well, we used to speak at conferences. We haven’t done that lately, obviously, but we’ve met, we run an event, we’ve met a lot of people. And I think the thing that holds people back is fear. And it’s a lot of it’s rooted in feeling like, especially when we talk about creating something, right? It’s, don’t know enough.

11:33
I’m not smart enough, people don’t like me enough. That’s what keeps people from sort of making that leap from doing something that they like and are okay and to doing something that they love and are great at. I mean, also, and again, I’m just looking at myself this entire episode here. I think getting something perfect before you launch is like the biggest version of that, I think, right? Yeah. When we first launched our e-commerce store, like I was…

12:00
Mainly because of my peers. Like I knew my friends might someday find this site and so I was like super anal about making it perfect and that’s why it took so long to launch. I kept tweaking and tweaking it. When in reality, I don’t even think back then when we started, it didn’t even matter. We should have just gotten it out there earlier. Yeah, and I think we know some people who have launched really early, right? So they maybe are not in that imposter syndrome place and they launch, actually,

12:27
A good example is Jeff Rose, right? Didn’t he launch something without having anything created? He did. He just sent an email out and said, join this, and he had zero content. Obviously, he had built trust with his audience. I don’t know, but he had a really good amount of signups. If he had waited and tried to create this perfect thing before he did that, who knows what he would have missed out on?

12:50
I don’t think Jeff has a lot of imposter syndrome, but he’d probably correct me on that. he does. I want to take some credit for that launch for him, by the way, because we’re in the same mastermind group and that’s how I launched my course. And he was like, oh, okay. You mean I just launched with nothing? I’m like, yeah. Well, here’s the thing I think with launching with nothing though, not to get derailed on launching, if what’s the worst thing is if you spend all this time create, we have people we know that we’ve spent a lot of time creating things and launch didn’t get a great response and realize they created the wrong thing.

13:19
or created it in the wrong way. So almost that just jumping in and not having the perfection side of it is sometimes better for your business because there’s less risk, because you haven’t invested all this time and probably money in something that isn’t the right thing for you. Yeah, no, absolutely. mean, launching with nothing allows you to massage things as you go along. I mean, so we’re getting a little bit off track of imposter syndrome here. I’ll swing us back. So you did bring up a good point.

13:46
And I love that quote, like perfection is the enemy of the good, where you get so focused on having everything perfect that you can’t just launch something that’s good. And I think that’s a way that people that feel like they have imposter syndrome or have imposter syndrome make excuses.

14:03
It’s not ready, it’s not done, I’m not ready to go. I mean, I’ve done, you’ve seen me do this, right? I’m not ready, I’m not ready. Actually, you know what? Maybe that’s like your biggest form of imposter syndrome. It is, it’s the perfection, right? I want it to be perfect, just for the same reasons you do, because my friends are gonna see it, or people that I value, and I don’t want them to think that I’m not good enough, or I don’t know enough. So that perfection gets in the way of action. And I think that’s a way that people can have imposter syndrome and not hide it. A lot of people are purposely trying to hide it, but.

14:33
It masks itself as that perfectionist. There’s actually a quote that I like. I’m trying to think exactly what it is right now. It’s like if it’s perfect by the time you launch, you’ve launched too late. Yeah, I agree. Yeah, I totally agree with that. And then the other thing that you mentioned just a second ago is the mastermind part. And I think that’s one great way to get over imposter syndrome is to have a group of people who are your cheerleaders, just like your mom didn’t quite think that you were making the right decision.

15:01
when you were launching the blog, you had, I don’t know, maybe you didn’t, but if you had other people that were cheering you on, that would help influence you to maybe realize that your mom just probably wasn’t understanding what you were doing. And then, I mean, she still doesn’t really understand what you do fully. And- She’s come around. Yeah, it’s taken a while. You had to get on Google, right? But I think, you know, if you have a group of people that are there to support you and like you pushed Jeff, right, to just launch it.

15:31
If you have that, can kinda help combat imposter syndrome. So, since we’re on that subject, I feel that your friends that are, the ones that actually have full-time jobs and whatnot, they’re probably not gonna be the ones that support you. I remember when we first started our e-commerce store and we wanted to sell handkerchiefs, everyone was like, oh yeah, that’s great, but I could tell deep down that they weren’t, they didn’t think it was gonna work, basically. So you basically have to find people that,

16:00
do similar things, I feel. Yeah, it’s total tangent, but I have to tell you this because I forgot to tell you earlier. So was talking to my parents the other day, and I said something about you. And I said something about Bumblebee. Because I think my family only knows you as like Seller Summit and the stuff we do together. Like they don’t have any idea. Sure. And my dad says he sells what? And I said, hankies. Oh, I was talking about Ruth Bader Ginsburg. Oh, OK. And I said he sells hankies.

16:30
Dad said he’s, like he couldn’t, like acted like he didn’t hear me. I was like, hankies. And he said, no, no he doesn’t. And I was like, yes, that’s what he sells. So anyway, I can see that. Like you’re, I mean, even my dad who like has no interest in, is like, you can’t make a living selling, I think he said something like that. You can’t make a business selling hankies. I was like, well.

16:50
And then I was like, well, they embroider him as if that’s the set. like, oh, little Steve embroidered the handkerchiefs too. I’m like, I mean, that is kind of your value prop. But I like I was immediately like, they embroider him. It’s great. Steve loves to sew. Oh, great. I wonder what your dad thinks about me now. Oh, my gosh. Anyways, it’s pretty funny. But you’re right. Like your friends that have full time jobs and all that, it’s definitely probably not your group. But that’s why I think it’s important to get in with a group of people that are

17:20
like-minded with you because that’s gonna help you. They’re gonna push you forward and force you to do some things that maybe are a little bit out of your comfort zone. Yeah, and just for that, your dad is no longer being, he has no chance of being a member of my mastermind group. Yeah. Good, I don’t think you talk enough about tractors. Actually, you know what’s funny is I was kind of ashamed to sell those things in the very beginning, Precisely for that reaction, because I’m a guy too, right? I mean, what guy sells handkerchiefs?

17:47
Now it’s actually kind of a funny story though, right? We can laugh about it now, but. For sure. But I think that’s a big component is just surrounding yourself with people that believe in you because then when you are feeling like, I can’t do this or I don’t know enough, your friends can remind you of all the things that you’ve accomplished along the way that do make you capable of.

18:08
being able to teach or have a course or have a membership site or run a podcast or start a YouTube channel, right? Whatever it is doesn’t necessarily mean you have to start a store selling hankies. And I actually, I think you’ve said this before and I heard someone else say it the other day on a podcast is that you really only need to know like 10 % more than the people you’re teaching. I think there’s this expectation with people that if I’m gonna do something and call myself not an expert, I don’t like the word expert, but if I’m gonna…

18:35
present myself as a leader in that field, right? I have to know everything. And nobody knows everything, right? Like that’s just unrealistic. I mean, realistically speaking, I’ve heard that quote before, the 10 % quote. I personally think from my perspective, I think 10 % is too little. Yeah, of course you do. I need to know a little bit more about You’re like, need to know 95%. That’s your life. But I’ll give you an example. Like my buddy, who’s one of my close friends,

18:59
He’s always kind of like on the bleeding edge of technology, but he, you know, he’s not an expert. He just does a little bit of research, but he’s always a step ahead of me. And he actually writes about like the tech that he uses, right? I mean, he just kind of documents everything and I always follow his stuff. And I wouldn’t say he’s the expert in anything because he’s just dabbling and learning about it. But he actually has built a following just writing these little tech reviews, you know, of these little things that he just uses.

19:26
So you even have to be an expert or even know a lot about it. Right. And I think that’s honestly something that’s really valuable for people is if they’re watching you learn, but you’re a couple steps ahead of them. Right. So I mean, I think because I think the problem, too, is if you if you become like the world’s foremost expert in something, you’re probably out of touch a little bit with the people that are in the beginning and you’re not as helpful. So if you can start documenting what you’re doing and talking about things when you’re a couple steps ahead of people, I think that’s a real advantage.

19:56
Yeah, I actually distrust people that call themselves experts, because there’s some stigma about that word where if you become an expert at something, I’m willing to bet that you kind of slack off a little bit. You know what I mean? Okay, no I don’t know. Here’s the psychology behind it. If you’re an expert on something, then if there’s something that you don’t know, you might not admit that publicly. Oh yeah, yeah, for sure. You know what I’m saying? And then,

20:24
You just kind of play it off like you’re still the expert and you’re not learning anymore. And actually I think that’s something for me that I had to get okay with is that I hated, I think you and I talked about this before we launched our course is that if someone asks me a question, I want to be able to answer it. Because if I can’t answer it right then I feel like I’m a fake. If I don’t have your answer right that second, then who am I?

20:47
But I realize that sometimes your expertise and your knowledge comes in either knowing how to quickly find the answer, knowing the right people to talk to, knowing how to find the answer, because there’s a lot of people out there that don’t even, they’re not knowledgeable enough to know where to look, right? Because they don’t fully understand the problem, which is fine, because they’ll get there, they’re learning. But that’s part of the reason why you can become a teacher or a leader for people, because you know where to go to get the answers for people too. Right, I mean, some people don’t even know what questions to ask, really. Right.

21:17
Yeah. All right. Well, let’s talk about how to get over this imposter syndrome. Like we’d run a course over at profitableaudience.com and a lot of our people, they’re scared to start or they’re not sure about what to create content about. What are some steps that people out there feeling this can take? So something that I actually read last night, which I thought was a pretty interesting take on the whole imposter syndrome is they actually recommend starting to teach and educate people on the subject that you feel like you’re

21:47
faking about, right? Because the more you teach, the more you learn. And I actually, when I read that, I thought, you know, that’s actually 100 % true because I know you and I, we’ve both been blogging for a million years, right? 10 plus years. We started this course. I think we have a pretty deep knowledge of content marketing. But there’s been things that have come up in the course that we didn’t know the answers to. And I think just even launching the course has made both you and I do things better. Yeah.

22:16
Absolutely, and I’ll give you the perfect example of that. We just gave a lecture on site speed, and I know for me, I know a lot of stuff, but on my priority list sometimes, certain things that we teach might not be number one on my priority list, or there’s so many different things going on in business that I can’t always do everything perfectly, right? And the site speed thing, I recently revisited it, and then I actually did a lot more research, because it had been a while.

22:43
and learned a lot more new things that I actually ended up implementing and breaking my sight on occasion. That’s beside the point. But yeah, just teaching it actually makes you better at what you’re teaching about also in the process. I think it builds your confidence, right? As you teach it.

22:59
and explain it to others, whatever you’re talking about. It doesn’t have to be in the form of a course either. If you’re running a podcast about a specific topic, the more you’re talking about it, the more you’re interviewing experts or talking to people, the more not you’re. And I think in your knowledge growing, your imposter syndrome is going to shrink. I think another thing that helps imposter syndrome shrinking is for me, like when we started running the course, is that people are coming to me. And I’ve run a blogging conference for a long time too. So this isn’t a new thing for me to be teaching this.

23:27
but having people come to you and ask questions sort of confirms to me that, people do trust me. People do feel like I can give them an answer. And the more that that happens, the more confident you get in your ability to help other people. Also, there’s a huge difference in just doing something and teaching it. So, for example, like I run my own ads and they’re profitable, but then when you actually have to teach it, you actually have to go and when you break it down step by step, there’s like a,

23:57
whole lot more that you learn about yourself in the process as well. Yeah, and I think both you and I, it’s been funny. We’ve found all these problems, not problems, opportunities for improvement on our own websites because we’ve been teaching it. So I think just the process of teaching others helps you get over it because you’re just forcing yourself to keep learning. We’ve been talking about teaching a lot here. You don’t even have to teach anything to just put out content and build an audience. I mean, there’s armies of…

24:26
of vloggers on YouTube that all they do is just talk about their life, right? And to me sometimes, I even think to myself, why is anyone watching these people? But you can actually put out content and build an audience just based on your personality alone, right? So you don’t even have to teach anything. I think that though, I will say, is probably the toughest way to get over imposter syndrome. Because you have to believe that your life is interesting enough that people are just gonna listen to you talk about your life, right?

24:56
That’s true. But it’s possible because I mean, but that’s easy too, right? It’s very easy. Yes. Yeah. Yes, for sure. You don’t have like you’re not really an imposter because you’re just being yourself. I guess the only the syndrome would be if people just think you’re dumb or make fun of you, guess. Right. I love it. You go right to. Well, the problem would be people would think you were dumb. But that kind of.

25:21
wraps around to the fake it till you make it point, right? Actually, you know what? Yeah, let’s talk about that point, because I actually don’t like that statement. OK, I didn’t think you would. I put it in the notes and I thought he’s going to say, I thought you would say something before that we recorded, but I’m glad that you’re just throwing it on me now. But I want to hear your take on that first. I OK, so I think fake it is not the fake that you’re thinking. I think you’re thinking. So I immediately thought this is what Steve’s going to going to say.

25:46
because we get a lot of emails saying, I want to teach a course on how to make money online, but I don’t make any money online. Yes, we get that a lot. We do. Yes. And I understand. I understand why people want to do that, because there’s a lot of there’s a lot of opportunity in that space. And it’s lucrative if you can do it the right way. But the only way that you will be successful is if you’re actually making money online. And the people that tend to come to us with that are people that haven’t started doing that yet. And so you’re not you don’t have that trust factor with people or believability.

26:13
So I don’t think it’s fake it like that. I don’t think it’s like say that you’re something that you’re not. I say it’s to me it’s faking the confidence, right? Which is like probably why you think I don’t have a posture system because I’m very good posture syndrome because I’m very good at faking the confidence so that it appears that I think I know things but I mean I know things but it appears that I’m more confident in my knowledge than I really am. That’s the thing. Really? Yes. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter,

26:43
the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark.

27:11
And Emerge Council provides attorney-advised, strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount.

27:41
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

28:07
Have you heard that whenever, I don’t know, because you’ve done a lot of public speaking. I don’t know if you’ve taken any public speaking courses or watched any self-help type videos on that, but they talk about going into the bathroom right before you speak and doing the Superman pose or doing- I do not do any of those things, but go on. I’m curious about these tactics. I like how you’re like, I would never, I would never do anything like that. It really works. It really works if you have something-

28:35
that builds up your confidence before you get on stage. So is that what you do in the bathroom privately? The superman pose? I’m probably adjusting my Spanx in the bathroom. Let’s be real. No, but listening to a certain song that hypes you up or texting a friend who’s going to tell you that you’re awesome. There’s things that you can do to help build your confidence before you get on stage. So that’s the faking. It’s the faking of I can do this. I can get through it.

29:05
I can tell my life story and have it be engaging. I can get on stage and talk about something and feel like people are gonna listen to me and think it’s helpful. So you have to fake that confidence level. I do the opposite, actually. I tell myself, hey, what’s the worst that can happen up there? People aren’t gonna laugh me off stage. Chances are people don’t have tomatoes. Chances are, And so, and it’s only like,

29:33
an hour of my time and people have short memories. It might be bad for a little bit, but then in a month everyone will forget about it. I mean, cause you have had a bad moment on stage. Have I? Yes, do you remember? Which one are you talking about? When I made that bad joke? When you made the bad joke. That was just very minor. I got really good marks for that speech actually. It was cringy. It was cringy, come on. Yeah. No, but it’s interesting. So you don’t feel confident.

30:02
You don’t try to make yourself feel confident before you get on stage. No. I just. You’re completely pessimistic. What is the worst thing that could happen? I could trip and fall on the way up. Yes. I just say, what’s the worst thing that can happen? And that actually makes me feel better. But I don’t pump myself up or anything like that. I just kind of go up and just be myself for the most part. OK, well, science would say that you should not do that.

30:26
Okay. So for people listening. Actually, no, I call my mom. She always gives me real confidence. Like, are you sure that they’re there to listen to you? Did they make a mistake? Are you sure they have the right Steve to? Okay. So, let’s see. Okay. So here just, just another side to that. When this is people in my profitable online store course, when they are looking for vendors to source their physical products online,

30:53
you have to, like if you’re a complete noob, you have to approach the vendor with more confidence that you know what you’re doing. Otherwise they might not take you seriously. So I see the value in that, being confident or projecting confidence, even though you might not actually have it inside. Is that what you mean by fake it till you make it? Yeah, I don’t mean you should fake, like put out BS, right? I think you need to, you have to.

31:19
know what you’re educating people are talking about or whatever it is, right? Whatever your topic is, you do have to know something unless your whole shtick is like, watch me learn something. You know, that could be it too. So I think you have to have an understanding of what you’re communicating to people. However, I think you have to fake because if you don’t and you think that you’re not qualified or not capable or not able to do it, you’re never going to do it. You know, what’s funny is about all this is we had this conversation the other day where I actually, I think I told you that

31:48
People who are just too confident, I don’t trust at all. Yes, I know. Why are we friends? There was a study that said that people who just are just, they project confidence, really they’re just dumb. That obviously wasn’t the exact words of the study. As you just told me like 25 minutes ago in this podcast, you’re so confident. So now I know what you really think of me, thank you. If you think you know everything, then chances are you don’t know as much as you think. Absolutely. I should find that study.

32:18
But see, this is why I’m a little hesitant to say, like you should go out with confidence, but always keep an open mind that you’re not the best. Told by a clearly child risen in an Asian home. That is Asian parenting right there. Yes. OK. But here’s the thing. I think that you’re.

32:42
I think the people that struggle with this imposter syndrome, to the point where it’s crippling, where they’re not taking action on their goals or their dreams or whatever it is, they could use all the confidence in the world. They’re not going to have that problem. The people that we’re talking about are just probably jerks in general. So I think there’s a, I don’t know, there’s two different groups of people. I would say there’s probably not.

33:08
a lot of people with like severe imposter syndrome that are come off crosses overconfident, annoying people. Sure. Maybe, I don’t know. I mean, okay, so I think for those people who don’t have like self-confidence, I think that they’ve just been probably watching too much or looking at too much social media and Instagram, right? Well, it’s interesting because in a couple of the studies that I read, they talked about how social media has actually made this worse. it’s- Oh, I believe it. Yeah, because-

33:36
And this is the thing, like, I believe if you want to launch something or start something or create something for yourself, a new business or idea, you actually need to get off social media, except for obviously promoting whatever you’re doing, right? But I think you should never get on Facebook, never get on Instagram, never get on TikTok, because you will see this world that other people are putting on there that’s so phony.

34:00
and so curated, right? Because you’re gonna be that same curator of phony content. It’s not phony, but you’re putting your best self forward on social media. Most people don’t go on social, well, okay, not most people. Some people go on social media and talk about how terrible their lives are. But for the most part, people are on social media to humble brag. So if you’re sitting there scrolling, which everybody does, all you see is this curated perfection and it’s not real.

34:26
But if you already are struggling with this, then it’s just gonna push it down. It’s gonna push it on you even more. This is funny. There’s this one person that I follow on Instagram. I had never met in real life. I was scrolling through and her picture is like she looks great. And then I actually met her at a conference once. I didn’t even recognize her. You’re talking about me? Thanks. So I mean, it can have the opposite of effect too, right? Yeah. But yeah, the point is,

34:56
stay off of social and it’s all fake. All those ads too, since we’re kinda like about money making and all that stuff, I just tend to think that this is kinda fake. There’s always an underlying story. for example, those people that grew to like millions of dollars in like three months or whatever, I bet their life is kind of like a wreck. I mean, there’s nothing that happens like that without consequences either. And you see those people, and it’s unfortunate because obviously you and I wanna see everybody succeed.

35:25
But it’s unfortunate that you what happens is and I think and the other thing is we’ve been doing this a really long time. So you see people who sort of rise very quickly and then they have this just crash and burn right because Yes, they did accomplish a lot in a short period of time, but there was no balance in their life. They just went a hundred miles an hour until everything blew up for them. So I think there’s a lot of unhealthiness in that as well. The other thing that I wanted to talk about before I forget is a lot of people that suffer from this don’t believe

35:55
that their success is due to their hard work or their accomplishments, they think they’re lucky. And you will hear people say this when you compliment them and they’ll say, oh, I just got lucky. Oh, I just came in at the right time. They don’t, and I’m not saying someone should be just taking credit and gloating for things, but you’ll hear it in how people talk because they won’t acknowledge the fact that, I mean, you had a pretty successful career in engineering from what I’ve heard. And I’m sure that…

36:21
if someone says something to you, you would probably have a combination of, you worked hard, but I just got lucky. I came in the company at the right time. mean, I have my philosophy on luck. What is it? curious. and I think I got this from JD, which is our mutual friend. Like when you work hard, you’re getting additional lottery tickets. Yes. And so you might get lucky with less lottery tickets and work less hard. But the harder you work, the more likely that you get, basically.

36:50
Yeah, I agree. I totally agree with that. But I think what people struggle with is not taking credit for the work that they did, that they think it’s all luck. That’s part of imposter syndrome. It’s thinking that this isn’t because I worked really hard or I had two jobs or I went to school and studied. It’s not because of that. It’s because I just got lucky. And I think people need to if you struggle from imposter syndrome, one of the things that I think is really helpful in overcoming it is making a list of your accomplishments, making a list of the things that you’ve done in your life.

37:19
whether it’s promotions or people you’ve helped or things that you’ve done. It doesn’t have to be all work-based. It could be someone that you helped out in your personal life or something that you did with a charity and making a list of those things so that when you are thinking about doing the next thing, you can look at this list and say, hey, I’ve done some pretty cool things in my life. I can do this next thing as opposed to thinking, I just got lucky and I don’t know if I can get lucky again. That’s true. Like have you done any of these things?

37:47
I know for me I just talk to a friend I guess. You’re pretty good at pumping people up actually. I like to pump people up, yeah. My list, yes. You’re like, how long is your list of things that you think you’ve done well? Well actually I am curious how you do it because you do project confidence with practically everything. Do you have any techniques that you personally use? I do think a lot about, I used to do this when I would do the piano. The piano recital thing really messed me up. It can we not talk about this piano?

38:18
I know it was 100 years ago, but whatever. No, but I used to think like, no, I deserve to be here. I practice four hours a day. I take extra lessons. I was a piano teacher at the time. I was teaching younger students. I would remind myself of all the things that I was doing to get me to that place to say that you deserve to be here. You didn’t get here because of any other reason other than you worked hard. So I try to think about that. Like when you and I talked about starting the blog course, I was very hesitant.

38:45
for a long time in doing this. I thought it was the work factor. Meaning like you didn’t think you had any time in your schedule for it. Right. There was a lot of that. But there was I mean there was definitely a component of am I qualified to do this? Shut up. Another 100 percent. That is true. Now now whatever we’re not friends anymore. No there was definitely a factor of because here’s the thing I know what I’m good at with blogging. I know the things that I succeed at but there are some things about blogging that I suck at.

39:13
Like, please, technology, come on. I mean, you asked me something the other day. was like, I don’t know who did that on my site. I have no clue. Like, there’s things about that world of content marketing that I don’t know anything about. And so I had to get over that to be able to agree to do the course. So the way I did that was to think of all the things that I did do well and that I do know a lot about so that I realized, but if I don’t know everything, I mean, that’s why I think we make a good team, because you know a lot of things that I don’t know anything about. Well, that’s all was about to say. Like, you wouldn’t be covering the tech parts anyway. So why?

39:42
why would you feel like you needed to know that stuff? Because I think it’s just, because it’s kind of like when you asked me that question the other day and I had no idea, like was a little bit embarrassing. cause sometimes you’ll say, well, and sometimes you’ll say, and this is not bad about you, this isn’t like a therapy session for our friendship, but you’ll say, how can you not know that? You know, like, you’ll make- never say that first of all, never. Not in that way, but you’ll make a comment like, really? Or to me, I take it as like, clearly this is something I should know. But I realize it like,

40:12
I don’t care that I don’t know it. You know what I say that, it’s not because that you don’t know it, it’s because that you would trust someone to do something to your site that you didn’t know about. absolutely. Rather than actually knowing it. Yeah. Right. And we have a little bit different philosophies on that too, which is fine. But I think that I had to remind myself of all the things. that’s, I don’t, I I get very nervous for public speaking. Very, very nervous.

40:36
And you know that, because I almost didn’t, well didn’t speak for like two years because I just was like, it was just causing me too much anxiety to I thought I walked in on you doing like the gorilla pose in front of mirror. Yes, yes, yes, me stomping my feet and jumping up and down. No, but I didn’t speak for like a year year and a half because I was like, this is too stressful for me, I don’t want to do it right now. And then I felt, you know, I got over my issues. after that speech when it went really well, you got a little cocky.

41:04
But I think that helps you with imposter syndrome. It’s OK to pat yourself on the back when you do a good job. It’s OK when you start your YouTube channel, right, and you’re talking about your day or some tool that you like or whatever you’re talking about. We talk about starting an NBA channel, right? You’re talking about things and you get your first 10 subscribers. It’s OK to jump up and down and be really excited about that. And I think those are the things that help you keep going and help you continue to create because you’re allowing yourself to take credit.

41:33
for the things that you’ve done. And that’s why think one of the core pieces of why people struggle with this is because they don’t allow themselves to take credit. So from somebody who does have imposter syndrome, I actually go into everything thinking it’s going to fail. And then when things work out better, I’m pleasantly surprised. And I’m not disappointed. That’s another way of doing it. But I feel like you haven’t had a lot of failures. I mean, it depends what you define as failures. I mean, you change things up, right? Things might not work the first time, and you change things up.

42:01
So do you view those things as failures or do you view them as something that you learn from and make improvements? No, I think it’s just maybe it’s because I’m an engineer, but I don’t expect anything to work the first time I code something up, right? Like I literally don’t expect anything to work. And then I know that it’s just going to take some time to refine it. Okay. So for you, since you say that you do struggle with imposter syndrome, which I also find to be quite funny because you

42:26
I don’t struggle with it. It’s just a life thing. I mean, it’s not really a struggle anymore. It’s just a story of my life. We can’t say you struggle. It’s something that you’ve experienced in your life, we could say. Which is not a phase. I just want to mention, since you quoted an NIH study, how am going to refute an NIH? Listen, isn’t that where your mom works? Actually, it is where my mom works. That’s why I use this study. I’m like, can’t challenge it. His mother works there. For you, what do you do?

42:54
Like what, how do you feel? Because I feel like you’ve been able to launch multiple different types of businesses. I mean, you started a podcast, you didn’t know anything about podcasting. You started an e-commerce store, you didn’t know anything about e-commerce. You started a website, you didn’t know anything about websites. So you’ve done a lot of things that most people who struggle with this probably would have a very, very tough time doing. Start a conference, you know anything about conferences. Well, I had you for that, so that’s not fair. Well, but still you were willing to do it. I think there’s still. Yeah, so.

43:22
I think I’ve talked about this in the past, but I go through everything thinking it’s gonna be a slog and then I’ll just keep doing it until it works. I mean, I’ll give you the perfect example right now, the YouTube channel, which I just been doing for six months. I mean, I’ll be honest with you, it’s not growing that quickly. I’m happy with the growth, but it’s just been a slog, but I know in like a couple of years, it’s gonna be good. So it’s just about getting used to suffering and getting used to the grind, really.

43:51
I mean, that’s the story of my childhood, Like every day was like a grind. So people that weren’t raised by Asian parents, how can they? Well, you have to get used to it. You have to go into it saying, OK, this is going to be a slog. I’m going to do this, though, for many years and eventually good things will happen. That’s probably not the best way to like end this podcast on a positive note. But that’s what I really believe. What is your philosophy? I’m a believer of

44:20
Honestly, think the biggest thing you can do is surround yourself with people that believe in you. Because the more the people around you believe in you, the more you believe in yourself. And they will, because I think, I mean, I agree with you that there’s suffering, but a lot of people- this partnership, mean, clearly I believe in suffering. I believe in a lot of suffering. But I think a lot of people probably don’t have the background to be able to endure three years of a slog of YouTube. Initially, they don’t have that mindset.

44:50
when they get started. So I think what will help you get that ability to slog through things is people around you, whether it’s like, no matter what you call it, focus group, mastermind group, meetup, whatever, that will push you and continue to cheer for you and subscribe when they don’t care about whatever you’re doing. You need those people because to do that alone and to suffer alone and slog alone is really tough. It’s not just that actually.

45:20
For the mastermind groups, what’s benefited me also is knowing that other people have faced the same issues that I have. And just knowing that what you’re going through is normal. And I think if you have, even if it’s like one or two people, you don’t need a giant group, that that’s gonna help you get through a lot of feelings of I don’t belong here, I don’t belong in this niche, I don’t belong on YouTube. And if you have those people to…

45:48
be there for you, talk about their experiences, I think it’s really helpful. And I think we’re gonna do a whole podcast on masterminds anyway. We are. But let’s wrap this up, right? So the key ways to overcome imposter syndrome, one is just to do it regardless of whether you think you’re perfect or not. Two was the mastermind group. then- off social media. That’s three. that’s actually a very important one. Yeah, I think that’s probably the first.

46:12
first thing you should do is get off social media. Stop comparing yourself to other people. Stop comparing yourself to other people that are doing similar things, like completely. And then you mentioned just start teaching. Yeah. Right. Even though you don’t think you’re you know more than anyone else, just start teaching what you know. Actually, incidentally, that’s how the blog, my blog got started. Yeah, actually, that’s kind of how mine got started, too. OK. And I think I think it’s important when you’re in that moment of feeling inadequate or that you don’t belong. Write stuff down. Make a list. Text yourself.

46:42
right? Text yourself the things that you’ve accomplished in your life so that you can look back and realize that you do deserve to be doing the things that you’re doing and you deserve the success that you’ve already experienced. And the last one was fake it to make it, which I don’t really like that slogan. So just just be confident. Project confidence.

47:01
Well, I hope you enjoyed that episode. Now for more information about this episode, go to profitableaudience.com slash podcast, where we list all of the tools and resources mentioned in our show notes. And if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to Apple podcasts and leave us a review. When you write us a review, it not only makes our day, but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily and get some awesome business advice.

47:29
Leaving a review is by far the best way to support the show. And please tell your friends because the greatest compliment that you can give us is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And if you’re interested in building your own profitable audience, subscribe to our free six day mini course where we walk you through the exact steps needed to find your niche, build a website, grab email subscribers and monetize your content. You can sign up at profitableaudience.com slash free. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

339: How To Make 6 Million Dollars Affiliate Marketing With Larry Ludwig

339: How To Make 7 Figures With Affiliate Marketing With Larry Ludwig

Today I’m thrilled to have my long time friend Larry Ludwig on the show.

Larry is one of the most successful bloggers that I know and he recently sold his personal finance blog Investor Junkie for a mid 7 figure sum. He’s also a master of stats, SEO, and affiliate marketing.

In this episode, we’re going to learn about his story and how he managed to grow such a profitable blog.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Larry got the idea for Investor Junkie and why he decided to sell it
  • Different ways to make money through blogging
  • Tricks Larry used to make money through affiliate marketing
  • How to increase your conversion rate and traffic through SEO

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my good friend Larry Ludwig on the show. And Larry is one of the most successful affiliate marketers that I know in the personal finance space. And he’s going to teach us how to maximize your affiliate revenue earnings for your blog. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth.

00:28
And that is why over 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now, I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS.

00:56
If you are ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:22
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:51
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now onto the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my longtime friend Larry Ludwig on the show. Now Larry is someone who I met, I want to say back in 2013 at FinCon and we’ve been in the same mastermind group for many years now. Larry is one of the most successful bloggers that I know and he recently sold his personal finance blog Investor Junkie for a, Larry am I allowed to say? You can say it’s public knowledge. So. Okay. Oh yeah. So it’s a mid seven figure sum. I won’t even give exact numbers.

02:45
Not only is the man tech savvy, but he’s also a master of stats, SEO and affiliate marketing. And today we’re to learn more about his story and how he managed to grow such a profitable blog. And with that, welcome to show, Larry. How are doing today, man? Very good, Steve. Thank you for having me. Larry, first off, I apologize for taking so long to have you on the show. I just wanted to first ask, how is retired life doing for you? Well, I don’t think I think I’m working harder now, but I’m unquote retired than I was before. What do you got going on right now? Are you still blogging or?

03:14
Well, have my own personal blog at LarryLittlerood.com, but more importantly, I want to help others. think there are lot of business owners that just don’t effectively monetize both affiliate and otherwise. think my passion has always been helping other business owners really be successful. So that’s kind of where I’ve been doing now is doing consulting and offering my own courses on the subjects. So give us a quick background on how you got the idea for Investor Junkie and how that blog actually came about.

03:43
Yeah, that’s a great question. mean, the thing is interesting, right, Steve, is I started, you know, I’ve been owning my own business for geez, over now 20 years. So I started with my own web development, web hosting business. And in 2009 got really burnt out from it. It’s a really, it’s a horrible business to be in web hosting, especially. It’s such a commodity and really no one, I think, respects the time and effort you put into it, especially at the level we’re trying to make sure stuff was secure and kept up 24 seven.

04:12
So I was looking at other opportunities and noted that I was having quite a few other successful blogs under my belt. I developed for them or hosted for them. And I’m like, well, why can’t I do this? Why can’t I build a blog and monetize it myself through affiliate marketing? And on top of that, noted a website or blog called Bankaholic that sold about like a year before this.

04:39
after the switch well million or something like that and was like one guy and was all through affiliate marketing and s e l s you know search engine optimization and what will what can i do that i’ve that i know that’s the for ready so i’ll talk about wanted because i was a lot of people don’t know this i actually created a site sort of in that same field bank a halt was really to cd’s and money markets and savings accounts and i created a initial site back in two thousand nine that i’d you know based on the interest rates at the time of the fed

05:07
they’re being lowered to zero michael this is a horrible business again to right now no way in hell we’re make money at you know uh… with banks that just charging very little interest so i decided well what other topic that now we don’t have passion interest in but also you have to do some market for it is not enough competition and that’s where i kind of look at investor junkie trading investment blocks was really just investing only investing where a lot of others the personal finance

05:33
and i’d really want to just focus on investing because also on top of where i was personally i was like you know getting out of bed and talking about that is just old hat for me right i decided to take this blog on investing and really grew it from there i mean it initially took about a year and a half two years almost before start taking off and one point i almost decided to quit and from that just understood i’ve really at the time was writing about investing but topics that interest me as opposed to writing for others i think that was the the real key pivot point

06:03
where I realized that I can’t write a blog that’s just purely for myself. It needs to really help others. So that’s kind of where I decided to write more about reviews, but also realized reviews could be a great way to monetize the site as well. Let me ask you this, and just to get this out of way, I remember we’ve had this conversation in the past. On Investor Junkie, when you owned it, I don’t think your face or anything was on there at all. Why do you decide to remain more anonymous as opposed to making more personal? That’s a question.

06:32
believe it not that was on purpose as well. I initially did, I decided at one point to try putting my face on the blog and actually got the idea from Pat Flynn at Smart Passive Income. And I noted from my own testing, so what may work for one site, this is definitely another key takeaway, what may work for one site may work horribly for your blog and brand. And I noted based on putting my own bio and information on the page, no one clicked on it or had interest in it. I’m like, okay, that’s interesting. Maybe I should not go that

07:02
So I really wanted to be about a creative brand into itself. On top of I also noted a few other successful blogs sold around that time as well. like, well, okay, if I was a potential buyer of a blog like Investor Junkie, would I want to buy a blog that’s tied around an individual or really around a brand? And consciously said, okay, I really want to make it about a brand on top of I didn’t want to be the center of attention. guess based on also me individually, I didn’t want to be proposed to be the guru.

07:31
guru or expert in investing. I’d rather have others write the content and or offer their opinions as well more than just me. So those were kind of key distinctions that I did that on purpose and that was I think also lend itself very well to be sold eventually as well. It just it lends itself where if you have one expert or one guru that’s the figurehead or you know the one speaking on said topics for them to then for someone want to acquire that blog that just makes it very hard for them to transition to someone else.

08:00
Yeah, the reason why I asked you that is a lot of people ask me this question, like, do I actually have to be the face of my blog? And you’re the clear cut example that you can run a successful blog and not be in the forefront, I guess, of the blog. Well, the one thing I could add to that, right, Steve, is it definitely hurt in certain media, like for SEO, if you’re focusing on search engine optimization, doesn’t really, people don’t really look initially at who’s speaking on that said topic, but stuff that’s very personal mediums like email, video, podcasting.

08:28
you do need to have someone that is speaking for that said you know uh… cd someone at least it doesn’t have to be you but someone you hire does have to be that you represent the brand so you’d some point you do have to have personalization that was i just one of the weak spots for best junkies i didn’t really have of ways on the newsletter so our open rates were ball one up bad they were not great either compared other your personal blogs so

08:55
I want to ask this also, so now you have LarryLudwig.com which seems like the complete opposite of Investor Junkie. What’s the rationale there? Well, on one level, since I’ve sold, I’ve met that goal, I’ve been there, done that, I can create a personal brand and not have to ever think about, I don’t have to sell it. A great example I always use is Tony Robbins. Well, a great businessman has a great business. He could never sell his own brand. I mean, imagine him going out and selling it. To another 6’5″.

09:24
giant. Exactly. That’s not going to happen ever. that’s I think that’s the key issues. I want to create a personal brand because I want to be able to have something what I do regret not doing is building a parallel, a personal brand as well as the corporate brand. So I should have created both. therefore, you know, when I start something new, like I did now, I sold investor junkie, it’s much easier transition not only for people who knew who I was, but it was also something I can have already the gears running, so to speak, and something moving.

09:54
where I’m literally starting from scratch for this brand. People outside of say, Fintech really don’t know who I am. So that’s one of the hurdles I’m trying to deal with now. Okay, all right. So Investor Junkie, was it purely a blog or did you have any other content generating assets aside from just text? Email as well. I didn’t have a podcast. I mean, did traffic through SEO and some search, search engine marketing. So we did some paid traffic, but mostly a blog at the time. mean, probably now.

10:23
I’d be much more multimedia. I mean, that’s kind of what I’ve been doing is more getting on podcasts as a guest, but also video as well. It’s something I eventually plan on doing for my own personal brand. All right. And then what was the original plan? Were you just following the Bankaholic blueprint essentially? No, I mean, initially, like I said, I wrote stuff that interests me. I wanted to write about topics about investing and the more I got into it, not only what I didn’t want to do was be another investment newsletter site.

10:52
There’s so many out there. There’s so many ones that do that. I felt that was a crowded market. What I did note was there are not a lot of investment sites that talk about the basics or talk to the average jail on investing on top of review all these services out there. This is really when sites like or services like Betterment, a robo advisor, were really becoming popular. So I decided to really capitalize on that and really discuss these various services. And that’s kind of really where everything took off. deliberate were you?

11:22
in selecting the topics to write about in terms of SEO? Initially it was not, probably two, three years in became very deliberate. we would plan out, because initially it was just me, but eventually I hired an editor and then eventually hired writers as well. And became very deliberate in the topics because if we want to make sure we covered, let’s say going back to RoboAdvisors, do the whole divide and conquer. We would go out and discuss RoboAdvisors at every level of RoboAdvisors. So therefore,

11:52
Google would look at us being an expert in that said topic. We would talk about tax loss harvesting. We would talk about all the different services in comparison of one or the other. So we’d make sure we cover not only the very direct brand keywords like for betterment review, but we would cover what is tax loss harvesting, what is a robo-advisor, and make sure we would really cover those articles in detail and then link to other articles in our site and would create much more engaged audience. you know, it would cause that

12:20
Click on one article and then read another one and then read another one. mean, that’s what Google really rewards is the whole on-page results. No different than YouTube. When you first got started with nothing, how did you get that initial traffic? mean, SEO is a long game. mean, it takes, at least in my eyes, at least six months to a year at minimum before you get measurable results. where you pay traffic, I mean, back then I wasn’t really as experienced with it. But if you’re really wanting something to get quick, paid traffic is definitely an option.

12:50
But long game, you should really focus on SEO, paid traffic, social media, really mix the two because of being relying on just one source of traffic could be really the death of your business. So when you were starting, I guess it just sounds like, and I’m just kind of reading between the lines, that it took a while for you to get some traffic and it was mainly SEO traffic in the beginning. You were not running paid ads when you first got started. No, I mean, no, keep in mind Facebook was really just starting. I should have done it back then in retrospect because I had friends who also did social media for other

13:19
other businesses and was killing it through Facebook ads. Kyle? Yeah, well, yeah, like Kyle. mean, there’s others as well, some of other friends. But it’s amazing. mean, amount of business that people did through Facebook ads was at the time, the cross-border click was so cheap compared to now. I it would have been foolish not to, but just, at the time, was focusing on SEO. Because of, I mean, one of the things with affiliate marketing is you kind of limited, can’t buy branded keywords. You can’t buy betterment.

13:49
Right. Because Betterment doesn’t want you to compete against them. So therefore you’re kind of limited what keywords you could buy. And at the time I didn’t really have the tracking or the ability to track conversions. So I didn’t want to spend a lot of money on paid ads and then not know, well, am I ROI positive or not? And that was one of the things that I also built technology to do just that is make sure we can measure that stuff. Well, so let’s do this in steps. So can you walk us through, like when you’re going to write a blog post for Investor Junkie, for example,

14:18
What is your process? Well, mean, first was determining who the audience was, who, what are we writing about, what topic we’re going write about and who are we writing it for. You know, like are they a beginner investor? Are they advanced investor? Are they, you where are they in their life’s journey? Are they just having a child? Are they getting married? You know, that’s, that’s really the major trigger points of what, and again, it depends on the industry, but at least in investment space, people don’t really focus on investing.

14:47
until they have some major life event, know, getting married, having a child, death in the family, new job, loss of a job, you know, getting prepared for retirement. Those are usually the major trigger points. So we would make sure we cover around those trigger points as one method, but also just in terms of, you know, reviews, we would talk, make sure we talk not only about betterment review, but like I said, we would talk about what are robo-advisors, we would make sure we cover what’s tax loss harvesting, we would cover every topic in that said niche eventually.

15:14
So that took time to build that. planned that out months in advance. And I always looked at, I looked at investor junkie no different than Money Magazine. If you looked at Money Magazine, I noted over the years of subscribing to it, it would kind of repeat the same topics over and over again. And the life cycle was around two years. And I guess that was, I was guessing that was probably the average lifespan of a Money Magazine subscriber. So therefore I kind of looked at the same things, like maybe every year talk, in April we’ll talk about tax season.

15:43
September back to school and in December maybe planning for end of year tax, you know, filings or where to or January where to invest now, you know, really cover make sure we cover all those topics and that became more as we advanced with our editorial process down the road. But initially it was just very haphazard as I realized the trends and looked at not only the data, but more importantly, what other what other industries or what other, you know, magazines like in our space were talking about, I made sure we

16:13
try to cover them electronically as well so in terms of keyword research in seo that was your process well seo uh… would use tools this is proxies are really before h refs before a trust would use tools like google’s free keyword research not just use google itself i mean google has really just the search results themselves leave all sorts of clues and look at what’s ranking what how did the style that content with the intent was it was less more less so back then but intent is even more important nowadays

16:42
where what i mean by that is example i was uses what is a mortgage compared to what’s the best mortgage rate there much different intent and you gotta make sure your article matches that intent so if you’re going to bombard a no person with your rate table mortgages on what is a mortgage you’re really not making the article helpful for that reader so therefore google will penalize you for that so you gotta make sure your articles are in line with what the keyword the people searching on

17:10
So we didn’t take into account competitiveness of the keyword at all? Back then there was no easy way to determine that. With tools like, now with the Ahrefs, it’s very easy to do that. So nowadays, yeah, you should be using a tool like Ahrefs. If you’re serious about anything with SEO, tools like SEMrush or Ahrefs, should definitely be using because of the insight they give you just saves you loads of time. But back then, what I would use is Google Trends.

17:36
which is also a free tool. So at least understand the popularity of the keyword. wouldn’t show you how difficult it is, but you’d least maybe get some indicators in Google search of how many other web pages are out there. So you could at least use that indicator. But again, that’s not a totally accurate determination of how competitive that keyword is. Yeah, because I noticed that you were ranking for a lot of very competitive keywords, right? And so how were you able to actually rank for some of those? Well, we didn’t buy backlinks. I mean, that’s the thing that I noted with

18:06
bankaholic and over the years is that what they’re as became more experience of seo noted that the we’re definitely doing some shady things to get that site the right and now we that but uh… i’m sure we both can discuss this but they were various other bloggers in our space they would say you know if you would trade lanes or would get you into sort of some sort of private you know network and you buy back links to cheese or share back into each other and i kinda just decided that that’s

18:33
you know i can see right off the uh… the writing on the wall who will eventually figure that out and sure enough they did so i didn’t do any of that stuff i mean in the end believe it not i didn’t do any really actual purposeful backlink strategies until i hired an seo firm and that was really two thousand sixteen and before that i just focused on the content really made really focused on what i could control and that was my on page experience the content and making sure people kept engaged on my site

19:03
It’s interesting that you mentioned you hired a firm. What was your experience? Good in the end. I also knew, I mean, based on my background, it was more because of time allocation. I knew what I was looking for. I knew various firms in the space that were full of crap or really knew their stuff. And I hired a firm that I knew based on their background was really understood and alignment was what my knees were. So I made sure I hired a firm that really gelled with my belief in my philosophy as an SEO. What did they do for you exactly? Did they do any content writing or was it?

19:33
outreacher that they did that this outreach that was not the first part is that i also need help really at the time i had a hit with uh… google in terms of rankings i thought i was a had a negative seo attack and make a long story short without bombarding the reader listeners with what negative seo is but basically you can have a lot of links your site that are not helpful in fact you know sites like from photographic or or spam sites google will look at that as a uh… a possible issue

20:03
other SEO hackers would point links to your site on purpose to help or hurt your ranking. So I had a massive amount of backlinks to my site in a very short period. within, geez, three months I had probably over thousand backlinks that would be considered bad links. with that said, it hurt my rankings. And I guess I wasn’t at the time aware, according to official Google policy that’s like, well, that won’t affect you. And definitely it did.

20:33
I can definitely say at the time it was done on purpose. I kind of knew who it was, but in the end hurt my rankings and had a really, you know, I wanted a higher firm that not one is because I was getting so busy helped me focus on that. But more importantly, you know, me insights that where I didn’t, was only one vertical, one niche, you know, investing. They’d be able to understand much more broad SEO strategies that I probably wouldn’t be able to understand. And that’s one area that definitely helped me understand.

21:03
curious what did they do to get you out of the hole? In terms of really analyzing the pay well one is we went through the process of did we think this is some sort of negative SEO and I think we both came to agreement yes so they definitely helped assured my thoughts on it and more importantly what can we do to improve the rankings one to prevent this from ever happening again the other is making sure we focus on the things we again we can control we can control stuff like user intent and help me really improve

21:32
the whole non-page experience. That’s not to say my experience was bad before, but help overcompensate, like I removed ads, banners on the site completely. Did you use a disavow tool? Oh yeah, we had these, like, 700 links in there. Wow, okay. So, significant. So, with that said though, they helped with just, literally, weekly strategy meetings, weekly reviews of what’s going on, are we getting more on the mark, are we falling behind, and all, was a consistent

22:02
Progressive improvement with the site over time where they definitely helped, you know again because I was focusing on some of the other things as well They able to execute and implement the stuff that I just didn’t have the time to do. Okay So basically they helped you get out of a whole lot and had nothing to do it Content really you were making all the content. Yeah, they didn’t I mean there were some suggestions Maybe the content but that was really minimal part of it. It was really It was really suggestions from a technical SEO perspective that just helped

22:29
give me better insights on what can we do to make the experience better. The only reason why I’m asking all these questions is I get questions all the time like Steve, who should I hire? And I’m like, hey, you know, ultimately, they’re not it’s not magic. They’re not going to just magically get you to rank. It’s ultimately going to be about your content. And, you know, I’m always a little hesitant on SEO firms, which is kind of why I asked you about the detail. I agree, Steve. mean, not for anything. I think most SEO firms are horrible, to put it nicely. I think they stink for the most part.

22:59
there are very few that I recommend and trust. And on top of that, because of my background, I knew what I was looking for. You know, if you just, I mean, if you don’t know anything about SEO, I think you’re really in a rude awakening when you just hire some firm that says, we’ll guarantee results for the first page or 50 days or something stupid like that. And you’re, you’re going to be in a world of trouble if you do that. So to my point, I would recommend most people

23:24
is really learn about SEO and understand how it works before even thinking about doing that because I think you can do much better. You know your business usually better than anyone else. at minimum, understand the concepts of SEO and then maybe at some point, like I did, hire an outside firm to help you.

23:41
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:10
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:39
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. All right, so Larry, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about affiliate marketing. So just for the people listening out there, there’s affiliate marketing, and then there’s like what super affiliates do, like the ones who make seven figures. so Larry, I was hoping you can give us some insight about what are some of the special things that you’ve done.

25:07
to make money in affiliate marketing that kind of go beyond just basically putting a link in a post. mean, the biggest issue, and I talked about this in my course, is the lack of tracking. This goes back to my thought with Investor Junkie was to treat the stuff as if it was our own products, in terms of tracking, not in terms of like we owned it outright, like our reviews were very objective, but in terms of the tracking of conversions and the source of conversions, really getting that level of detail was critical to me.

25:36
especially if we started doing paid traffic, which we started to do while I owned it. A lot of people out there actually don’t even know that you can track affiliate offers, right? Cause you put a link there. How do you know that someone actually signed up for it outside of maybe getting an email saying that you converted someone? Depends. Well, first and foremost, it depends on the affiliate system they use. mean, most of the major networks do support some sort of tracking, whether you realize it or not. So if you’re already currently doing affiliate marketing at some level, the first I always look at is like, you have to, it’s like the levels of

26:06
people from infant to adult, you have to learn how to I’m sorry, you sit up, crawl and walk. And that’s kind of the same thing with affiliate marketing. You can’t just instantly usually go out of the gate and run. You have to figure out first how to walk. And I think with affiliate marketing, the first issue is just tracking your existing clicks and tracking your, and managing your links effectively. So something like a pretty links, which is very popular WordPress plugin. You should be doing that at some level first.

26:36
Can you explain what that plugin does? Just people probably don’t know what it is. Okay. Well, if they don’t know, pretty links is just a link management system. It allows you to say, let’s use, I don’t know, let’s say Bluehost, you know, a very popular web hosting company. It allows you to type in yourdomain.com slash Bluehost as the link and it redirects to a page on Bluehost site that has an affiliate link. So therefore you get credit when people click on it. So it just allows you to easily manage and more effectively store your stuff in one place. Okay. And then from there,

27:06
How do you know that… We’re going to get into this a little bit about ads, but how do you know that someone’s converted as a result of a specific link that you’ve posted? Well, with PrettyLynx, you don’t. That’s the big limitation. So that’s the first issue is you decide to throw away PrettyLynx and use something else. In my case, I use a service called ClickMeter. So ClickMeter has the ability to pass a special ID, a unique ID, a random key…

27:33
every click happens on your site. when someone types in that or clicks on that Bluehost link, it’ll pass a unique key to Bluehost to denote this click came from this person at this time. So when the conversion happens, it passes that same key back to ClickMeter to denote the conversion and then therefore you know who clicked and who converted. So the affiliate system has to support ClickMeter though, right? Well, there’s other systems besides ClickMeter to do that.

28:03
But out of the box, Clickmeter is just, it’s not really Clickmeter in itself. really, it has to support, the terminology in the industry is what’s called a sub-ID and post back. That’s usually what most people know in the affiliate marketing space. a sub-ID is some thing you can stuff into their affiliate system. Some, again, some ID or some information. And then the post back, which is just a way that the affiliate system sends that data back to, in this case, Clickmeter, and you pass that sub-ID back information back to them.

28:33
So it’s a round loop that the outbound click passes some unique ID, the affiliate system stores that ID when the conversion occurs and then passes it back, in this case, to Clickmeter via what’s called a post back. So without getting too technical, the base just is you’re passing some unique ID back to yourself after a conversion occurs. So it really then allows you to then note the actual source of that conversion via paid traffic, organic search, what have you.

29:03
So does Clickmeter uniquely tag like every single link on your blog or every outbound affiliate link on your blog? It’s not by default, but yes, it can do that. So you have it set up then. So let’s say you have a blog post on, I don’t know, personal capital or some investing site. You will tag all of those links with a Clickmeter tag? Correct. Okay. And then what happens when someone actually makes a purchase? How do you…

29:31
register so to speak or know about the conversion because in in case of personal capital is talked about them since I’m familiar with them they use affiliate system called tune tune sends that data back to click meter based on what’s called a post back so it’s just literally sending data from tune back to click meter uh-huh and then from there everything lines up within click meter it knows okay we’ve seen this the conversion the click happened two days ago the conversion happened today

30:00
We then tie the two together and note again, when they, you know, what’s the source of this conversion, where it happened. Is that tracking information stored on ClickMeter or can you get it into analytics or? Or you can do all sorts of stuff on top of that. I mean, we talked just before the podcast of other systems like Wooper to get that data, but ClickMeter by itself is just purely a link tracking, link management system. Okay. Where you can then, yeah, you can actually store additional data to actually then push it into other analytics tools and know literally

30:30
the full history of that person like where they came from what the opened up email if they click on this link if they did a push notification if they ordered from your own products you can literally do all sorts of stuff again my goal was to treat it the tools i want to be using is actually the same tools if you’re doing your own e-commerce store i would recommend using as well so the goal was to again like i said treat as if it was our own product but so therefore the tools i want to be using are usually using e-commerce stores

31:00
So walk me through, like it’s one thing to get data, because I know a lot of people gather data, but they never look at it. What would you do with all this data and how would you use that to improve your conversions? Well, in the end, if you’re with paid traffic, it’s without question. It’s a no brainer because you’re spending actual dollars and you want to denote, you know, you want to make sure you’re ROI positive because the stat that always blows my mind, I forget the source of the stat, but they say Google ads, what is it? Ninety-five percent of Google ad campaigns are negative.

31:30
ROI, just blows my mind. This is again, not just affiliate marketing we’re talking about as the whole, which is most cases someone’s product. So most, it tells me most people when they even have their own products don’t properly track. Is that really that high? That sounds okay. Yeah, I forget the source of it. think it’s, I forget this word, something or other, but the, it’s just, yeah, it’s a stat that just blows my mind. I’ve seen it a few times and it, but going back to affiliate marketing, that’s

31:57
the obvious cases you started to pay traffic one make sure you’re tracking those conversions because again you’re spending real money anyone make sure it’s not you’ve got putting in more money and getting out of it sure sure the second those s e l so with s e l you can drill down to level detail of what button on a page converted better like if you have a link multiple times was on page you really want to know which one of the money-making link which was the button that cause people to convert or or which offer for that matter

32:28
where with something like PrettyLinks, going back to that initial service we talked about, PrettyLinks will tell you the clicks, but it won’t tell you the conversions. Just because you have more clicks on a page doesn’t necessarily mean there’s more conversions from it. It may be the case, but a lot of cases I noted goes back to the whole issue with intent with SEO. If someone’s looking for the best mortgage rate, they’re much, much more likely to convert than say, is a mortgage rate?

32:57
and what’s the best mortgage rate is the the case where the convert more but you may get a lot of people clicking on those links and what is a mortgage rate but doesn’t mean necessarily they’re ready to per so that’s that’s a key distinction is you can know which pages are really your money-making pages and it’s interesting now i’m doing consulting for other companies as well i’ve seen definitely the trend of the the whole eighty twenty rule that about twenty percent of their pages generate eighty percent of revenue from affiliate marketing

33:25
and it seems to hold pretty true. let’s say you figure out that this page is converting well, then what? What do you with that information? Well, I’m all about the 1 % improvements over time. Obviously, you have to have some volume. If you’re just starting out in affiliate marketing or just starting out as a blog, your first goal is you should just be trying to make any money and try to just build out your content and build out your brand. This really obviously applies to people that are generating least five figures a month.

33:55
affiliate marketing. So if that’s the case, then you can really start moving the needle by making these 1, 2, 3, 5 % improvements in your site. So if you know where most of your income is coming from, you know those are the pages you should really start improving on. And there are other tools even outside of Click Meter or Rupert for that matter that really you should be using as well. That really applies again not only to affiliate marketing, but to really any e-commerce site and tools like Hot Jar, Crazy Egg,

34:24
that really show you heat maps of where you what buttons people click on what people click on a page where they’re getting cold on the page all that data really helps you determine where you know where they were the click on whether not interested with where the their phone off on the page and really again guru rewards you for user experience you want to get people on the pages not as long as possible and really interact with that page now is one of the things i did for message on key we created all sorts of widgets

34:53
like comparison tools, showed certain, like didn’t overwhelm the reader by showing too much data at once and showing like a limited amount of data. All that was on purpose to really improve the user experience. And that’s something like a crazy egg will show you. So I know that for you, especially, you always create like these calculators and little widgets, right? How do you quantify like the effects of those? Time on page, whether, how much they engage in that widget that we created.

35:23
you know whether or not it led to more conversions in some cases it did so therefore that was also net positive so it wasn’t necessarily all monetary based but it was all about the user experience what can we do to improve time and page decrease the bounce rate increasing clicking on other pages you know stuff that really mattered not only for us as you know the blog owners but also google as well google really reward you for that so you want to make sure the beauty nowadays is everything

35:52
In my eyes, everything’s in alignment for all three major parties for affiliate marketing. The readers, course, the blog owners who create the content, but also the merchants you’re working with. Everyone gets rewarded by creating the best user experience. How do you balance creating more blog posts versus hammering down and optimizing a single page? Believe it or not, mean, this applies to any niche.

36:17
With Investor Junkie, would have to say probably 70 % of our content was just updating and improving the existing content we had on site. So a lot of the effort was on improving the existing content. One is because of there’s constant improvements or updates in the various services we reviewed. On top of people, I wanted to make sure we were as accurate as up to date as possible. To me, nothing’s worse than going to a review that’s, six months old, yet

36:45
Today they announced a new feature or functionality that I was looking for. So on top of that, stuff like that’s especially timely like CD rates or savings account rates. Nothing’s worse than going to a site that literally the content is five weeks old when it needs to be updated today or show the current data today, especially if you’re clicking on an affiliate link no less and seeing then the rate is different. That to me leads to a very poor user experience and Google will eventually penalize you for that. Doesn’t just anyone clicking off your site is in that

37:15
kind of inherent in affiliate marketing in the user experience? Well, not for anything. Google, this is something definitely learned in my experience as well with becoming really good at SEO. Google does not like affiliates. Does not like, they even know nowadays, they obviously rank a lot of sites that have affiliates income on their sites. They do not like affiliate marketing as a whole. And what I mean by that is, and this is really the overall outlook from organic traffic from paid traffic.

37:45
Google wants to see you add value for SEO. So they want to see you, you know, having content, having functionality like widgets, having a calculator, having some sort of value add to the reader where you can’t just go for the kill and go for the transaction. You know, this is be it your own affiliate products or your own products that you have. So you need to add value in some way. With paid traffic on the other hand, Google will allow you to be fully transactional. You can go really…

38:12
for the kill and go for a call to action or lead or actually purchase that product. Where you can’t do the same thing for Gannett. So that’s the key issue. Usually that means then you can’t put a call to action or sign up for that affiliate right above the fold, right in their face. Where we had that previously, we purposely pushed any call to action much more below the fold. So therefore we would have more content and more engagement, more time and page and quickly bouncing off to somewhere else.

38:42
Google does not like that. Interesting. So let’s talk about paid ads and are you driving? So first of all, how are you running these ads? Are you driving them to blog posts? Cause you’re not allowed to advertise obviously directly your affiliate link or you’re not allowed to bid on keywords that are representative of the brand, right? I mean, you usually can’t most, yeah, most merchants won’t allow you to buy bid the brand keywords, but some do. I mean, if the ones that do those are really great.

39:09
Basically, one of the many that allow you to actually off the top of my head, but I like to think of one is the ThriveCart as a good example. ThriveCart doesn’t do much marketing themselves and they like to have the merchants or the I’m sorry, the affiliates do that, that bidding for them. So therefore you can bid on the keyword ThriveCart, but most to your point. Yeah. Yeah. Most want to do the marketing themselves. They want to control and don’t want to pay out all that, you know, affiliate revenue to some third party. Okay. So where are you driving? Like what’s the landing page look like? Or is it literally a blog post?

39:38
it depends i mean that in the end you know i was a always been about the data and some cases like a minor testing for one client and told me creating a dedicated landing page which usually works best but in this case they actually converted so far less with a dedicated landing page when i mean by that is remove the top navigation you’re involved sorts of distractions so doesn’t look like in you know uh… editorial or editorial equal and it actually what

40:06
hurting their conversions. in this case, again, it depends on, you have to test it out. In the end, usually it’s best to have a dedicated landing page because if you don’t want distractions, go somewhere else. But that may not always be the case. The audience may respond better to something that looks more like an article. So this dedicated landing page though, is it literally like, can you just walk me through an ad that’s worked well with you rather than just, yeah. Well, I mean, actually in my case, one that worked really well was a

40:33
of an ad for uh… of virtue i worked with those an actual articles i didn’t have a dedicated landing page goes back to the whole test so i did really well that because of there’s a man as a i’m not going to name the names of the companies but there was one company and personal finances just didn’t people were not happy with his personal finance out that people are happy with and from that uh… i’d took that content that actual contention or issue with that service and promoted another competing service from it

41:02
And got really people since they very emotional and that said service and how they much hated it They were really looking for some third party or alternative service So I capitalized on that. How did you skirt around not naming any of the services in the ad? Because you can buy you can bid on the keyword and Google ads will lie to but bid on the keyword You can’t display that trademark in this case. There was trademarked brand. Okay, so I couldn’t use the actual name

41:30
in the ad itself, but you could buy the keywords. So could say, like, looking for an alternative, know, click here. I see. Okay. You can kind of stir around that issue, but you can, Google does allow you to buy, some other ad networks do not even allow you to buy that or bid on that keyword. Right. So you would talk about the pain point, I guess, without mentioning the company in the ad while bidding for people searching for that company. Because yeah, they’re searching for that keyword already. So therefore you can bid on that keyword and then just, you know, it’s an alternative. So therefore they’re like,

42:00
they’re looking for either either the currently looking for that potential service and not sure yet so it goes back to the whole intent issue they’re looking for that service not sure whether or not it’s for them yet or you can search for other ones that they currently are existing customers and absolutely hate the service and looking for something else you can bid on like keywords like alternatives or this service verse that service or you know potential other options you know what is you know are or is even the word sometimes suck you know does this service suck and that you can

42:29
literally buy that keyword and actually do pretty well with it too. So I can understand the model that you just proposed, but how would the landing page model work? So for example, if you’re trying to get me to sign up for another, for a service, for example, and I go to a landing page that isn’t a part of that service, what does that landing page look like? Well, this goes back to, we sort of talked about this before the podcast. There’s, there’s things you can do. I mean, I was somewhat restricted in the investment services space.

42:57
Like I can’t do much in terms of value add or add-ons. I mean, what I could have done, and I didn’t get down to this point when I an investor junkie, was like offer like a walkthrough, how to walk through Betterment as an example, like how to use it, how to maximize the functionality. So you add some sort of bonus or add-on that’s not available by anyone else. But I am at the time mostly focused on exclusive promotion deals through the merchant. we’d get a special discount or special promotion because we sent already a lot of customers.

43:26
It would do it through that paid traffic as well. we would do it, to most other industries and most other brands and probably more of what I would do today is offer some exclusivity that you can’t get through another affiliate and offer the value added on. like sign up, like I’m right now testing with not good success with Bluehost is getting a free course when you sign up through Bluehost through me. that’s one, in other words, you offer some exclusivity, some exclusive value adds.

43:56
that you can’t do through anyone else. The problem to your point probably, the next question is then how do you track, how do you know when the conversion happens? And most people do as a manual, like let me know when you convert and I’ll send you the free bonus material. But going back to the whole conversion tracking, you can actually measure that and know, especially if they sign up to your mailing list, know when the conversion happens and then automatically fire an event when they do convert. So it goes back to the whole idea of treating it as if it’s your own product.

44:25
I see. with that promotion that you were just talking about, someone will sign up for Bluehost and then you’ll get alerted of that and then you’ll fire off that course and deliver it directly to them. Exactly. I see. Will reviews work? Like, can you drive Google traffic to like a reviews page? Or I guess that’d be really hard to bid. You can’t, you you can’t bid on a keyword. mean, what usually works is the best of pages, like the best robo advisors or the best CD rates or the best bank account now.

44:54
or some sort of, those type of keywords usually work. So it gets around the issue of you can bid on them, but not worry about the trademark. You can’t bid on the brand name. So it’s usually like comparisons or best of pages or. I see. And at that point you’ll have many affiliates on that same page and you don’t probably really care what they convert for. Yeah. I mean, you should be clear. Obviously a lot of the stuff you presupposes you’re clear in your monetization to the reader. You have to per FTC guidelines.

45:24
But yeah, you can definitely monetize through all the different ones. And whether or not you do it through objective means or you purposely say, the one that pays me the most is I’m gonna put first, you have to disclose that. So. You ran a personal finance blog and you’ve been in affiliate marketing for many years. Would you say there are certain industries that pay out a lot more? Like I know PF is one of those industries that pays out a lot, but are there other industries that are more conducive to making a lot of money with affiliate marketing? Because I know for physical products like

45:54
the affiliate payout is very low and you have to sell a ton, right? So what would you say are the best industries to make a lot of money with affiliate marketing? I I look at the three areas of transformation. People are always looking for health, personal finance, and just overall relationships, it love life or otherwise. To me, those three factors

46:19
are the ones that really move the needle to the people always have problems in personal finance people always have problems with their health people always have problems with the relationships and always look in some way so more self-help development area i think is the key that’s why personal finance i think does very well because this it’s a universal issue you never can be you know you never can be too thin and never to be too have too much money the classic uh… analogy so i think it’s true with the you know affiliate marketing is you really you really

46:48
You cater to those needs. To me, the problem is obviously you got to niche down from it. You just can’t do just general personal finance. That’s, I think, recipe for failure. You need to do something like I did with investing. You specifically niche down to a specific service or specific sector and really focus on adding value there. Let’s switch gears. Larry, what are you up to now? Because we talked a lot before this interview actually started, and you are actually doing a lot of stuff post-retirement, so to speak.

47:17
you want to think i would just uh… right off into the sunset but you did buy a porcini yeah i thought what portion of the the i mean i thought that those one of things that’s like a camp just to spend the money on just one thing and that’s but i think you obviously car by any means but in the end i mean the thing the thing that motivates i think most entrepreneurs i think you’re with your audience to relate to this is what you have some sort of success

47:45
you want to not only help others but you want to continue doing things you are you you have a restless mind you constantly thinking of new opportunities out there and that’s just the nature of the space around so with that said i think i really kind of melted those two together is really not only helping others but keeping in the digital marketing space i think really helping others with how to better monetize how to better now with refilling marketing but their own your products and services you know i i do consulting not only for

48:15
other bloggers but also people have their own courses their own services i think it just makes sense because of most i think under monetize i mean my whole argument spin i think every business should do a philip marketing at some level you if you sell your own products because of you can’t be everything everyone but you can and then now g i was used or example i was used is let’s say you sell car restoration parts right you sell to your classic cars you you sell to you using algae of an old

48:44
Nova I had a 1970 Nova and I’m looking for resto parts for that car but yet you don’t sell tires or rims but yet your audience definitely has a need for that and that comes into where you tire rack a very popular online website does have an affiliate program so you can easily recommend a tire and rim combination for a Nova or any other classic car for that matter and you get paid for it you don’t have to have inventory you don’t have to have stock on it you don’t have to do anything other than

49:12
give out a recommendation for here’s this best tire rim combination and you get paid for it. So it’s a no-brainer on top of you create a stronger relationship with your audience. So I think that to me is a key thing that I think any business owner should do. They’re goals that help improve the relationship. On top of it, you can even use that as a test bed to perhaps add new services in your space that you just instantly fire up an affiliate program that you don’t offer currently. But let’s say down the road, you could offer your own tire rims.

49:42
on your own site. So I don’t want to pimp you out, Larry, but so for the, for the listeners out there, Larry is super good at instrumenting sites where you know, like every step of the customer journey along the way and exactly what contributed to that conversion because he did a lot of these things. So where can people find you Larry? The easiest place is my own site, larryledwood.com. So have a SMS you can text. You can text, Larry podcast, all one word, Larry podcast to three one

50:12
996 and you’ll get your sign up for my newsletter that way as well. Ah interesting will it be delivered via text or email or what? No it’ll be via email you just sign up through the SMS so it’ll tell you you know come back to you with a response saying you know what’s your email address and then says you’re subscribed. Nice nice well Larry thanks a lot for coming on man. Thank you Steve.

50:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now in case you’ve ever wondered if blogging is dead, it most certainly is not dead and you can make life-changing money from it. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 339. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

51:04
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

51:33
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

338: How To Make Millions As An Artist With Arree Chung

338: How To Make Millions As An Artist With Arree Chung

Today I’m really happy to have Arree Chung back on the show. If you don’t remember Arree, he’s an award-winning author, illustrator, and international speaker. His books have been named the best books of the year by NPR, Kirkus Reviews, and Amazon and are sold in over 11 countries.

He’s also a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. In this episode, we’ll discuss how he launched his new business venture that has generated him 7 figures in revenue as an artist.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Arree closed down his ecommerce store
  • How Arree pivoted to another business called Story Teller Academy
  • How to grow a teaching based business with Facebook ads

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have one of the most successful artists turned internet entrepreneurs that I know personally, Ari Chung. Ari is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course, and I asked him to come back to talk about how he’s killing it with his new business, which leverages his artistic background. So who says that artists can’t make money online? Find out how he did it.

00:27
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free.

00:55
over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Businesses are always the most successful when they own their own data, customer relationships, and their growth. And that’s why more than 50,000 e-commerce brands like Living Proof, Solo Stove, and Nomad trust Klaviyo to deliver their ideal customer experience. Now having used Klaviyo for many years now,

01:20
I can wholeheartedly say that Klaviyo is the best email automation platform in the world for e-commerce, and you get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. Now with advertising getting harder and more expensive, it’s time to take back control of the customer experience with email and SMS. So if you’re ready to drive future sales and hire customer lifetime value with a marketing platform built for your long-term growth, get a free trial at klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:47
That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:09
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Ari Chung back on the show. And if you don’t remember Ari, he is an award winning author, illustrator, and international speaker. And his books have been named the best books of the year by NPR, Kirkus Reviews, and Amazon and are sold in over 11 countries. He’s also a student of my Creative Profitable Online Store course. And last time we spoke way back in episode 73, he had founded liveinastory.com, which used to sell wall decals with illustrated art.

02:38
And I specifically use the word used to because he decided to close down that shop. And in this episode, we will discuss why it didn’t work and then focus on how he pivoted to his new business ventures, which are now killing it. And yeah, they’re just killing it. And artists don’t have to starve. And Ari has been amazingly successful. And with that, welcome back to the show, Ari. How are you doing today, Thanks, Steve. It’s so good to be back. And it’s interesting to see all the changes from

03:06
then until now. Oh man, I love because so just a little bit of background story for the readers. Ari and my wife are actually friends. They went to college together. And so Jen’s been keeping me up to date on Ari’s progress. And I’m like, man, all this stuff has been amazing. I definitely need to have them on back. And let’s let’s start with this Ari for the listeners out there who may not remember you from last time, because that was what like three years ago, maybe maybe I think a little longer, maybe even four years ago.

03:32
Yeah, we’re just up first starting with live in a story, which is your decal store. Why didn’t work and then why you decided to close it down and how you pivoted. Right. So live in a story was something that was born out of your class while decals and I saw at the time the opportunity that I could bring bring higher quality wall decals to the market. Most of the wall decals then were very cheap and manufactured in Asia and they just look really cheap and

04:02
As an artist, I wanted to do something much better and I thought that I could find the market to, to sell and be very profitable in this venture. Why it failed and what I learned from it was, so first of all, that was my first business and I focused so much as an artist on the quality and the manufacturing. didn’t spend enough time on the marketing and sales part, which is really the biggest difference between what I’ve learned from then and now. I’d say the second thing is we just never,

04:32
got to a volume where we could produce these things at a very cost effective rate. I wanted to originally make them in the United States so that way I could control the quality and also we could make designs very quickly versus shipping in. But looking back on things, I wouldn’t have done that again, unless I had a lot of runway. I know that you’ve had several other students who did wall decal businesses that are actually crushing it and very successful now.

05:01
but it took them a while to find their, to build their catalog right into. Yeah, so I think we just didn’t last long enough. didn’t focus on marketing enough. We didn’t know how to acquire the customer. I just, as an artist, just was focused too much on the product part of it and not enough on the marketing and sales part of it. Okay. Okay. Yeah. I mean, there’s other artists in the class also that have gone the print on demand route. And I remember you actually got your own printer and your facilities and all that stuff. And there’s a large upfront cost, right? For all that stuff.

05:30
I saw the printer Steve, you do the market for a printer. Actually, know, surprisingly, we might be actually, if it’s on fabric, does it? It’s an awesome printer. Okay, talk to Jen actually, because we’ve been looking at fabric printers. Oh, so yeah. Yeah. It’s practically. Alright, so okay, so live in a story didn’t work out as your first venture, you you had a lot of upfront costs and that sort of thing.

05:59
How did that kind of pivot over to Storyteller Academy? And first of all, tell everyone what that is. Yeah, so Storyteller Academy is a online school for people who want to become children’s book authors and illustrators. I’m a traditionally published picture book author, illustrator for many years, probably almost 10 years. That was my biggest goal and biggest dream is to write and illustrate picture books. And so I came up with this idea.

06:29
when I was thinking about what kind of businesses I could make that would provide unique value. knew I learned a lot about writing stories that I didn’t know before that they don’t teach you in college. Such a niche thing. And so I just started with with a post on Facebook of, Hey, would anybody be interested in this? And actually, do you remember this, Steve? I actually emailed you later. I was like,

06:55
Hey Steve, there’s a lot of people interested in this. What should I do? Do you remember that? Yeah, I do. Didn’t we get coffee, I think? I think later, but you were like, that’s awesome. You got to them on a webinar. that was the first time I ever did a webinar and I sold my first course. And then we just scaled from there that now we have a whole program where you’re learning how to write, illustrate, and I’m even teaching business now in there in terms of building your own brand, running Facebook ads.

07:23
Because I realized that actually a lot of independent artists can self-publish their own books or grow their own audience and have more guaranteed launches when they launch their new book and actually build a business on top of their book career. Because you don’t want to just build your own author business off of one product that doesn’t have great margins. Well, so first of all, just for the people listening out there, Ari actually has two businesses talked about here.

07:53
This other one that we’re talking about right now, Storyteller Academy, isn’t actually the biggest one, but I wanna get an idea of just kind of Ari’s trajectory until what led him to his biggest win to this date. So for Storyteller Academy, you mentioned you did your first webinar. How did you get people to attend that webinar? How did you build your audience for that and that sort of thing? Yeah, so initially it was just posting on Facebook, asking people to share and then, and I started running Facebook ads, which…

08:21
weren’t that difficult to actually figure out in the very beginning. And I think that first webinar, wasn’t even that many people, was maybe like 400 people. But I just continued doing webinar launches over the next few years and learned how to run Facebook ads very effectively and just scaled our webinars to being tens of thousands of people. Can we talk about like the Facebook ads part of it? So when you first started out, how were you doing your targeting?

08:50
And what did your ads, if you remember what they look like, or maybe you can just talk about what they look like now, actually. Actually, you know, it’s funny is one of the first images I use, I still use that one, it still converts really great. So it’s, I use my artwork and it says how to become a picture book author illustrator. So I find with Facebook ads, since the ad has a catcher attention so quickly, it has to have an interesting image or something, you know, a pattern interrupt.

09:18
And the caption just has to be the thing they want. I think it’s best to be very straightforward. And yeah. And so we actually use that Ninja image that says how to become picture book author illustrator with Ari John. And this is click here below. It’s so simple. I’ve run a lot of other ads and that one still performs at the near the top, if not the top, um, after all these years. in terms of targeting, like, well, you, sounds very niche. Does that make it really easy to target?

09:48
It does actually. we target people who are interested in children’s books. We target people who like all the publisher pages. We target children’s literature. So you can find those interests keywords pretty easily. now I’m kind of expanding. I think I was so niche before I’ve kind of burned out those interest niches. Yeah. So, you know, from there I expanded to lookalikes and as we’ve been building our email list and our customer base that

10:18
that is gold. The lookalike audiences is a very easy way to scale. And then I think from there, it’s just trial and error. You can try lots of different niches and just see, you never know it’s gonna work until you try it. Can you talk about the economics a little bit? Like how much were you paying? Let’s talk about that first webinar, because you had nothing. And presumably a lot of people listening out there are starting with nothing. Yeah, how much were you charging for your product? How much was it per lead? Just some of the metrics. All right, so

10:46
product at the time I was selling and I and by the way I want to bring up this point because I think I under sold myself which I think a lot of people were starting out are a little afraid of going higher. So I sold a 12 week course for like a hundred twenty bucks something like that. Okay. But I did I did think this is because I was it was the first time I was doing it. I was afraid that I

11:16
that I wouldn’t deliver a great job. So I didn’t want to over promise. But I did say, which I would do again is this is the founding members price. This is the early bird price. And the next time we launched, the price will be double. And the price was double. So you have to go through with what you’re saying. So even the next time around, it was $200 and it was totally worth it. $240 and then we doubled again. And then we switched to a membership after that.

11:45
So our cost per lead though, you’re asked about that when we were advertising with Under a thousand people the cost per lead was something ridiculous like 40 cents 50 cents really. Okay. Wow, it was the same That’s where I was like, I’m hit the Old line, but as you know when you are scaling Facebook ads, it’s not as easy. Yeah At scale we’re able to get and I think this is still pretty good. You can tell me

12:14
We’re able to get leads for for under $2.50. I think it’s hard to tell because it really depends on who you’re targeting. Like in the make money space, that is really, that’s really good. I mean, that’d be amazing. Yeah, like people are paying upwards of, know, for a webinar, at least like six bucks per lead. Yeah, for your stuff. I think it’s a lot more niche, maybe not as many people are targeting that. So I actually have no idea how much it should be. But just to give you, I know we’re giving a preview of

12:44
creativity school, I’ve been able to get leads for 50 cents at scale. I believe that we’ll get into that business in just a sec. Let’s finish up with the story Academy first, but the story tell Academy leads anywhere between this in terms of terms of like cost per lead. Yeah. $2 and 50 cents. I’m happy. Sometimes we’ll even pay up to three, $54 and earnings per lead after your promotion is

13:11
about $5 a lead. I’d say two to one return. Yeah, any Yeah, and then it actually gets better now with time because we have a membership and 60 % of our members renew year after year. So their actual lifetime value increases year after year. So that’s slowly inches up every year. Can we talk about the membership aspect versus full pay? Yeah, go ahead. No, I was gonna say, do you know like how long the average person

13:37
sticks with your program. I think we had this discussion a while back because you had asked me why I do lump sum, right membership. I was just wondering how you came to your conclusions. Well, so the membership started from two areas is one is a people after people finish my class, it was just teaching them how to make a story and a dummy, they want to take another class. And that’s when I started hiring my friends to help build more classes, and I would pay them a royalty.

14:06
But what was challenging was that you were constantly having to sell another class, sell another class, and the classes are expensive. They’re like 300 or $400. And so the membership was really born out of, let’s see if we can build a continuity program and offer a cheaper price. And by then I had over a thousand people that had bought my classes and it was really easy to offer them this lower price membership for them to continue taking classes.

14:33
How much is the membership fee versus what you were charging for the full course? Yeah, so at the time the full course was $500 for 12 V class. We ended up breaking that to two classes for 250. So pricing has pretty much stayed the same. And then we then offer the membership for $60 a month or $600 for the whole year. And so in a year, you could take four classes.

15:02
And so that would have cost you $1,000 instead of 600. I see. And how many people actually prepay for the year versus month to month? I think it’s about 25 % that paid for the whole year. A lot of people pay month to month. And honestly, the reason why they pay month to month is because they can’t pay the whole thing at once. I see. Okay. And I think that’s, that’s probably the main reason why

15:31
when I think about why we continue to do it this way is it’s just making it affordable for my for my customers, my audience, a lot of them. Sixty dollars actually is a lot for them to invest in. Right. They’re writing. Yeah. How does that differ from a payment plan, though? It’s well, it’s I guess the difference in a payment plan is you would have a fixed number of payments and then you would own that course versus a membership is like Netflix. So

16:00
It’s ongoing. And then once you stop paying, then you lose your access and you don’t. Oh, I was saying like in terms of your decision payment plan versus membership, they’re very similar, right? Right. They could get access to everything and own it outright. Yeah. Well, I think the payment plan would be. So they would get access to everything after they’ve figured after they’ve purchased everything, right? So I think I didn’t do that because we’re still adding to the course curriculum. I see.

16:30
Okay, we’re aiming to build. So I feel like the opportunity now with online education and info space is in the niches and you can build the best library for that niche. So I want to be in the Netflix of children’s book education. And it’s really hard to compete with us because unless you have a lot of funding and a lot of specialty knowledge in that space, it’s going to take a lot of time to build courses. totally.

16:59
And so we want to go the membership model because we want to build years of classes that will help you grow through your career and offer an amazing value. We can even probably drop the price as we get bigger. We can make it even more accessible. And I think that’s a way that I’m aiming to scale with Storyteller Academy. Does that make sense? Yeah. So before we move on to…

17:24
your other business. First of all, how did you were doing pretty well with Storytel Academy, right? It was already a six figure business. How did that turn into your next venture? So I, so Storytel Academy has been overall successful. It’s been growing. It’s been hard though, because it is a very niche business and there’s some things that were working before were working that were working before stopped working. So webinars weren’t working as well last at the end of last year. For some reason there was like a turnaround.

17:53
And then, so I definitely was looking to diversify in terms of, of businesses and also looking at new kinds of way of marketing. So I started experimenting with live challenges or launches and they’re very similar to what I did before with a video series. It’s just live basically. And so what happened with Storytel Academy is I ran that series, live, a live series and it worked really well because engagement was so high.

18:23
And then at the time I was thinking about maybe doing something for kids online. And I had a company reach out to me about making a summer camp for kids that was in person. So I thought this would be a good opportunity to develop some content for that. And it would be fun to work with kids. I love working with kids. And then COVID hit and the summer camp got canceled. And so I decided to, why not?

18:50
try this online. So I offered a whole free week online. Did you have to refund all the money for the live summer camp? Oh, so for the live summer camp, I was not the operational person behind it. Oh, okay. Yeah, so I was just being hired as a contractor. I was just the instructor. So I didn’t have to do any of that. Thank God. Okay, they actually so they had a lot they have a customer list from previous years. And they had to just let those people know that there wasn’t going to be a summer camp.

19:19
Actually, I think she even tried to sell it still while COVID was starting because we didn’t know how serious it was going to be or how long it would last. And she had hard time selling it, of course. Yeah. Okay. So then you decided to do a free one, which I believe my kids took part in it. How did that work? Like, what was the setup? Were you just using? Yeah. So the it was very similar to storyteller cabbing where I said, Hey, I’m thinking about doing this free thing.

19:48
Let me know in the comments if you’re interested and there were lots of comments. And so then I put, quickly put together a landing page and the email opt-in and for that free camp, this is zero advertising. Uh, we had 3000 people sign up for it. How did you get those 3000 people? It’s just all organic shares. You mean you posted on your own personal page or? on my personal page and just asked people to tag and share. That was it. Okay.

20:16
And what was the offer specifically? Oh, so, well, it was just for a free week. I actually wasn’t, I did this as experiment. wasn’t actually planning on doing an offer quite yet. I was thinking I could grow my email list for my children’s books. And then at the end of the camp, there were so many parents that said how much they loved it and that they would be willing to pay for it. And they wanted, they were begging for me to make a product out of it. And I thought about it over the weekend and

20:46
I decided to go for it. actually emailed you. Oh, yeah, I said, Go, go, go. I you’re like, go for it. Let’s try. And then so I put that offer out and we had 180 people. Yeah, 180 people sign up for it. Let’s put some numbers. So that first free class you were teaching people is teaching kids how to illustrate essentially, right? Yeah, there was a different there was a different theme every day. So there was animation day and there was

21:14
drawing day, there was painting day. So there was a different theme every day. And then over the camp, what ended being is we then broke that up into a week of one topic. Okay. And then this was all conducted over zoom, right? All over zoom. Yeah, all over zoom. Okay. So when you put out that, that you were putting out a paid camp, and you said you got 180 people, how much did you decide to charge? How’d you come up with those prices and just all the logistics involved?

21:42
Yeah, so we charge super cheap. was $47 for three weeks. It’s one hour a day. And, and we, we came up with that price because I know from online marketing and selling courses, $47 is a pretty low ticket item. And I honestly cared about having everyone that was struggling be able to afford it. So I did that out of just making sure that

22:08
we gave a lot of value and then it was affordable to everyone. So that was the first offer. And in terms of coming up to the price, especially since it’s your first time, you kind of just got a pick. So I definitely was very conscious that I wanted to make this affordable and to go for volume. so that’s what we did. So our total revenue was about $8,500.

22:35
And then I took that $8,500, I spent $1,000 on Teachable, so that way can put the replays up there. And then I thought immediately, wow, this works. That was zero ad spin. Let’s put ads into this thing. So for the Teachable stuff, like were people paying to access those videos without the live instruction? No, we did not sell the replays at that point. Oh, okay. Yeah. It was just, so the promise was you would get live instruction for your kid.

23:04
And then if they miss class or if they want to go back and catch something they miss, they could watch the replay the next day. And we actually got it now to the same day, who get the replays up the same day. see. Just just for the people listening out there, if you guys don’t have kids, like during the summer when COVID hit, like, I was going nuts, because I wasn’t sure what my kids were gonna do all day. Yeah, because you know, it was really scary in the beginning, we actually kept them indoors, like

23:33
We didn’t even go out at all for a while. And I know your program was just like a godsend and it was dirt cheap. Like we would have paid a lot more than $47 to participate. that’s one of the, yeah, it was very smart. Yeah. Well, you know, we wanted to make it affordable for the person that was worried about losing their job and needed a respite from the kids, you know? Yeah. You’re stuck in one place. so I think the pricing was…

24:01
was good because it really did help a lot of people and it made it affordable for everyone. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP.

24:29
So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry,

24:59
you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

25:15
So then you notice that it worked and then it came time to scale. This is kind of like a different issue because everyone has kids. So I’m just kind of curious. Did you run Facebook ads like wide open? You know, it’s interesting because I, when you say wide open, do you mean? mean like very minimal, like targeting, like people, parents essentially, and just let it go. Yes. So I put all the interests that I thought would hit and then

25:44
When you spend more money with Facebook, Facebook notices that and then they give you a call and say, Hey, would you like an expert to help you spend more money? And so I said, yes. And then they signed me this guy named Ray who’s awesome guy. Hey Ray, if you’re out there listening, hello. But he, he pretty much said the same thing you just said. It’s like, said, wow, you’re doing such a good job right now with targeting. think you’re, I think you can just expand this thing. And so he helped me scale some

26:15
custom audiences. And then we even did no targeting. Basically, you just say everyone on Facebook, algorithm, go figure it out. And that’s doing okay, too. So by okay, so you read you you mentioned some numbers earlier, you said like, was it 50 cents a lead? Yeah, so this is the fun part. For all the digital markers out there, I was getting Facebook ads for about anywhere between 50 to $1 20 a lead and

26:44
I was able to get it down to about 80 cents a lead, but then I ran this up viral contest. So once you opted in to the free week, you could share and you could win prizes and you can win an iPad. And that was going like gangbusters over the summer. Pretty much for every single lead I bought, I got a free one through the contest. Nice. What was the quality of those leads like? Good.

27:13
People were sharing in all their mommy groups and their parent groups. Ah, that’s brilliant. It was insane. I have not been able to get up viral to replicate that. Actually, I replicated that success twice, but recently up viral has changed their… they’re updating their software and they messed it up. It’s not working as well as it used to. Interesting. Because up viral just gives you additional entries if they share it, right? Right.

27:43
But there’s there’s all the you know with digital marketing there’s all devils in the details so the way that they I was able to embed before I was able to bed embed the Sign-up form on my own website and so I can control the design And then I could lead that to a landing page that was on their landing page that had all the features But now they changed it to where I have to use their landing page on the front end to be able to use their line back in I see

28:11
has been that one changes change everything. I actually use viral sweep. Oh, it’s very flexible. It’s there’s a whole bunch of companies that do the same thing. I just got her viral sweep. used to run that group giveaway company. I don’t know if you remember that. I remember. Yeah. And so we kind of toured all the different ones. And yeah, don’t know. Yeah, we like viral sweep. It’s they’re all the same to me. I actually never really used up viral actually, because it was one of the newer entrants, I think at the time. I’ll send you some screenshots you will and

28:40
Google Sheet that I track all my leads in. Because just the numbers are insane. can we talk about that? So what was the ad that worked? mean, I would imagine it’s very similar to your Storyteller Academy, right? Just straight to the point. Yep. Yep. It’s so the form that I generally use is, hey, if you know, hey, your target customer, are you interested? Or do you have this problem? If so, then sign up here. So for this case, it was, hey, parents, do have kids that are stuck at home?

29:10
they need something to do? Do they love drawing and painting? Well, sign up for this free week. Sign up here. So you were still doing the free week as a lead gen or Yeah, so we would run the paid camp for three weeks. And then we would do a free week promotion. And then we would do another paid camp for three weeks. And then we did another paid from then we did another free camp and then we did another it’s like a no brainer then man. So we just continued that so

29:38
I every single time just took the profits and reinvested that all in Facebook ads. And I was just like, let’s just see how far this could go. And so the second, so the second camp, I invested $7,000 into it. And I think we bought 18,000 leads or so. And then we got 800 customers.

30:03
Oh my goodness. Okay. And then we did the same thing. then on camp number three, I got even smarter. I had a customer base now and so I pre-sold to my customer base. If you want to join the next paid camp, you can save 20 bucks. And then I took the, I think we had something like $25,000 budget. And so I took that and I put that to Facebook ads.

30:31
And then we got 1800 customers. when you’re running your Facebook ads, are you just literally doing it for a week? Yes. At a time? Okay. Just for a week. And then just for the just for the week to get people into the free week. And the free week is free classes. It’s a really great week. And our conversion rate was 4.5 to 5%. Crazy. Yeah. So it’s, it’s, it was doing really well. And so the third camp we had, had

31:00
1800 customers like 70, $70,000 of revenue for three weeks. It’s not bad. Oh, no, that’s fantastic. So we’re talking about lots of money per day on your Facebook ads for that focused week, right? Right. Yeah, we were spending four to $5,000 a day. Right. And then for those of you guys listening that that sounds like a lot, right? Did it faze you or did you work yourself up to that point? Or just based on Storyteller Academy, you already used for these used to these amounts?

31:28
Oh, I was getting leads at 50 cents. I knew that the more I could buy leads at 50 cents, there’s no, there’s just the chances of you losing money is so small. It’s probably less than a percent. Right. This is like every single dollar I have, I’m going to put into Facebook ads because the work that you do to deliver the course and experience is the same. You know, if I teach a hundred kids versus I teach 10,000 kids, it’s not that different.

31:54
Yeah, can we talk about your setup then? you’ve we talked before this and you said you had like, what was it like 12,000 people on it once or something crazy like that? So this is probably a good segue to the summer camp. So I ran three regular camps. And then I had customers already asking me, what are you doing for summer? Like we’ve been with you from the first camp three months ago. And I’m trying to plan my my kids summer schedule. What are you doing the summer?

32:22
And so I knew there was a lot of demand for the summer and I had my customers telling me you need to put together a summer camp now. And so I ran the numbers and I was like, wow, I think we can make a lot of money this summer, which would be great. Cause then I could, I can take that money and fund an afterschool program. And so what I did was I took, I budgeted $50,000 in, in ad spend.

32:48
And I ran the contest. We were able to still get leads at 50 cents a lead on average at $50,000. I wasn’t sure I going be to do that. Okay. I’ll do that. Yeah. It was a lot of lookalike audiences worked really well for that. And we enrolled 4,700 students over the summer. Is this at $47? No, we upped it. We upped it. So I knew that this was going to be a, want to group the summer into a longer program and charge more.

33:17
Because you just wanted them to buy once. And so we charge $127 for the five-week camp, which is still… Still a no-brainer, actually. Yeah, it’s completely… It’s in my heart to make sure this is affordable to everybody because a lot of times, these after-school programs are for people who only afford them and they do make a difference in a kid’s life. It’s the difference of finding a new hobby or skill that you love and doing later.

33:47
Is this 50 cents per lead including the up viral promotion? Yes. Okay. Yeah, so probably pre up viral is probably about 90 cents 95 still dirt cheap. Good Lord. Okay. Yeah. What about running a wide open or what we talked about earlier is was that more expensive than your lookalikes? Slightly maybe like 20 or 30 % more. Okay. Yeah, so I think it sounds obvious now but when when you think about it is pretty much anybody who has a kid is

34:17
a potential. Oh yeah, exactly. Targeting doesn’t matter as much. Targeting still does actually matter because you can like I’m running ads now and I can still get some interest under a dollar lead. Facebook ads, think also we had the perfect storm for being able to launch an online program because Facebook ads also did decrease in cost. They’re back to normal now I feel. Yeah, they’re they’re they’re 30 % higher.

34:46
dropped down for 30%. So they were on sale and now they’re back to normal. So can we talk about some of the metrics? So you got 100,000 people. How 110. So based on that, like, how did you know approximately how many you could convert? Let’s say your Facebook ads were more expensive. How did you figure out your break even point? Well, I just knew from our last three camps that our conversion rate was north of 4 % for four to 4.5%. And so

35:16
I was planning on spending $50,000 and trying to build my email list to over 100,000. And so I just took simple math, 100,000 times it by 4%, that’s 4,000. I actually assumed my conversion rate was gonna be lower because that’s much higher scale. And if you go up higher in scale, you think your conversion rate would probably dip, right? Right, but they didn’t, obviously. It didn’t. It was basically 4.7%.

35:46
Yeah. Yeah. And, and so we just made way more money than I thought we were going to make because we had more customers. And actually we wouldn’t even made more, but we had to close enrollment because we actually do have a fixed number of seats in our summer camp since it’s over zoom. The zoom meetings can only hold a thousand people.

36:12
I’m sure most people in this world never hit that limit. Yeah, we hit that limit. Actually, we had some other problems. People, the camp was so popular that people were sharing the link, the paid link. And then we had a little, we had, you know, we had some early issues. It was not all easy. Sure. Yeah, actually, I want to get into those details a little bit. Like, what are your expenses and all this outside of the ad costs? Yeah, so outside the ad costs,

36:40
These are the biggest expenses. I pay all my instructors really well. In fact, for the summer camp, I paid each instructor just teach one week. Initially it was going to be $5,000. And since we did so well, I doubled their rates. And then we had to expand. Like there was so much demand. I actually asked them to teach one more time slot. So some teachers were teaching four times a day. And then I

37:08
I paid them another $2,000 to do that. that’s four hours a day of instruction, essentially. it’s four hours a day, but it’s pretty exhausting because it’s like performing. It is Yeah, no, totally. Yeah. Yeah. So they had an hour break in between, but they made really good money. I think $12,000 for one week of work is it is that’s excellent. How did the logistics work on the zoom call? So you have 1000 people on let’s say, yeah. Is there how do they

37:36
Is it just one-sided communication or can they ask questions? they can’t. we have a moderator. There’s actually a lot of people behind the scenes. So I’d say the biggest expense is actually just people to run it and to plan everything. There’s actually a lot that goes into that. then servicing 4,700 customers. Like if anything goes wrong, everyone sends you an email and you literally have 3,000, 4,000 emails in inbox all at once.

38:04
We hired at the peak, think 12 folks in the Philippines to help us process emails. And even that was enough. Like if I could have done over, I would have hired 20. So how does that work? Were you guys using a help desk and how did you divvy up the work? Yeah. So we, we actually found, um, this new company is called help wise H L P W I S C. And I got on a amazing lifetime deal. I think it’d be like,

38:32
60 bucks for it, best 60 bucks I ever spent. Oh my goodness, okay. Yeah. And it’s great. Basically it works just like Zendesk or these other programs, but actually I think it works better. It’s cleaner and simpler. you have agents on there and you basically have, people can, they have a shared inbox and people can just assign themselves an email or you can have a manager that

39:02
basically reads the emails and signs them to certain people. And then you have canned responses that you personalize. So you don’t want to send out just a canned response. You want to make sure that you’re answering all of that. of course. Yeah, yeah, that’s how we did it. And that’s probably was the hardest part is actually in terms of logistics, there were a lot of errors and mistakes with like links. Sometimes there’s a link sharing problem. And so

39:31
when people get their link, they get really upset. Of course. Of course. Yeah. And then, or a lot of people also just don’t read so they don’t know where to go. So half the emails were, where do I go? Where’s this link? And email delivery is also another nightmare because not everyone gets the email. So we’ve been working on a fix for that, but the link sharing was a really big issue. How do you solve the link sharing issue? We’re still solving it now. Okay.

39:58
How we solved it was we had to painstakingly download who came to the webinar or to the free class, I mean to the paid class, and we cross-referenced it and we emailed people and just said, you pay for this link. Or if we didn’t do it an accusatory way because people have different emails, we just verified and said, we noticed that this email isn’t registered with us.

40:25
do use it for email? Otherwise, here’s the link to the cart. So we did that and then we actually had to, we had to change links and we had to pre-register everyone. So then everyone got through Zoom, a pre-registered link. So it’s their link with the token of their email in it. But that was a huge tech pain because then we had to, we had to through webhooks and API,

40:54
link them in. someone like you is probably like, that’s probably really easy for you, but someone like Well, no, no, no. It’s an interesting problem. That’s kind of why I asked if you had solved it. But we- So that’s how we solved it then, but we’re still working on solving that now. Okay. Trying to have the web- So that part solved it for us in sense that we can send you a unique link that no one else could use. You could not forward that link to someone else. Right. But it doesn’t solve the problem of

41:24
People still, even if you send them their link in email, don’t get it. They just don’t get the link because it’s in their junk box or for what I guess you could use SMS or Messenger for that. Yes, that’s a good idea. But with Messenger, not everyone has Facebook. Oh, that’s true. That’s true. So SMS, it also gets complicated. SMS is we have different people in different countries. So what we’re trying to do, I mean, that’s a smaller use case, but.

41:53
What we’re trying to do is we’re trying to have the Zoom webinar launched inside of a class, inside of a paid membership. And so they just log in and it’s the same place. So they know where to go. And then if it’s inside a paywall, then they can’t. Yeah, that’s how I do my course. Right. But the problem is we’re actually, shouldn’t say we a podcast, but like inside the paid course, they’re launching the Zoom app where they can still share the link.

42:23
So people were savvy with Zoom. Yeah, that makes sense. Yeah, so it’s still a problem. So Ari, let’s talk about the different businesses that you started in your journey. So we didn’t actually go into depth on the e-commerce one as much, but given that this was your first business, like if you were to start all over again, and you decide to continue on with it, what changes would you have made? Number one, would not have manufactured in the US. That was

42:53
too ambitious. The only way would manufacture in the US is if you have enough capital. And I’m saying to me, I wouldn’t start a manufacturing in the US without hundreds of thousands of dollars in capital. I just feel like it’s just so labor intensive equipment. all the- You could lease your machine too, right? You chose to buy it outright, I remember. Yes. Well, I bought a lease to own. Okay. Yeah. And you know, the picture was still, it’s like 20 grand. was,

43:23
It wasn’t super expensive, but the hard part is the manufacturing, packaging, all these, you just can’t do that at scale unless you have a bigger operation with volume and you spend all your time figuring out those logistics when all that time you need to be figuring out how to get the core customer and what the price point is and having a product market fit. Right. So that was what I learned. I would, I, if I had to do that business again,

43:51
I would say I’m going to lose money in the beginning just to find my product market fit in my marketing. I would probably just pay printers here in the U S and sell and sell my product at a loss knowing that I just need to get product market fit and know my margins. And at the same time contact all the manufacturers in Asia and get, and be able to produce this thing at volume. And then building your customer list too, because I’m sure if someone bought one decal, they’re going to buy you from you.

44:21
more often. Exactly. So I would have planned if I would do that business again, I would plan, you know, four or five months of testing and getting your manufacturer set up in Asia, getting your first order as soon as possible. And meanwhile, just fulfilling your current orders and learning at a loss, because you’re setting up the pipeline for for the whole business. That’s what I would do differently. And in terms of the pros and cons,

44:48
of running like Storytel Academy and then now your new business. Can you just kind of comment on that? What you see? Yeah. So I’ve learned how hard it to run a physical prodding business because you are shipping good, you are selling good that probably is even at a lower price point. The margins are smaller and you have to fund the next

45:18
the next order, right? So you know, because you run it. And I feel like it’s, I just feel like it’s a lot more work. It’s a lot harder. I feel like, so from my perspective, I feel like when you’re doing e-commerce, you have to deal with less people. For us, like, I don’t like dealing with people and workers. And so you kind of scale with products as opposed to human labor, which is what you have to do more when it’s like a course or a more hands-on type of thing. That is true. Yeah, that is true. There’s positive and negatives. So

45:49
I think the positive to online courses is it’s easier to scale in numbers and, and, know, your delivery is so easy. It’s basically an automated email, right? Yeah. But you have to have more people to answer customer service. It’s a relationship. It’s built. It’s when you scale, you do actually scale with customer service and instructors and your program becomes much more complicated. So I think it’s a lot more work in that sense.

46:16
And then I’ve thought about this a lot too, and this is probably different than the way you’re running things. But for me, like the e-commerce store is a much more sellable asset than the other stuff that I have. For me, I do this for fun. So it’s probably not as much of a factor, but maybe for people listening who are just doing this from a sellability perspective, I feel like e-commerce and maybe SaaS carry higher multiples and are more sellable in general. Yeah. You know, what’s interesting is I’ve learned a lot from digital marketer with how they

46:46
basically change their business model from being courses to more of a SaaS they’re trying to replicate. And this is actually why a membership is so much more valuable is that you can actually, especially the way I’m building creativity school, this can be a very sellable asset later because it actually same with Storytel Academy. I’m actually working on getting my face off the brand and not being the main person because you basically have an online education program.

47:15
And if you can prove that you have these marketing funnels to acquire customers and they stay for two years, that is cashflow. And I think you can easily sell it, sell that. Yeah. It turns into kind of like a Udemy. so exactly. Right. It’s a very niche Udemy and actually probably the better example would be Linda.com Linda.com sold to LinkedIn for a lot of money and they were around for a long time, but yeah.

47:46
I think you can do that in a very niche way, which is what we’re trying to do with Creativity School. Yeah. And the beauty of all this is, I guess with the digital end is there’s no cost of goods and that sort of thing. It’s just human capital. And then for physical products, once you have like a steady thing going and a customer list, it’s just a matter of contacting the factory and ordering more. Right. So I guess there’s just different pros and cons.

48:12
Yeah, a lot more upfront money, I think required for physical products. Yes. Digital products. Yes. You started with nothing right for your digital stuff, right? Yeah. What I started with is just a small budget for ads and just, I mean, if you’re out there and you’re thinking about starting it, it’s just getting experiences, doing it, putting yourself out there and start, start getting an audience, whether it’s through Facebook ads or social media.

48:39
So let’s talk about some of the other cool things that are going on in your life. You want to talk about, are you allowed to talk about the other stuff or? Yeah, I can talk about it, but I probably can’t say any names. Oh yeah. Don’t say any names, but it’s just, it’s just a lot of exciting stuff going on. Do you want to talk, talk about the movie or? Yeah. So the mix mix is my children’s book that uses color theory to talk about race and diversity. And you know, it’s been such a powerful book to talk about black lives matter. And, and so there’s been

49:08
Hollywood interests in it just recently. So we’re actually in negotiations right now to sell the option rights. But when you sell your property or even the option, you’re selling all the merchandising, all the other, they want everything because they’re going to invest a lot of money into producing this thing. So it’s been a quite interesting journey of learning all the terms and what rights mean and all the accounting, the ways that studios account.

49:38
Yeah, it’s fun, but also stressful because there’s lots of long meetings with accountants and lawyers on what things mean. And then it’s full steam ahead with creativity school, right? Yeah, so we’re starting a whole new school. And actually, enrollment ends in mid-September. I think it’s the 13th. But we’re launching an after-school program. And people can…

50:07
have a whole year of our education for their kids for $175. Which is ridiculously cheap. So yeah, there’s a lot. Yeah. Awesome. Hey, where can people find you if they want to sign up for these? know, I bet a lot of listeners have kids. Yeah, www.re.com arre.com. That’s where you’ll be able to find creativity school in the future. We will have creativity school.com up but we don’t have that website built yet since Oh, amazing. You got that domain.

50:36
I bought it. Wow, that’s a really good domain. Yeah, it costs $4,000, but it’s totally worth it. Oh, yeah, totally. That’s not that expensive at all. No, not at all. Well, I guess we’ll have to have you back on after you get your Hollywood deal. You know, what’s actually interesting is, so I’m holding the publishing rights. So I have I’ll have the publishing rights so I can still make my own sequels and series of books. And I think that that is actually going to be

51:06
the next business is really growing mixed as a brand. So I still hold those rights. You can withhold some rights. I mean, in a way, like a lot of the stuff was like the perfect storm, right? Black Lives Matter with mixed. Mix was an awesome book. And then I don’t want to frame these things as positives, really, but like the COVID basically caused parents to have their kids at home, which really has, you know,

51:31
really boosted e-commerce as well as all the in your programs as well. So I’m just really happy that it’s that you capitalize on all these things. Thanks. And you know, I think Steve, the takeaway that I have is, and this, was a moment when COVID hit a lot of things I had that plan had planned. I was going to freelance for this app company that was building this reading app that disappeared, that job disappeared. I have the summer camp.

51:58
that was going to pay $10,000 was the job that disappeared. And I actually had a moment of fear where I was thinking, oh my gosh, these things I was counting on was going to disappear. How am I going to respond to this? And I thought to myself, how can I help? I think like all these terrible things have happened. You can look at silver lining and see how you can add value and give to people and truly give. And then that actually turns into the best top of funnel.

52:28
because people feel that sincerity and your offer just has to help them with their problem. And then it becomes a very straightforward transition of like, you want help with this and this is how can help you. That’s a great way to think about it. hopefully all you guys listening out there, you can follow Ari’s model. Ari’s a hard worker and he’s a go-getter and he’s always learning new things. Thanks, Steve. The next thing for me to learn is actually…

52:57
Blogging with you and Tony so buggy about that a little bit later. Sounds good. Are you any time man? All right. Take care

53:09
Hope you enjoyed that episode. It always makes me super happy to see students in my course doing great. And I love how Ari quickly pivoted during COVID-19 to create an incredible new business. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 338. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

53:36
So head on over to mywifecooderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecooderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog,

54:06
If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

337: How To Reach Out To Any Influencer And Get A Response With Steve & Toni

Special Launch Episode: How To Reach Out To Any Influencer And Get A Response With Steve & Toni

Today is a special episode and I have a big announcement to make. In addition to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, I just launched a brand new show with my business partner Toni Herrbach called the Profitable Audience Podcast.

In this podcast, both Toni and I leverage our experience with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites, and digital products in order to teach you how to build and monetize your audience.

So if you’re interested in building your own online audience, then subscribe to the Profitable Audience Podcast and leave a review.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to reach out to any influencer and get a response
  • Learn about my brand new show with my business partner Toni Anderson
  • Different strategies to get the attention of anyone you want to meet

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap entrepreneurs and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is a special episode and I actually have a big announcement to make. In addition to the mywifequitterjob.com podcast, I just launched a brand new show with my business partner, Tony Urbach called the Profitable Audience Podcast. And in this podcast, both Tony and I leverage our experiences with blogging, running events, list building, YouTube, podcasting, membership sites,

00:30
and digital products in order to teach you how to build and monetize your audience. So if you’re interested in starting your own online business, then please subscribe to the Profitable Audience Podcast and leave a review. Now, long-time listeners of this podcast know that I also cover some of these same topics on the MyWifeQuitterJob.com podcast. So what’s different about the Profitable Audience Podcast? Well, as you know, the My Wife Quitter Job podcast is predominantly an interview-based show. Now, I do solo episodes here and there.

00:58
but for the most part, I rarely share my own opinions. And in fact, because some of the guests I have on are just acquaintances, I’m actually usually on my best behavior and I will rarely be as blunt as I normally am. But with the profitable audience podcast, I’ve actually known Tony for a very long time and actually don’t really care what I say. In fact, I’m unconstrained and basically say whatever the heck I want. And I have the opportunity to truly express what’s on my mind.

01:25
In any case, today I share with you one of our first episodes. And if you liked the podcast, we are also running a big contest where we’re both giving away a membership to my Create a Profitable Online Store course valued at $1,800, a membership to our Profitable Audience course valued at $997, a bunch of Seller Summit virtual passes worth $1,200, and one-on-one consults with both Tony and myself. Now you can enter this contest over at profitableaudience.com slash contest.

01:55
Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash contest. Now we both appreciate any support that you can give for our show and please share it with your friends. And with that, here’s an episode from the profitable audience podcast on how to reach out to any influencer and get a response. Now, if you’ve been trying to get the attention of someone famous or well known, here’s exactly how to do it.

02:21
Alright, welcome back to the profitable audience podcast. Today we’re going to talk about a topic that’s actually very important. And that is how to get the attention of more prominent influencers to help grow your brand. And you’re in for a treat today, because this happens to be one of Tony Anderson’s greatest strengths. In my opinion, I’ve seen this woman in action. She is a master. I have my own techniques also, but I feel like they’re not nearly as effective as hers. So

02:50
Tony, I remember seeing you in action. What was the first event we went to together? Well, I guess our first event was a Startup Bros event. I don’t know if we’re gonna count that one. You’re gonna count that one? That’s the one? Well, no, I saw you in action in that one, right? Because you wanted to get the attention of somebody. I did. Well, I’ll let you tell the story. But I just remember seeing you on Twitter doing something. And then all of a sudden, you were talking with this person. And I was like, whoa, how did you do that?

03:20
Well, the person ended up speaking at our event as well. So it benefited you as well. All right. This is actually a really important topic when you are just getting started, because I know when people just get started building a business online, it is really hard to connect with anybody, let alone somebody who you feel like is light years ahead of you in the business world. And doing it the right way, I think, is important. And the one thing I want to start off by saying is this has to be genuine. You cannot…

03:48
I’m trying to think of the PG word. You cannot just be a kiss up to people. You have to actually be genuine in your desire to meet and get to know these people. And it has to be, at the end of the day, mutually beneficial. So when we talk about this, I know a lot of it’s going to seem maybe a little bit. Manipulative? Yes, manipulative. I was trying to find a nicer word for manipulative. But I think, so I think at the end of the day, both for you and I and other people we know that are good at this,

04:15
there has to be a genuineness behind it. It cannot be phony because if it’s phony, the influencer or the person that you’re trying to get to know will sniff you out and figure you out pretty quickly. All right, so walk me back. Startup Bros, what did you do? So we were at Startup Bros and this was my first e-commerce conference. I’d been to many other conferences before, but this was my first e-commerce conference. I was a little overwhelmed. So even though maybe I was a seasoned online person. for this? Seasoned what? I don’t know, influencer, online? Net worker?

04:45
Networker, yeah. Season networker. I don’t like the word networking, by the way. I don’t either. I was trying to think of a… I’ve been around the block. That doesn’t sound right either. It wasn’t my first rodeo. I just saw all these different things. I felt a little out of place at an e-commerce event because I didn’t know a lot about e-commerce. So I had a lot of the feelings that people might have when they’re attending their very first event or going to a meetup or something like that. And there was a person on stage speaking that you and I both…

05:14
thought did a really good job speaking and seemed like a very interesting person that we wanted to get to know. However, the problem is, is when you are speaking at an event, you don’t always have a lot of free time and you have a lot of people that want to talk to you. So you have to figure out a way to stand out among all the other attendees at the event or meet up that you’re at to get to know this person. Had we known that he was speaking and I knew he was cool before, I probably would have done the strategy before I even went to the event, but it works when you’re there as well. So the first thing I started to do was just tweet at him.

05:43
because he had a Twitter account and I think he even put his Twitter account on the screen while he was speaking. So I started responding to some of his tweets. I think a really good way to do this is be funny if you can. Now you don’t have to be a comedian, but if you can be witty or interesting in your tweets back or if you’re gonna comment on their Instagram or if they’re not on Twitter and you do this well with Photoshop I know, but I think that was the first thing that I did is I started engaging with him on Twitter and the reason why I did that is because I wanted him to have a frame of reference

06:13
when I walked up to introduce myself. He happened to be an NBA person, a fan, and so I latched onto, I found that commonality. It happened to be NBA, which was a real bonus for me, but I could probably find a commonality with just about anything, and anyone can. This is not something that I can do and no one else can, anyone can do this. I found that commonality, and then I found those tweets, and I started interacting with the tweets that I felt like I could have the most impact on.

06:38
So I did that, I responded to a couple of his tweets. I noticed that he followed me back on Twitter. So then when I ended up, I don’t know, it was probably later in the day, we went up to introduce ourselves to him. I already had that in because I introduced myself and I made a reference to the conversation we had had on Twitter and then there was that immediate connection. I wasn’t a stranger anymore. I had already interacted with him before I ever got to the in-person moment, which is the hardest moment. I’m trying to, you keep using the words we, I think.

07:06
back when we went to this conference together, we weren’t really friends. I mean, we were friends, but we weren’t. I went to the conference with you. feel like we had to have been friends. But there was no cellar summit, right? No. was no ulterior motives. And I actually don’t even remember who this person was now. It was Zach. Oh, it was Zach. OK, that’s right. Zach. It Zach, yeah. That’s right. Do you remember what you texted him? Well, he was a big Utah Jazz fan. And so he had tweeted some things about basketball. So I had kind of

07:34
done some smack talk, which is not surprising if you know me. So I’d come back with them with that. And I think that’s sort of the technique, right? You find the commonality, and then you engage in a lighthearted type dialogue. You don’t want to come at somebody or immediately attack somebody for their views. That’s not a good way to get their attention. And you don’t want to just kiss up, right? There has to be something in there where you’re a peer. You’re an equal. And then you use that to…

08:02
make the introduction. So and we’ve we’ve actually done this at many events, right, where we will comment on someone’s Instagram or do something. And then we go up and introduce ourselves and they have just a tiny bit of name recognition, even if they have no idea who you or I mostly do know you from the podcast. But if they have no idea who we are, there’s at least a little bit there before we even have to make the awkward face to face. I think that’s the key. I personally believe that you should never fanboy anybody. Right.

08:31
as soon as you fanboy someone that instantly puts you on a lower tier and they pretty much look at you differently, I feel like from then on out, And the other thing too to think about, and this is sort of a male female dynamic is that if you’re a dude and you’re fanboying a female, then they’re on the defensive with you usually, right? So there’s that. female? Yeah.

08:52
So there’s also that like you want to feel you want to always make it feel like there’s an equal playing field because I honestly believe it is a equal playing field. They might be an expert in whatever they’re talking about, but you’re an expert in something too. So it is equal. You’re just equal on different fields. Yeah. And I feel like also like the way you joke around, like I always try to joke around with someone and I don’t know. Maybe this is just my personality, but I always just like ripping on people right away. It’s kind of risky, right? It’s very, I, you’re, it’s risky.

09:22
I don’t recommend your technique all the time. don’t. Yeah. You actually, you always like give me the eye roll or something when I go straight to the Rippage, right? But I think it, I think it works for the most part. I guess it just depends on, you have to like seed all this stuff, right? I always actually try to be make fun of first and then, and then I’m like, okay, oh, it’s on. But I think the way you do it, and we’re talking about live events here, but if you’re not,

09:50
interacting with someone in a live event scenario, I think you want to just pop in here and there. Like, let’s say you did this remotely. So maybe leave a comment on a post that they’ve written or tweet out one of their posts or share one of their posts on Facebook. Just kind of over time. Yeah, not all at once. Right. Not all the same day. Just do it, you know, every time they publish something and just continue this for maybe like a month, let’s say any content creator.

10:19
will notice these things. I notice anyone who posts a comment on my post. I notice anyone who mentions my podcast or leaves a comment on one of my YouTube videos, especially right now since I’m trying to grow my channel. And if you see this person’s name enough times, if they do end up emailing you, you’ll recognize their name and you’re going to be much more open to talking to that person. And I think it’s really important because I feel like, especially right now, people aren’t going to events very often. your first interaction with these people

10:48
almost 99 % of the time is going to be on the web. It’s gonna be on a social channel, on their website, something like that. And I think the important thing to do is when you’re doing this technique where you’re sharing their content, commenting, you can’t do the, which I’m very guilty of this when I’m lazy, is great post. Love your content. Where it looks like someone in India has been hired to go and write on the content, right, or the comments. And I think it’s important to, if you’re gonna leave a comment,

11:18
actually reply to something that the person said in the blog post. You can even disagree. Hey, that’s interesting to me. I actually think X, Y, Z. And taking the time, if someone’s gonna leave me two paragraphs on a blog post, I’m definitely gonna remember them because most people will just comment, great post or nice, love it. Same thing with social media. If you’re gonna share a piece of content on social media, take the time to say, hey, I really enjoy this website. This article was interesting because X, Y, Z, even if it’s one or two sentences,

11:47
That’s just going to be more impactful on the creator when they see that you’re sharing their stuff. Let’s expand upon that. So one thing that I’ve done in the past that’s worked great is someone might post a tactic or talk about it on the podcast. I will actually use that tactic that they suggested on my own stuff and then tell them that it worked or, you know, I’ll report on the real results or write, I’ll write a blog post on it say, Hey, you know, I tried what you taught us in that lesson and it worked. This is actually how I got on Amy Porterfield’s podcast. Incidentally.

12:17
I tried some of her webinar techniques and I told her and she was like, oh my God, oh my God, a success story, right? And then so I had her on mine and then she had me on hers and then that’s, she actually used me in some of her presentations as well. Oh, humble brag, humble brag. Well, no, I’m just saying it works, right? No, it absolutely works. And it doesn’t have to be for someone in the business thing like Amy Porterfield. If you want to meet like a famous food blogger,

12:44
Go on Facebook Live making their recipe, link back, give them full credit, right? Don’t take their recipe. You can do this in any single niche. It works. And I think the more you do that, I mean, that’s a huge way to get someone’s attention. And it’s actually a good way to get on their blog or their podcast if they have something like that. It’s exactly what happened to you. People love to see, I love it if someone makes one of my recipes and sends me a photo. I’ll post it on the, I’ll add it to the blog post.

13:08
And if they have a site, I’ll link back to them because I want people to see like, hey, isn’t just a recipe that I say is good. Other people have made it and it’s good. Yeah. And so this goes back to the comment too. I mean, you can’t just say great post or whatever. Anything that you can cite about your own experiences, maybe using that tactic or being a little bit more critical sometimes, like don’t bash their ideas, obviously, but if you’re a little bit more critical and to make that person think about it a little bit, then that just kind of just naturally causes conversation. And that’s how you get to know people.

13:36
So I would say step one in interacting with influencers is to comment on their content or share their content. start out very, it’s very non-threatening. It makes the influencer feel good, right? They’re excited that someone’s sharing their content and it’s starting to give that name recognition so that if you do email them and maybe you want them on your podcast or you wanna see if you can write a guest post, you’re not just one of the probably hundreds of emails they get every day.

14:06
requesting the same thing. Which medium do you use? mean, do you still use Twitter anymore or? I don’t reach out to people a whole lot anymore. But when I got started and when I was doing this initially, I was always using Twitter. And I think that’s what Twitter is good for these days. People talk about, is it even worth it to be on Twitter? I do think it is to have those conversations because that’s where a lot of those conversations happen these days. And that’s where people are, I feel like.

14:31
feel like they almost have their guard down a little bit. Like they’re willing to chat with you on Twitter because it’s very, it doesn’t feel invasive, right? It’s just like a platform. They don’t know where you live. They don’t know much about you. It’s fine. And I think so Twitter is still really valuable for connecting with other influencers and actually even brands too, but that’s a whole other podcast. mean, I think my go-to is to get someone on my podcast. Uh, gives me the opportunity to talk to them for an hour, maybe longer. Usually the best conversations actually happens after the recording is over.

15:00
But I guess there’s also a chicken and egg problem there, right? In order to get someone prominent on your podcast, you kind of have to convince them. Right, so when you first got started podcasting, I know you already had a pretty successful website. following. So this is what I did, basically. I started out with my friends and colleagues in the area. once I had a decent following, so I’m just kind of referencing Noah Kagan here, because I remember when I first asked him, he said no, flat out.

15:29
And I was like, okay, this guy, he’s playing hard to get. So I have to, so what I did is I emailed him next time and I kind of told him a little about the audience and the nature of the audience. And then I talked about, you know, how the products that he was developing for sumo.com were kind of relevant to my audience and that I could probably drive him some sales. And that’s ultimately what got him to come on. Okay. But what if you couldn’t drive him sales?

15:56
If I couldn’t drive him sales, I mean, I’ve gotten other people through various techniques. I mean, you have to kind of work your way up, right? You can’t just go after that big fish right away. And I’m like flattering Noah here talking. Noah’s I know, but we should use a different example. come on. I hope he doesn’t listen to this. You have to work your way up, right? So what I would like to do is just find friends of friends, maybe to give an intro. And if you don’t have any friends of friends,

16:23
You you just got to work your way up. So maybe pick less prominent people who are on his friends list and get them on the podcast first. Someone who’s much more likely to come on. And then if you go up to him again, you say, hey, I had this person on this person on this person. You know all these people. Why don’t you come on the podcast? Kind of like a me too type of thing. Yeah, it’s funny when I want to say this is 2009 and there was a company that I had met the founder of at some blogging event and

16:51
They were launching this company and they needed to connect with bloggers basically. But they only knew two bloggers. It was me and Rachel Miller, who, know, Facebook Rachel Miller. And we were the two bloggers that we had somehow connected with them at some point. And I remember showing up at a blog conference and the vice president of the company or whatever she, I don’t remember her title, she said, hey, can you give me like 15 minutes of your time? And I said, you know, sure. So we sat down in the lobby of this hotel and she had a spreadsheet of every blogger she wanted to meet.

17:19
Not only did she have a spreadsheet of every blogger she wanted to meet, she had all their social properties, right? So she had their Facebook and their Twitter, and then she had who they knew. So she knew that this blogger was friends with this person who was friends with this person. And she basically created this matrix of, because if she could meet blogger A, eventually she could meet blogger D because it would lead her down the path of these relationships, right? And maybe blogger A was a little bit.

17:42
more accessible, right? Because they weren’t quite as big. you knew that Blogger A had partnered with Blogger B. it was, when I saw that spreadsheet, it was like sort of this, whoa, moment of, wait a second, this is so doable. It’s so doable to get to Blogger F if you can get to Blogger A, right? Or Content Creator A or Podcaster A. You can get to that final person by just…

18:04
working your way through the list of people and building up your own credibility because she had to build trust and credibility for these bloggers to want to even talk to her. Just seeing that written down was crazy for me because I was like, wait, this is like a whole strategy. This is a whole thing that anyone can do because they didn’t have any clout. They didn’t have any credibility back then. And they ended up building a huge company, just sold it like two years ago. Yes, it was a tap influence people. The big stuff. Yeah. Facebook is your friend, right? You can immediately figure out who people are connected to who.

18:33
and you just got to go for the lowest common denominator first and work your way up. In all that, important thing, there’s a couple of like really key qualities. And the first one is that genuineness. You can’t go into blogger A with the blogger F goal or the content creator A. You have to really be interested in content creator A. You can’t just feel like it’s a stepping stone. You have to actually build a relationship with blogger A because when you have that relationship, then that’s what’s going to transfer. It’s not about

19:02
who can I use and step on to get to the next person. And let’s talk about outreach for a little bit. Like do not use anyone’s template. Very obvious. Below this podcast, we’re going to have seven original templates that you can copy and paste. Yes, they just do not work. You have to be original with every email and don’t make it too long. Like when I receive an email that goes extends below the fold, I typically don’t even read it at all. I don’t know how you are.

19:28
Here’s a tip for Steve, if y’all are trying to get on his podcast and you’re listening to this, put everything in the subject line. That is where I put, I don’t even have text in my email. I put like a period or a punctuation, some sort of punctuation, just so the email goes through. I put everything in the subject line. So he reads it. Yeah. If the email is too long, then most people I would say are not going to read it because it just takes too much. If, especially if it’s from a stranger, be very concise. Like that first sentence or two should

19:58
I wouldn’t even introduce myself. I would talk about how I could help the person that I’m contacting first and then maybe give a one sentence intro at most. And that’s it, like three sentences. Here’s what you have to remember too is people, these content creators, they’re getting 50 to a hundred emails a day, maybe more. They’re probably not reading any of them. They probably have someone who’s actually parsing through their email for them. So you need to be very…

20:23
like you said, concise and getting to the point. I think you made up, you brought up a great point of what are you going to do for them? Not what do you want them to do for you? If you want them to do something for you, they’re not going to even, this is going be deleted immediately. mean, I also like to use what I call the Chufusion ambush technique. So once you have everyone’s Facebook, are you wondering what that is? Do you know what it is already? I’m afraid. Go on. Once you have their Facebook friends,

20:52
And let’s see, you know, some of them, right? So this is how I got Ryan Dice on the podcast. I had I think five or six friends of his who I actually just knew. And I had them all reach out to him at the same time, like within one or two days, saying, Hey, you know, I think you’d be a great guest on Steve’s podcast. And so he got like five or six emails all at the same time. And then I emailed him like two days later. And then he said, that I know, I know you do that, that

21:21
That one’s always been a little iffy for me. I’m curious if someone did it to you, it would feel a little bit spammy, but then guess if they were my good friends, I wouldn’t feel that they were my friends, they don’t have to be good friends, but it would probably work. I would certainly reply to that email. Get your friends off me. What Ryan said was like,

21:45
Oh my God, like I got all these emails from you. And then later on, he said it was actually quite effective on the podcast when I had him on. I mean, I can definitely see that for sure. It just seems that seems very overwhelming. I don’t think I would do that for you. I guess it’s on a case by case basis. For you, I would just open with like some NBA quote. Thank you. Or something like that. If you want to, if anyone ever wants to pitch me, please start with an NBA quote or fun fact, and I will probably respond to your email with a, with a GIF.

22:14
But that takes knowledge of who you are, I guess. you know, if you do… think that’s important. I it’s important to know the person. I think… But that’s… It’s so funny. I feel like all of this is a very tricky balance between being a very effective networker to being an absolute creep. The line is very thin. I mean, if you think about it, it’s kind of like dating, right? And maybe you’re a female, you don’t do the pursuing most of the time. But for guys, you know, you have to be prepared, do the research and stuff.

22:43
It’s only creepy if the person doesn’t want to have anything to do with you, right? Like a million years ago, we had this friend and he, he worked with my husband and he, he had like zero social ability. And there are a lot of people out there like that. And he liked this female and he, guess they had talked a little bit, but very, very surface, right? There was no relationship there at all. And this was before like email and texting and all this stuff. And he decided to bake a cake and leave it on her doorstep.

23:12
Okay, well that’s borderline creepy. That’s creepy, right? But I feel like a Was it a cake of a dead rabbit? It was an actual cake, but I don’t know if he could bake, so who knows if it was any good. All that to say there’s that fine line between is what you’re doing a normal level of networking versus you approach somebody, because we’ve both had this happen to us. I’ve seen it happen to you at events where someone approaches you and they know really weird details about your life. Yes.

23:40
that they would only know from looking at every single Instagram post you’ve ever put up. So that’s where for me and probably a lot of females, your creep radar goes off. I think it’s I think for this is like one of those podcasts where I feel like this is going to be so sexist at the end of the day. But I feel like if you go up to a dude and you know a lot of facts about them, they’re probably flattered. Right. Right. But if you do it to a female, she’s like holding her cover. don’t that sexist. I think it’s just an inherent fear. Right. I mean, yeah, sure. Yeah.

24:08
But I do think- love how you go to Starbucks at 9.30 a.m. every morning. love how you get your mocha frappuccino grande. I like how you started using your sexy voice on the mic. Right, exactly. Then you’re running to the bathroom as fast as you can. So I do think that stuff matters. do think knowing who you’re approaching and knowing a little bit about them is very important. The other thing, and this is totally an in-person event thing, and I think at one point we’ll get to those again.

24:36
When you do get your opportunity to meet somebody that you’ve been trying to meet, and this is really hard to do at events, you cannot be darting around the room. Your eyes cannot be darting around the room. You cannot be trying to, you have to be so focused on the person you’re talking to and you have to be not talking a whole lot. You have to let them talk to you. So don’t go up to them and just blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah,

25:05
and you can’t be doing the whole dart around the room, looking uninterested, talking a lot about yourself. interesting because we have different tactics in this regard. yeah, so I think that’s very important. I you’re usually in bed when we do this. So the way I operate is I think all the networking happens at night at the bar, right? So I’ll just freely buy people drinks that I want to meet and then I’ll just go up to them and just start talking to them.

25:34
and asking questions. So same thing there. I don’t talk about myself at all. I literally just ask them questions the entire time. And then once I get an idea of what their personality is, that’s when I start busting on them lightly, see what they can take. I guess by the end, we don’t even talk about business at all. My go-to is actually our kids and relationships. Those are my go-to topics. If they’re single, that’s even more fun, right?

26:03
Because then I just talk about, you know, once the alcohol starts flowing, like they start revealing some stuff about like their personal lives and that’s how it get connected. And then later on, you know, they’ll remember the conversation and that’s when you can hit them up for anything or any ask. Yeah, I agree with that. I mean, I don’t go to bed at six. Come on. I mean, I at least make it till eight thirty. You do. Yeah, that’s true. the drinks haven’t flown enough for that to work for me. Yeah. You know, people aren’t hopefully they’re not drunk by eight o’clock. You never know.

26:32
Depends on what event you’re at. Startup Bros, that was probably the case. But I will say about your tactic, which I agree with 99.9 % of the time, because I feel like one, you shouldn’t be talking about business initially. You want to get to know the person. You want to make them feel at ease and comfortable. But I do remember my second event with you, which was ECF. we, do you remember this? We had breakfast with Drew Sinaki and some other like massive e-commerce seller, both of whom were speakers at the event.

27:02
Do you remember this breakfast? probably don’t. don’t actually, but refresh my memory. I had no idea who they were. I mean, you introduce them as Drew and Charles or whatever. don’t remember the other guy’s name. You introduce them and we spent the entire breakfast talking about how hard it was to find a good nanny in New York City, which was fine. But it was your tactic of like talking about family. was already friends with them. So there was no tactics that time. I was already friends with both of them. Yeah. Yes, that’s true.

27:27
So then we have breakfast and I’m like, oh, this is good. Like networking, meeting people, knowing about their lives, whatever. But then what happened was we sit down in the speaker hall, whatever, the auditorium, and they both get up and do these like blow you away presentations. And I’m thinking, I just had breakfast with this guy that’s like a genius about marketing, email marketing. And I talked about nanny problems. Like I would have like five seconds to talk about email marketing. He could have talked the whole time, I would listened.

27:53
But I was so irritated that we didn’t talk at all about business because I felt like I had this golden opportunity to talk to a true expert and we talked about nannies. No, but then he spoke at our conference. You could ask him whatever you want. you get him on. I but I didn’t. You don’t know if you’re ever going to have that opportunity. I mean, we’re fortunate. We run an event, right? So we can always have that second chance. But that might be your only chance to talk to somebody in if you have a podcast, it’s definitely not your only chance. Right. So the moral of the story is start a podcast. Well, no, that too. I mean. Yeah.

28:22
It’s still, even if you have a blog or YouTube channel, that’s definitely not the end either. You can get them on your YouTube channel. A blog post, you can do a feature on them, Right. So it’s never the end. say, sometimes there’s too much social. I know there’s not for you, but for me, at some point I have to get to like some sort of business conversation. Really? Okay. I feel like once it goes into business, here, here’s another thing I like to do. I try to go to topics that the other person doesn’t know as much about as I do.

28:50
So if you talk about their core competency, like this example that you said with email or whatever it was, you talk about email, like they’re the superior person in that respect, right? But let’s say that person is really into ping pong. I’m being really racist now. And they’re really into ping pong, but I know a lot more about ping pong than that person. And then all of a sudden I become the authority in their eyes. Right? I like that. That’s good. I try to stay away from their core competency. And again,

29:19
When I’m doing this, I’m just trying to get to know the person. I’m just kind of seating it for later on, right? It’s always like a long-term game. And in a lot of cases, I don’t ask for anything for months, even years. I think relationships need time to just kind of sink in a little bit. I totally agree with that. I think that’s a great point is that you have to play the long game on this. is not about, this is not a one night stand.

29:41
That’s to use the dating analogy. mean, it dating is what it is, really. It is. It really is. But you have to be in it for the long haul or it’s not going to be beneficial for either person. And I think, too, you never know how those relationships are going to affect you five years from now. Right. You could be at a point where you have grown to be more successful than the person you wanted to meet, especially if you’re just starting out. Right. I mean, let’s just take you and I for a little bit.

30:10
I think in the beginning I didn’t have any intentions of working with you or whatnot. And then I found that you were doing events and then you, you think you planted the seed and then I don’t know how we kept in touch. Yeah. We didn’t really have a reason. I came on your podcast to talk about like productivity and that sort of Yeah. I don’t know how it’s straight to conferences, but I think you just casually asked about it or you, mentioned it or something like that. Cause we were at taking your course.

30:39
Yes, that’s right. You took the course. Actually, my memory is kind of really fuzzy because it’s been so long now. Here’s what happened. You came up to me and you said, I heard you were the most amazing person in the world. I knew this was coming. So maybe later, but initially you were like, oh my God, let’s tweet this guy. Wait, he’s not on Twitter. Oh no. He’s not on Twitter. He’s not on Instagram. He’s nowhere. How can I talk to him? No, but I think that’s a really good point is that when we met each other, we met because we had a mutual friend. Neither of us knew who the other person was at all.

31:07
But we actually had multiple mutual friends. But we met because of the mutual friend. And we kept in touch for probably a year, I would say, off and on, before we ever discussed anything working together-wise or even. I think it was like two years, actually. Yeah. I I came on the podcast, but that was it. There wasn’t any other like. I I think we would. But it was the same thing, though. We joked with the. When I see my Facebook memories, we were joking with each other on Facebook.

31:36
you know, making snarky comments on pictures that weren’t like super offensive, but just just a little bit, you know, to get to get attention and not that either of us were really trying to get the other person’s attention. But I think there was just like a back and forth over time that then ended up we became friends and ended up working together. I mean, that’s kind of my M.O. So I like to use Photoshop. I’m kind of like a jokester. So I’ll make fun of people that way. I have to make sure that they can take it first. You have offended. I have offended people, which is fine.

32:05
because that means we’re never gonna be friends. Like if you can’t take a little joke, then I don’t care how big you are. We’re just not gonna be on that personal level. Maybe you’re good to get on the podcast, because you know your stuff, but we probably won’t be close friends. So I’ve done this with a lot of people. It just works out in the long run, because you can always go back to that moment and kind of just joke about it and laugh about it. It’s something that stands out in the I totally agree.

32:32
For me, and I say this a lot in all the stuff that we do, and I know whether it’s teaching a course or doing an event, that for me, the networking is probably one of the reasons why I’ve had success. It’s the main reason why I’ve had success in business is that that was really for me, I built relationships really early on in the blog world. I actually formed a group of other bloggers, and then from that, it spawned my event that I started from that group because I knew somebody who knew somebody.

33:02
And it’s basically how I met you. I met you because I had an event where I had met JD Roth. JD Roth was like the linchpin in all of this. But I think for me, the relationships that I built have basically led to almost every opportunity and everything I’ve ever done was because of a relationship. And it wasn’t necessarily because someone did something for me, but if I hadn’t met you, I would have never gotten into e-commerce because I didn’t know anything about e-commerce. I didn’t even know that people could sell on Amazon.

33:30
So just the fact of meeting you and just being exposed to that world of e-commerce was another opportunity for me to build a business and grow a business. And it wasn’t because I used you for anything. It’s just that I got introduced to something that I didn’t understand. And then because of our relationship, I was able to do that. So I feel like when I look through everything that I’ve started and done, it’s always because of a relationship that I had with somebody that either pushed me to do something or taught me about something or made me see that there was an opportunity that I might not have seen.

34:00
by myself. I mean, this is that lesson that you just gave is is actually what’s taking me the longest to learn. Because I’m an engineer at heart. And I just want to be behind a computer. Most of the time. I think we I told you about this recently. I think the bulk of my week these days is actually getting on zoom calls and talking to people. Yeah, You said last week, you said I spent all week on zoom. Yeah, exactly. And it’s these relationships with people that actually want to to get to know better.

34:28
And it’s totally true. It’s like the people you know that will propel you in business. mean, the work that you do is obviously still important, but just getting it like you could do the, you could do really good work. And if it’s on par with everyone else, you’ll just kind of blend in with the crowd. But it’s the people who you know that will help propel you higher. Like my business didn’t actually start growing until I started going to events. Yeah. So it’s hard thing to say right now when there’s no events, but I know virtual events are, mean,

34:56
to be honest with you, they’re just not the same. No, I agree. They’re a good way to learn, I think, but they’re not a great way to network. Which I think is why having a network is, that’s why I think having a network is so important. People in our lives have helped us get to where we are in a variety of different ways, right? We’ve also worked really hard. But I also think about just like friendships and relationships that I’ve built over my years. And I think about, have a mutual friend that went through a medical issue over the summer and I was on a text thread.

35:25
when she went in for surgery. And so we were getting text updates about how she was doing. Well, I ended up looking at like, I was trying to say like, who’s on this text thread, right? Cause there were a bunch of numbers. And when I looked on him, two people on the text thread were local. Everyone else in the text thread was people she had met through building her online business. Her closest friends and confidants were people that we were all over the country, but we were all together because we all have this mutual friend in this person. And I feel like eventually it extends way outside of your business, right?

35:52
it’s great to make these contacts. It’s great to find people to have on the podcast or YouTube. But at the end of the day, a lot of these people end up being your friends. Yeah, actually, I easily talk to my, I guess, quote unquote, internet friends more than my than my local friends. Yeah, I think of it. Yeah. And here’s what I like. I feel like I can travel almost anywhere in the world and be able to just send out an email saying, Hey, does anyone want to hang out? Yeah. And, you know, I’ll have something to do wherever I go. And

36:21
That’s just really powerful to me. Yeah, and I think too, you have to think about when you’re in this online business world. I mean, you’ve told me before, some of the people that you went to college with, like, do not have any idea what you do, right? Doesn’t make sense to them. It does not not make sense, but they’re like, you sell hankies? What? You know, or when you get, when you start making these friendships and develop these relationships with people that are in your same industry, you have, you finally have that group of people where you could make

36:48
very strange comments to a regular person that doesn’t live in this world and they get you. And I think that’s really important to building your business is having people that get you so that you can say things that would seem absurd to other people, but you have a network of people that understand it. And I think that’s really critical to having success because

37:07
working in this business is lonely and you work by yourself a lot and it’s hard and you have days where everything sucks or you have a Google update and it crashes your site and to have those people that you can sort of go back to and talk about these things is really important to keeping you going when things are not going well for you. Let’s summarize everything that we’ve talked about because we’ve gone off on a lot of different tangents here. Ultimately you want to get the attention of someone. Let’s say you want to get the attention of someone.

37:37
So your tactic before was to tweet about them, comment on their blogs, just basically drop subtle things on their properties that just let them know that you exist, which kind of frames the future event when you actually meet in person. And then when you actually do meet them, what I like to do, and I actually didn’t get to hear what your tactic was. Well, I don’t get them drunk. Well, you don’t get them drunk. Yes, you don’t get them drunk. Yeah.

38:03
I like to just talk about topics that I’m strong in that they’re not that they’re interested in. I don’t fanboy and I basically talk about relationships and kids or whatever any commonality that we might have. It could be the NBA, could be volleyball, it could be math. It’s interesting because my tactic is then the opposite, right? I let them talk about themselves the whole time. Well, yeah, you ask questions, but if they’re interested about something that you just happen to be good at, then I steer the conversation that way. Yeah, I try not to. get way too excited. Yeah.

38:33
Well, that’s why when you meet Tony, actually, you’ll find that you reveal everything and you end up not knowing anything about her. Yes, that’s exactly correct. You don’t want to get me started on the NBA. We’ll be talking until five in the morning. But I think the important part in all of that is there has to be a level of genuine friendship there.

38:54
It cannot be, you cannot be doing this for your own personal gain. You have to go into all of this thinking, how can I benefit the other person? What do I have to offer? And as long as you’re approaching it from that angle, you’re going to have much more success than if you’re viewing this as a true strategy to benefit yourself. And I will also add that you shouldn’t ask for anything right away. Like if that’s your intention, I would wait, wait a little bit. I would say six months or so.

39:22
And so that’s why you got to kind of plan ahead and see everything and see the relationship. If you guys hit it off totally in person, then of course you can probably make the ask right away. I’ll do that right then and there usually. Ask them to come on the podcast and then have a deeper conversation on the podcast. And then if you guys are brave enough, you can try the Chiffusion ambush technique, which Tony does not condone or recommend, but it has been effective. I don’t condone your technique, but I do.

39:48
Endorse the technique of a mutual friend introduction. Yes. Yeah mutual friend introduction is always better It’s like that’s like you’re like a DEF CON 5 level with the email spam I’m probably like a DEF CON 2, you know, I have a friend of a friend I’m also a little riskier than you are too, right? Because yeah, I’m less worried about offending someone Whereas you’re very careful about not offending anyone. So we have different person. I’m the one who ends up offending people I don’t know how that works. Is that true?

40:16
Who have you offended? What? Well, we’ll talk about it later. occasion. that’s a whole, that’s a therapy session, that’s not a podcast. I don’t really see you offending anyone. You never say anything really that’s offensive. Because it’s like a ticker tape in my head as I’m talking, because I have in the past said very, very offensive things not on purpose. I see. So now, in fact, it’s actually a networking horror story really quick. It was my own event. We were at a wine tasting.

40:46
and one of the attendees actually hosted it at her house, because she lived by the conference center. And so there was probably a handful of people who had come in like a day early for the conference. So there’s probably like 15 people there. And the girl that was hosting her house, I thought was wonderful. And she was kind of being self-deprecating, right? She’s like, oh, well, you know, we’re still in the middle of the reno and whatever. And I was like, it’s not like you’re living in a trailer. Well, of course, the lady next to me lived in a trailer.

41:12
So super offensive and I was absolutely horrified because she literally just called me out right then and I mean I I know you’re envisioning my face when that happened because I wanted to die turned all red Absolutely, totally red. Anyway, so because of that that moment I have just that’s why you don’t see me offend people because that’s all I can think about is maybe it’s better than a trailer and that’s all I think about when I talk to people now Okay, so just for the audience like that’s not the way I’m talking about like ripping on people

41:45
So an example of ripping on people is like I might bust on like the magic if I were with you for example. Some light-hearted. personal. You don’t rip on a personal. I wasn’t trying to rip on anybody. Just to clarify if you live in a trailer I love you. Did you call that person trailer trash? you? I was, as you know, was horrified. Yes.

42:05
Anyway, so that’s I am very, very cautious about offending people, but I think being able to find something that you can joke about that’s not personally offensive to them is really important, like a sports team or, you know, or something. Yeah. I mean, I can’t come up with the top of my head. Their shoes. I rip on your shoes all the time. true. What’s wrong with Crocs and Sox? Super stylish. But yeah, I think the biggest takeaway in all of this is be genuine. Go in with.

42:32
trying to give more than you’ll ever receive. think if you can keep that at the forefront of your mind, you’re going to have success in meeting people. Yeah, I agree. Well, I hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, for more information about this episode, go to profitableaudience.com slash podcast, where we list all of the tools and resources mentioned in our show notes. And if you enjoyed listening to this episode, please go to Apple podcasts and leave us a review.

42:57
When you write us a review, it not only makes our day, but it helps keep this podcast up in the ranks so other people can use this information, find the show more easily, and get some awesome business advice. Leaving a review is by far the best way to support the show. And please tell your friends because the greatest compliment that you can give us is to provide a referral to someone else either in person or to share it on the web. And if you’re interested in building your own profitable audience, subscribe to our free six day mini course where we walk you through the exact steps needed to find your niche,

43:27
build a website, grab email subscribers and monetize your content. You can sign up at profitableaudience.com slash free. Hope you enjoyed one of the very first episodes of the profitable audience podcast. And once again, if you enjoyed the show, we are currently running a huge giveaway where we are giving away $4,000 worth of prizes, which include my flagship course on how to start a profitable online store, my profitable audience course, which teaches you how to build and monetize an audience.

43:56
free 30 minute one-on-one consults with both Tony and myself and free seller summit virtual passes. enter this contest, which is 100 % free, go to profitableaudience.com slash contest. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash contest. Thank you so much for your support.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

336: How To Plan For 2021 And A Recap Of The Past Year With Steve Chou

336: How To Plan For 2021 And A Recap Of The Past Year

Today I’m doing a solo episode to recap the year for both of my businesses and what lies ahead for 2021. There are a lot of changes coming for ecommerce especially in the realm of online advertising.

This episode covers some of these changes and what to do about it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Recap of the past year for BumblebeeLinens.com and MyWifeQuitHerJob.com.
  • How Covid-19 affected both of my businesses.
  • How to succeed in ecommerce in 2021.
  • The latest Apple changes that will disrupt the entire world of advertising.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Then today I’m doing a solo episode to recap the year for both of my businesses and what lies ahead in 2021. And as the saying goes, the only constant in e-commerce is change. And there are going to be some dramatic changes going forward, especially with online advertising. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Every customer is different.

00:27
And Klaviyo helps you build more personal connections with each customer based on the things that they really care about. Send more relevant emails by tailoring every experience based on individual preferences and shopping behavior. With top-notch targeting and best in-class segmentation, you can unlock the full potential of your e-commerce data and create email marketing moments that keep shoppers coming back well past the holidays. Just ask Living Proof, Tipsy Elves, Huckberry, or more than the 50,000 other brands growing with Klaviyo.

00:55
And because Klaviyo was built for e-commerce brands of all shapes and sizes, there’s no better marketing platform out there. And you can get started now for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:20
SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:49
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now onto the show.

02:15
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. First off, happy new year. I personally am so glad that 2020 is over with. It’s been a very rough year for both Bumblebee Linens as well as MyWifeQuarterJob.com. So today I’m going to do a solo episode to recap the year for both of my businesses and then discuss what lies ahead in 2021. Now, if you look back to the beginning of the year, things were going actually really great for my e-commerce store as well as my blog in January and February.

02:44
But when March hit, when COVID-19 hit, my business was hit really hard. In fact, my revenue was sliced by more than half when the coronavirus first hit the United States. And as all of you who have been following me for a long time know, my primary products from my e-commerce store are handkerchiefs and weddings for special occasions. In addition, I sell personalized and monogrammed napkins for parties, hotels, airlines, and basically my store was just hit.

03:13
hard everywhere on practically every single front. And because of the coronavirus and the shelter in place rules, no one was getting married. No one was having parties and no one was traveling or staying in hotels. And in addition, a decent sized piece of our business caters to real estate agents as well. But real estate sales stagnated as well during the crisis, which was mainly in March and April. And on March 22nd, my business reached a low point.

03:40
And that’s when my wife and I started to panic a little bit. I remember thinking to myself, okay, if the sales are like this for an extended period, then, you what are we going to do? Should we move the business into a cheaper location? Right now we’re in this warehouse that’s costing us, I think almost $5,000 a month, which is really high. And so, I mean, all these things were going through my head, but then in April, my wife had the idea of selling masks. And so to test the waters,

04:09
What we did is we published a tutorial on how to turn one of our handkerchiefs into a face mask without sewing. And then we started giving away these free handkerchiefs with every purchase along with the tutorials. And this promotion turned out to be a huge hit. And so what we ended up doing is we decided to import a bunch of masks and these masks started selling like hotcakes. And I completely owe this to my wife. She thought of a really great pivot for our products.

04:37
which weren’t being used for weddings right now. So why not just turn that same material into something that people actually want. And those masks sold really well. And then we followed up our mass sales with a line of quarantine gifts. So what are quarantine gifts? Quarantine gifts are, for example, like our monogram cocktail napkins. In the past, they were for weddings, but we decided to embroider them with funny sayings like quarantiney and some other inside COVID-19 jokes. And

05:06
people at this time, I remember because people weren’t seeing each other, they wanted to give each other gifts. And so these, these products in our stores started selling really well. And what ended up happening is that these quarantine gift sales actually got us through April when morale for our business was just about as low as it has ever been for our company. And to make matters worse, while all this stuff was happening in March and April with our e-commerce store,

05:37
I had to cancel our annual e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit. And that period was really stressful for me as well because in a matter of just two weeks, my partner and I, the conference was already sold out at that point, right? My partner Tony, I had to give a bunch of refunds for the event and what was particularly painful is we had to fight with various vendors to get our money back and turn the entire conference virtual.

06:06
easily one of the most stressful business situations that I’ve ever had to deal with. And I remember there was just one vendor and you got to remember at this time, everything was shut down and locked down. And we had this one vendor, which I will not name, purposely charge our credit card after refusing to give us a refund, even though the entire state of Florida was shut down at the planned date of our event, which was in May. So we had to file a charge back for that. We ended up getting our money back and we ended up negotiating with the hotel to postpone our event.

06:35
But still, when everything was up in the air, I was looking at maybe taking a loss in the mid to high five figures, if things didn’t go right. But fortunately, we got our money, we postponed the event, and we ran a virtual event that went surprisingly well. I didn’t know what to expect, because I’d never run a virtual event, but we threw that thing together in a matter of a couple of weeks, and yeah, it was great. It went better than…

07:05
I could possibly have imagined it would go. But even today, obviously what we did is we gave everyone a free ticket who already had a ticket to the virtual event as well as a ticket to the next event. But even today, in the beginning of January, the live event planning still remains in limbo. I know a bunch of people have been getting the vaccine or the vaccination process has been happening already, but from what I’ve been reading, the whole vaccination process has been kind of largely bungled.

07:34
in United States. In order for us to get herd immunity, it’s probably going to take a while for everyone to get the vaccine, let’s just say. I’m very confident that there will be a seller summit this year, but both Tony and I still need to figure a bunch of things out. And even if we do set a date, you we still have to get the speakers and tickets and that sort of thing. It’ll probably happen, but it’s probably going to happen much later in the year when it’s safer to do so. But anyways, after the lows of March and April,

08:04
when I felt like I was getting bombarded from all sides, both businesses, you know, with the Seller Summit and the e-commerce store, things ended up taking a dramatic turnaround. And starting in May, e-commerce just started taking off like crazy. I think because people were stuck at home and brick and mortar stores were closed, everyone just started shopping online and it was crazy. Even my mom, who I talk to every day, my mom is pretty tech agnostic. I mean, she doesn’t like tech, let’s just say.

08:34
and she had long resisted buying stuff online, but all of a sudden during the pandemic, she didn’t want to go to the grocery store and that sort of thing. And so, you know, we showed her how to buy stuff online and she started getting her groceries, her clothing, everything delivered to her doorstep and she loved it. And in fact, you know, even today when stores are open now, obviously she’s probably never going to go back to the old way of physically going to the store. I mean, my mom is getting up there in age and you know, she doesn’t like to drive either.

09:04
and now she’s adopted this online shopping mentality. And this is incidentally why I’m just so bullish on e-commerce in 2021. I went and pulled up some stats. According to Statista, e-commerce as a percentage of retail sales shot up from 11.8 % to 14.3 % in Q3 of 2020. And Q3 of 2020, this is after the stores had already reopened for the holiday season as well.

09:33
And so I sincerely believe that e-commerce is going to skyrocket even further in 2021. And that 2021 will truly be the best time to get into e-commerce. And if you’re already in e-commerce, it’s going to be a really good year. But I do want to clarify that when I talk about e-commerce, it’s not just any type of e-commerce. And here’s my personal take on the situation since there’s many different ways to sell physical products online. But first off, because many people are going to be embracing e-commerce, marketplaces like Amazon,

10:02
will continue to get more competitive and the evil seller activity from what I’ve seen has shown no signs of lessening. And if you listen to episode 332 of my podcast with Amanda Wittenborn, she actually had many of her most profitable listings shut down for copyright infringement when she’s the designer of her products. I she owns the copyright, yet her listings were constantly getting taken down by people accusing her of copyright infringement.

10:27
You know, even after a prolonged battle with these malicious sellers, she still continues to have problems today with these exact same listings, which at the time were bringing in the bulk of her revenue. So what is her strategy today? Well, her Amazon strategy today is to release a bunch of new products and basically try to stay under the radar with their products, because this is what she said. And you can listen to that podcast episode for yourself. As soon as your product hits the best sellers list, it’s ripe for malicious activity.

10:58
So it’s in your best interest, ironically, to not be the best selling item on Amazon. It’s just to kind of make your money, diversify across many different products and basically just stay under the radar. I mean, the fact that you have to go to those lengths, it’s just one of the unfortunate aspects of selling on Amazon today. Because still, even in all through 2020, it’s just way too easy for a malicious seller to take someone down. And things haven’t changed much in 2020.

11:26
And I actually do not foresee many changes in 2021 in this department. And this is why I believe more than ever that having your own brand and your own platform is the way to go in the foreseeable future. Now it’s fine to sell in as many marketplaces as possible to proliferate your sales, but it’s important to not rely on a third party platform for all of your sales. Now, for example, during COVID, Amazon refused to take shipments into their warehouses and over the holiday season, warehouse space was really scarce.

11:54
So people couldn’t send in as much product as they would have liked either. And in fact, Amazon, the way they calculate the amount of inventory you can send in, it doesn’t account for the bursty period over the holidays. so Amazon didn’t let us send in as much as we’d have liked. And we ran out of stock over the holidays and we were forced to go merchant fulfilled. And if you’re an e-commerce store that doesn’t have a fulfillment, a way of fulfillment on your own, then you were out of luck. And if all of your sales were

12:24
during this period when Amazon actually refused to take shipments, then you were completely out of luck. And you know, on that front on owning all of your own stuff, even platforms like Shopify actually started banning people from selling certain products in their shops. And just as an example, an acquaintance of mine selling hand sanitizer was actually shut down by Shopify because Shopify deemed that his prices were too high. They basically thought that he was gouging everyone for hand sanitizer when everyone was on the lookout for hand sanitizer. But in fact,

12:54
He actually was not trying to gouge anyone. His costs had risen dramatically and he was forced to raise prices basically to remain profitable. All right, so if even a platform like Shopify can call the shots on what you can sell, I mean, that’s just a problem right there, right? And I preached this all along, but you need to be in as much control as possible over your business as you can, which basically brings me to my next point.

13:21
Out of all the marketing platforms at your disposal, you should be focusing on your owned marketing assets. And owned marketing assets are platforms that you own, like email, SMS, and to a certain extent, Facebook Messenger. I put an asterisk on that one because kind of technically Facebook controls that platform. But during COVID and the height of the pandemic, both Facebook and Google actually prohibited the advertising of masks online. And when my wife came up with that great idea to sell our own masks,

13:50
we were actually forced to use our own channels to market our new product line. And as I mentioned earlier, during this period, Amazon also suspended shipments of non-essential items to their warehouse, which prevented us from restocking our sold out goods. And without our customer list, our business recovery would not have been possible. And we would have been in deep trouble if we relied on only Amazon for our sales, for example. So if Amazon’s bringing in most of your sales, you have to pause and take a moment to consider playing the long game.

14:21
Now starting your own site and building your own traffic will take longer to ramp up and your sales initially will definitely be less than Amazon. But unless you start at some point, something drastic and beyond your control will eventually happen with your Amazon account. And that’s something that actually I can actually guarantee. What you need to do is you need to plant your seeds now and dig your well before you are thirsty. Because success in e-commerce in 2021 will hinge on your ability to make sales and retain your customers

14:50
for repeat sales.

14:54
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

15:22
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

15:52
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

16:02
So how do you build a lasting customer relationship and increase the lifetime value of your customer? One, you can segment out who your best customers are and treat them like royalty. One thing that we always do is at the end of the year, we go through our customer list, actually usually once a quarter, we go through our best customers. These are people who buy a lot and often, and we reach out to them and we offer them special perks, like special releases of products, or we’ll give them a special coupon code, or we’ll give them…

16:30
like a dedicated representative take their orders. Make them feel special so that they’ll buy from you again and again. We also send emails and texts to our existing customers regularly. So if you’re not sending email out at least once a week, then you’re missing out on a lot of sales. And if you haven’t implemented some of these basic flows, like a pre-purchase flow or an abandoned cart flow, a post purchase flow or a win back flow, look those up on my blog if you don’t know what I’m talking about. You definitely have to implement those with your site.

17:01
You also want to try to increase your average order value. Some of the things that we did this year for our store was we focused a little bit more on bundling certain items, trying to just boost the amount of money that people will spend. Another way to kind of artificially do this is to set a higher free shipping threshold. So by setting your free shipping threshold a little bit higher to entice someone to add an additional item, you can increase your average order value in your sales as well. One thing that I completely redid in the beginning of the year,

17:30
was our cross-sell strategy. So we use Klaviyo, and depending on what someone has purchased, we send them now different post-purchase sequences that cross-sell them complimentary items. So for example, if someone buys cocktail napkins at our store, that sends them down a special email post-purchase sequence that tries to cross-sell them dinner napkins and lunch napkins. And we are also running Facebook Dynamic Cross-Sells as well. Facebook has knowledge of what everyone’s purchased at your store and what they’ve bought.

17:59
And Facebook has a pretty good idea of what products are bought with each other. And so you can actually have Facebook automatically create ads with products that it thinks people are likely to buy once they bought a certain product. It’s called Facebook Dynamic Cross-Sales. It actually works really well. You can also implement a loyalty program. And this is something that we implemented with ManyChat for free. There’s a post on the blog. Just do a search for loyalty program and you can see how I implemented that for free.

18:26
The bottom line, right now, over a third of our business is from repeat customers, and just having these repeat customers establishes a solid foundation for a business to grow every single year because we have that solid base. Now, one thing I also want to mention is that there’s going to be some really big changes on the horizon for Facebook and Google advertisers. That’s worth mentioning, and this all has to do with Apple. Starting in iOS 14, Apple is going to flash a pop-up

18:56
Whenever someone visits your that will ask Apple users for permission to track you across apps and websites owned by other companies. I’ve seen a picture of this pop-up. It’s really obstructive. And just the verbiage that they use, you know, do you give this site permission to track you across apps and websites owned by other companies? I can only imagine that most people are going to opt out of tracking for privacy reasons. And the implications for opting out are really massive.

19:25
in the online advertising world. Because if a user opts out, that means that you can no longer track their activity on your site. This means that you can’t tell if they visited your site, if they added an item to their cart, if they viewed a product, or if they’ve made a purchase. As you know, Apple users represent a pretty big chunk of online devices, and not being able to get conversion data for these customers will greatly reduce the effectiveness of your ads. So this means you won’t know

19:53
that if you’re running an ad, whether it made a conversion, and as a result, your audiences might be grossly off as well. And this is just developing right now. This is relatively new, but as it develops further, I will report back with more. But one of the main ways to fix this right now is to use the Facebook conversion API with your site going forward. Basically, I’m gonna get a little bit technical here, but basically instead of using cookies, which is the way that it’s done now.

20:21
you will actually have to have your server transmit conversion data directly to Facebook via an API call. Basically, instead of relying on cookies, which are little files that are stored in the browser, you will actually have to have your website send the conversion data directly to Facebook or Google. Now, don’t worry if this is over your head. Just be aware that support for your shopping cart for these APIs are coming soon and that you need to implement this as soon as you can if you plan on advertising going forward.

20:50
And you will have to do this separately for Facebook and Google or for whatever advertising platform that you use that currently relies on cookies. Now, regardless of advertising, however, the best way to build sales and traffic is by creating content. All right. It doesn’t matter what you choose, whether it be through blogging, podcasting or video content attracts people who you can then convert to sales. Okay. So let’s sum things up for 2021. Since I talk about a lot of different things here.

21:18
I know that there are listeners of my podcast at every level. And so I’m going to try to address each group differently. So if you already own or run an e-commerce business and you’re still only selling on Amazon, I think it’s time to diversify. I’ve just heard too many horror stories in 2020 for you to put all of your eggs in one basket any longer. And even though our Amazon sales continue to grow every year and Amazon still is a really good moneymaker, those sales from Amazon.

21:47
are not only the least satisfying, but they are the most stressful sales as well. Because you might wake up in the morning, one morning and notice that your listings are suspended or Amazon has done something else to your listing or change things up. And you have to cater to all of Amazon’s whims and the support is terrible. It can easily take you several days just to even get them to respond to you. So as you are diversifying with your own site, which you should do in 2021, make sure that you focus on your own marketing channels.

22:17
So most of you are probably on email already, but I know for a fact that a lot of you are not on SMS. So SMS should be your next target for sure, without a doubt. It’s actually killing it for our store right now. I’m using Postscript.io for my SMS marketing for e-commerce right now. Now, for those of you who have yet to get started with an online business, 2021 is probably the best time to start an e-commerce just as it begins to skyrocket. And if you don’t know what you want to sell yet, then just putting out content

22:46
is probably gonna be your best bet. Produce content on topics that you’re interested in, build an audience, and just let your audience guide your way. And to put out content, actually doesn’t cost much money at all. Starting a YouTube channel is free. Starting a podcast can be as little as five bucks, and starting a blog will cost you as little as $3. Now you gotta realize that starting a business is mostly mental. And I know many of you are probably hesitant to pull the trigger because you might feel

23:16
that you don’t have what it takes to succeed. But ask yourself this, what if you do have what it takes? And in case you think that you don’t have the skills to succeed, here actually is set of skills that everyone has that actually doesn’t require any knowledge at all. One, you can be on time. You can set a schedule to just work on something and just show up. You can also put your best foot forward. Try as hard as you can and just don’t give up.

23:44
on something that you’ve put your mind to. You can have energy and passion for what you’re working on. You can get excited. Find something that you’re excited about and just put out content on it. And once you build that audience, the money will just come. You can actually have a consistent work ethic. Just make sure you show up. Set aside a time in your calendar to work on your business and make it a part of your routine. And it’s important that as you’re working on your business that you have the right attitude.

24:15
Don’t keep telling yourself that this is too hard or that you’ve tried everything. That’s actually one of my pet peeves. Whenever someone tells me that they’ve tried everything and nothing’s working, there’s no way that you’ve tried everything because if you’ve tried everything, that means that you would have found something that worked. So have an open mind, have the right attitude, go into this believing that you’re gonna succeed. And have an open mind, be coachable. If someone is telling you that you’re doing something wrong, don’t make excuses.

24:45
Just analyze and look at what you’re doing and find out ways or find out problems that you’re doing and try to improve on what you’re already doing. And finally, be prepared. And this is very similar to putting your best foot forward. You have to try your hardest to do something and don’t give up. You got to give everything at least three to five years. Don’t start a business thinking that it’s going to be successful in year one. You got to have a long-term mindset because things just take time to grow. Things take time to sink in.

25:13
If you’re taking a course, if you’re trying to learn something, don’t expect to be an expert at it right away. I remember when I was taking this one engineering class in college, was easily the hardest class that I’d ever taken. And when I first reviewed the material, I didn’t understand a thing. And I didn’t understand a thing throughout the entire semester. It was only that last two weeks of the semester did things finally sink in and I ended up doing well in the class. But it took a very long time. Running a business is the exact same.

25:42
So if you have the right attitude, good things will happen. And for 2021, I know that I’m going to be doubling down on content. In fact, I have a couple of special announcements to make in the next couple of episodes on my next content endeavors that I’m really excited about. So here’s to a prosperous 2021 for everyone. And I look forward to hearing what you guys are up to. So I hope you enjoyed my recap of 2020 and what is in store for 2021.

26:11
And for more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 336. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants.

26:40
You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use both these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

27:09
Thanks for listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

335: Does Luck Or Skill Matter More For Business Success With Steve Chou

335: Is It Luck Or Skill That Determines Business Success With Steve Chou

Every business requires a little bit of luck in order to succeed. And often times, success depends on timing and being at the right place at the right time.

But have you ever wondered how some people keep getting lucky over and over again? Is it just a coincidence that some entrepreneurs always seem to find a way to steer luck in their direction?

It’s not a coincidence and here’s my philosophy on how to improve your luck.

What You’ll Learn

  • Which matters more, luck or skill?
  • Strategies to improve your luck
  • How lucky people keep getting lucky

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m doing a solo episode to talk about luck. Are most successful entrepreneurs successful because they got lucky or is it a hundred percent skill? But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s actually crushing it for me.

00:26
I never thought that people would want marketing messages in their text inbox, but it works. And in fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. Now it’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash dev. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show.

00:56
Now, if you’re looking to stand out in the inbox this holiday season, get more out of your email marketing with Klaviyo. Every customer is different. Klaviyo helps you build more personal connections with each customer based on the things that they actually care about. So you can send more relevant emails by tailoring every experience based on individual preferences and shopping behavior. With top-notch targeting and best in-class segmentation, you can unlock the full potential of your e-commerce data and create email marketing moments that keep shoppers coming back well after the holidays.

01:26
Just ask Living Proof, Tipsy Elves, Huckberry, or more than the 50,000 other brands growing with Klaviyo. And because Klaviyo was built for e-commerce brands of all shapes and sizes, there’s no better marketing platform to help you close out the year strong. So you can get started for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle.

01:55
so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Tu.

02:05
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I wanna talk about luck and business. Now one of my favorite podcasts in the world is How I Built This with Guy Raz. And if you’ve ever listened to an episode of How I Built This before, the final question Guy always asks is, do you think your success was due to luck or skill? Now I’ve actually thought about this question for a long time now, and here’s my answer. First off, I’m a firm believer that every business requires a little bit of luck

02:35
in order to succeed. And oftentimes success depends on timing and being at the right place at the right time. But have you ever wondered how some people keep getting lucky over and over again? And is it just a coincidence that some entrepreneurs always seem to find a way to steer luck in their direction? Now personally, I don’t believe in coincidences, but I know many of you are skeptical. So for example, I’m gonna read an excerpt from an email.

03:02
that I recently received from a reader after she listened to my podcast interview with Abby Walker, which is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. Now for all of you who haven’t listened to this episode, Abby actually stumbled upon her product accidentally and ended up securing the sole rights to be the sole distributor for an amazing product that now makes her millions per year. So here’s the note that I got. Hey Steve, I just listened to your podcast with Abby, great podcast. Now I don’t want to discount her success, but a large part of it,

03:31
was based on a series of fortuitous events. It’s not repeatable. Now I know a lot of you guys haven’t listened to that podcast episode yet, but just based on what you heard from that email, do you agree with this reader? Here’s a quick recap of Abby’s story for context. In October of 2019, Abby made over $100,000 in a single month, selling high-heeled insoles online. And then the following year, she ended up making many millions of dollars selling this single product.

04:00
But what was amazing about her story was the number of things that magically fell into place during her journey. So one, she accidentally stumbled across her product while running her blog. Two, she happened to reach out to the manufacturer who was willing to let her sell their products under her own brand. And three, she happened to meet the CEO of the home shopping network who helped her get on the show. And the list goes on. Actually, there’s a number of things that just happened to fall into place. So was Abby’s success

04:29
based on luck or skill. When my wife and I first started our wedding linen store, several fortuitous events helped us on our path to success. So one, we happened to stumble upon selling handkerchiefs because my wife was a crier. We just happened to source a bunch of hankies from a Chinese supplier we discovered during our wedding. And we just happened to sell the excess handkerchiefs on eBay, where we discovered that they were in high demand.

04:54
And then when it came time to start our e-commerce website back in 2007, and remember, I knew nothing about websites or HTML or CSS back in the day, I just happened to be friends with someone who started an e-commerce store who pointed me in the right direction. And when it came to advertise and get traffic to our site, my brother-in-law just happened to work for Google on the AdWords team, and he suggested that I give AdWords a try. And with my wife, QuitterJob.com, I can’t tell you how many lucky events have taken place over the years.

05:23
So for example, I’ve been randomly featured in many large publications like Forbes and Inc Magazine. I’ve met so many amazing people that I’m now proud to call my friends. I’ve been invited to speak at popular conferences like Social Media Marketing World, FinCon, the ManyChat Conference, a whole bunch. And back in the day, when something lucky would happen to me, I’d literally thank the heavens above for helping me out. But looking back, did my actions play a part in facilitating these lucky events?

05:52
And did my wife and I do anything to improve our luck? Was my student Abby just at the right place at the right time? So in this podcast, I’m gonna break down some of these portuotous events and teach you how to get lucky in business and life. So here’s what I wanna say about Abby. First off, Abby’s success was the direct result of her ability to take immediate action. Of course, there were elements of luck in her story, but to base her sales entirely on circumstance, it would just be insulting.

06:20
And if you closely analyze her story, you’ll realize that Abby is a big time hustler. In the beginning, when she was researching and developing her first product, she stumbled upon a forum where two women were talking about this amazing insole called Insolia. And then right away, she picked up the phone, found out where the company was based, and made a proposal to sell their insoles. Now was it luck that this company was willing to let her be the sole supplier for this product? Probably. But was it luck?

06:49
that Abby secured this vendor. And here’s where I would say no. Was it luck that Abby accidentally stumbled upon this product on a forum? Yeah, probably. But would she have found it if she wasn’t working hard doing research on products? Probably not. When Abby met Mindy Grossman, the CEO of the Home Shopping Network at a random product pitch event, was that luck? Absolutely. But would she have met Mindy by staying at home watching TV all day or playing video games? No way.

07:19
So bottom line, Abby took the initiative, hopped on a plane to pitch her product and drastically increased her luck. Now, when my wife and I first started sourcing product, we primarily looked online to find our vendors. But while the web is a great place to do product research, it’s actually a lousy place to establish lasting business relationships. So for example, it requires tremendous patience to communicate with someone in a foreign country in a different time zone. And for our online store, cultural differences

07:49
caused a lot of miscommunication early on, which resulted in products that we sold that didn’t match our specifications. So one day, my wife and I decided to get off our butts and we booked an impromptu flight to Asia to meet our vendors directly. In fact, we literally hopped on an airplane and dropped in to visit our potential manufacturers on a whim. And fortunately, our timing was right on cue because our vendors just got back from the Canton Fair in China and they had all their inventory available to show us.

08:17
Had we visited at a different time, we would not have been able to see the products firsthand and probably would have had to wait several weeks for samples to be fabricated. Even though we arrived too late to attend the actual fair, which at the time we actually had no clue about the Canton Fair at all, we still managed to nail down two solid vendors during that trip who we still use today. Now, another way to boost your luck is to build up your network. A long time ago when we first launched our online store,

08:43
our website was actually stuck in the Google sandbox for an extended period of time. And for all you guys who are kind of newer to this online business stuff and you don’t know what the Google sandbox is, it’s kind of like a jail where Google places your website before it actually gets indexed into the main search engine. Now during this time, your site’s not gonna get any organic traffic at all and you pretty much just have to wait for Google to change its mind. I’m actually not sure if the Google sandbox still exists anymore, but back in the day when we first got started,

09:12
It was actually really frustrating if you got trapped there because even if they typed in your site directly, it still wouldn’t show up in the search engines. Anyway, this is a long time ago, but I was tired of being stuck in the sandbox. So I actually reached out to a friend of mine who worked at Google, asking her advice on how to just get out of the sandbox quickly, basically. And as luck would have it, my friend happened to be in charge of writing the next post for the Google blog, like the main Google blog.

09:39
And the topic of the blog entry was how online websites use Google Webmasters tools in order to improve traffic to the website. Now you can tell this is old because Google Webmasters tools doesn’t exist anymore. It’s now called the Google Search Console, but you get my point.

09:54
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

10:23
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

10:52
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

11:03
Basically, my friend told me that if I sign up for Google Webmasters tools and found it useful, that she would write the blog entry about our online store. And as soon as the blog entry was published with a link to our website, which is a very valuable link I want to add, we immediately escaped the sandbox. Anyway, this just goes to show that you never know when a random person that you’ve met in the past can actually help you out. And that incidentally is why I spend so much time trying to expand my network.

11:32
every new person that you meet drastically increases your luck. And in fact, meeting other like-minded people is the main reason why I run this podcast. I don’t make a lot of money writing this podcast, but what I do enjoy is meeting a new person every single week. And what’s cool about running an interview podcast is that you have the opportunity to speak and network with other successful entrepreneurs one-on-one for an entire hour. And what’s even cooler than that is after the recording’s over,

12:00
you actually end up talking with that person for another hour. And man, I’ve had so many people that would otherwise have been inaccessible had I not run this podcast. Now, another great way to meet new people is by attending conferences. And even though I have a wife and two young kids, I still try to hit five or six conferences per year, obviously when COVID’s not going on, because the connections I make are worth every penny. And this actually incidentally is what led me to start my own conference called The Seller Summit.

12:30
which will take place in 2021, I promise you. But anyway, because I’ve been doing this for so many years, I can now travel pretty much anywhere in the world and find someone I know to hang out. And here’s just an example. The first time we traveled to China and Hong Kong, we actually had several friends show us around. And these are just random people I met through the blog, which greatly helped us locate the vendors that we wanted to visit. We also had other friends in the textile business give us some pointers as well. And…

12:58
Quite honestly, we would definitely not be where we are today without their help. Which brings me to another way to improve your luck. You gotta put yourself out there. Now, while podcasting and attending conferences are great ways to expand your network, probably the best and the most scalable way to improve your luck is just by putting yourself out there to be discovered. And if you think about it this way, the more places you can be found, the more likely that someone will randomly discover

13:27
and learn who you are. Okay, so what does it mean exactly to put yourself out there? There’s a whole bunch of different ways to go about it. So you can start a podcast and do what I do, interview people on a weekly basis. You can start a blog. Just start writing about topics that you’re knowledgeable about and chances are it’s gonna get indexed in the search engines, someone’s probably gonna discover you, share your content, and then over time it will snowball. You can start a conference.

13:54
which is incidentally something I don’t really recommend because it’s a pain in the butt, but for networking it’s great. And you get a lot of social benefits for being the organizer of the conference because when you’re the host of your own event, your status instantly gets elevated in the minds of all the attendees who come. Or you can start a YouTube channel. For all you know, the last eight or nine months for me has been all about promoting my YouTube stuff and already it’s paying dividends. I’ve actually had three or four companies reach out to me

14:23
after watching some of my YouTube videos, wanting to partner up or sponsor my event or sponsor my podcast. It doesn’t really matter what medium you choose, you just have to be consistent. Now, when my wife and I launched our online store, we actually blogged on a consistent basis, mainly because we were trying to get in the search engines. And after about six months, our website started getting some decent organic search traffic. And because we provided good content on our store in the form of arts and crafts pages,

14:52
We actually started climbing the search engine rankings over time. And today, this is how a lot of people find our store online. And had we not had that content, we would just be another handkerchief store online. And over the years, our website has risen to the front page of Google for several of our targeted search terms. And when you start getting ranked in Google, that always sets off a chain reaction of events. So large companies began to notice us.

15:21
And then major magazines like Real Simple, Martha Stewart Weddings, and Brides Magazine started reaching out to us in order to feature our products in their magazines. We were even featured on the Today Show because they found us on Google. And for all these magazines and TV mentions that I just talked about here, we didn’t actually solicit anyone. They literally came to us and I always like to ask, how did you discover us? And they said, oh yeah, we just Googled the certain product that we wanted featured and we found you.

15:51
you know, or we found your blog post. And the majority of our media mentions have actually been the result of pure luck. 90 % of the time editors discover our content via search or Pinterest, and then they reach out to us to feature our products in their publications. So the million dollar question here is, is business success based on luck or hard work? And you know, I would say that every success story involves a little bit of luck, but it always comes down to hard work. And more importantly, I would say the initiative.

16:21
Here’s how I think about it. The harder you work and the more action you take, the more lottery tickets that you earn. And so I kind of equate lottery tickets to the people that you meet and the content that you put out there. Every piece of content you put out earns you additional tickets. Every person that you meet earns you another lottery ticket in life. And if you wait long enough, even though it’s all luck, the more lottery tickets you have, obviously, the more likely your number’s eventually gonna get called.

16:51
Now do have to say this, over the years, my wife and I have felt extremely fortunate and we attribute most of our luck to our network of friends who have provided us with a ton of help for us to get started and whenever we have problems. And how did we get so lucky? Well, in a nutshell, we continue to play the lottery. After all, if you simply sit at home on the couch and do nothing, you’re never gonna have a chance at all. So why not give your business idea a chance and just see what happens?

17:20
If you continue to accumulate lottery tickets, good things will eventually happen. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I’ve got some big announcements to make in 2021, but I first want to wish you all a happy holidays and a happy new year. 2020 has been a tough year for all of us, and I hope you’re all doing great. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 335. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants.

17:48
You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

18:14
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quitter Job.

18:41
where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

334: How To Market Your Online Store On YouTube With Eric Bandholz

334: How To Market Your Online Store On YouTube With Eric Bandholz

Today I’m really excited to have Eric Bandholz back on the show for the 3rd time.

Eric runs Beardbrand.com which is a successful store that sells beard care products online. But what really makes his brand stand out is the content he creates on YouTube.

Today, over 40% of his business can be directly attributed to the platform and he’s going to teach us how to start a YouTube channel the right way for an eCommerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to start a YouTube channel for an ecommerce store
  • The most important aspect of building YouTube traffic
  • How to funnel YouTube viewers to your online shop

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Eric Bandholz back on the show, and Eric is the founder of Beardbrand, an eight figure store that sells men’s care products. And in this episode, you’re going to learn how to grow your online store with YouTube. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you’re looking to stand out in the inbox this holiday season, get more out of email marketing with Klaviyo. Every customer is different.

00:28
Klaviyo helps you build more personal connections with each customer based on the things that they really care about. Send more relevant emails by tailoring every experience based on individual preferences and shopping behavior. With top-notch targeting and best in-class segmentation, you can unlock the full potential of your e-commerce data and create email marketing moments that keep shoppers coming back well past the holidays. Just ask Living Proof, Tipsy Elves, Huckberry, or more than the 50,000 other brands growing with Klaviyo.

00:55
And because Klaviyo is built for e-commerce brands of all shapes and sizes, there’s no better marketing platform to help you close out the year strong. Now can get started for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:21
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and with the holiday season rolling around,

01:49
SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postcoup.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now on to the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Eric Bandholz back on the show for the third time, I believe. Eric is someone who I met at eCommerce Fuel Conference in Austin, Texas many, many, many years ago. And I literally see his bearded face like five times a day during the NBA playoffs because he’s a star in a commercial that promotes ShipStation. And he runs the incredibly awesome site, beardbrand.com, which is a successful store that sells beard care products that do not yet cater to Asians.

02:48
And what’s really cool about his shop is the strength of his brand and how did he establish his brand through YouTube. And today over 40 % of his business can be directly attributed to the platform. So today we are going to dig deep and learn how to start a YouTube channel the right way for an e-commerce store. And with that, welcome to show Eric, how you doing today, man? Hey, Steve, great to be back, man. How did you get that ShipStation commercial? Because I literally see you every single day.

03:16
I wish I could attribute like the good things that happened to us to like talent and our skill, but it’s usually just like dumb luck. So ships. know you applied an audition for that commercial, right? No, no, no, no. I’m kidding. I’m kidding. Ship station. They, I mean, we’ve been using ship station since like day number one, like 2013 in the early days. And I think they’re only a few months old. So they, they of course knew about us and now we’re growing. And then when we moved to Austin, Texas,

03:43
They’re headquartered here in Austin, Texas. they, they, one day they brought like literally their whole ship station team down to the Beardbrand office. It was like 15 people in our little office, all crammed in our little conference room, like just trying to learn, you know, what we needed out of it. So we just kind of stayed in touch and then out of the blue, they reached out and they’re like, Hey, we’re doing these case studies. And I just thought it was for like their website or whatever. And then my mom like messages me or calls me. She’s like, Hey, I saw you on TV.

04:12
or your uncle saw you on TV and was like, oh yeah, you know, shark tank rerun. She’s like, no, something different. And I’m like, what? And it turns out they were running the spot as a TV commercial. didn’t even tell me or anything. And then like, okay, you know, I’m pretty laid back. So I was fine with it. And then, um, yeah, I mean, that was like two or three years ago that that happened and it was still running. Hey, I must be converting like crazy for them because they’re still running. Yeah, must be. Well, they’re spending a lot of money, right?

04:41
Oh yeah. Game of the NBA playoffs. And we’ll see, we’ll see spikes to viewers every time like those, those ads are run. So it’s definitely, you know, driving some awareness to our brand. So I’ll take it. I’ll, I’ll take, you know, I’m a whore, you know, I don’t know if people know that or not. I’m like a PR whore. Like if you want a case study, if you want like a good endorsement, like my favorite podcast show I’ve ever been on is my wife quit her job. Steve is the greatest host I’ve ever, you know, like the greatest conversation I’ve ever had.

05:10
you know, write it up, put me as a quote, I will be that person. Well, this is your third time on the show. think last time was, I to say like five years ago. When were you on Shark Tank? can’t remember. Was that five years ago? Four years ago? Shark Tank was 2014. Oh, okay. Yeah. Dang. Six years ago. That can’t be right. No, no, I think I was on like a year or two ago. Maybe. Like after one of our man camps or something. I probably gave you some flicks.

05:39
for not getting me on. All right. Okay. As the listeners already know out there that I’ve been working on this YouTube channel for like the past six to seven months and it’s been a slog. What’s different is like my YouTube channel isn’t to promote my e-commerce store, but I brought Eric on to kind of talk about in terms of e-commerce. A couple of things I want to ask you just on YouTube in general, since it’s a large part of your business, are there certain businesses that are more suited to YouTube?

06:09
versus another? Like, do you think it applies to all types of e-commerce businesses in general? Yeah, I mean, I think I’m sure if you’re talented and you’re capable, you can make anything work, right? I’m not one of these guys that say, ah, you know, stick to this. But I do think like certain products are probably a little bit easier. So if you’re like a consumer driven brand, direct to consumer, you make your own products, it’s probably a great platform for you. know, so we sell men’s grooming products. We do videos about men’s grooming.

06:38
You know, there’s guys that sell, um, you know, like watches or shoes or, know, like any kind of consumable product, those are generally going to be pretty good. But that being said, you know, there’s always opportunities out there. There’s a, and in the early days, there’s this company called like VAT 51 or something like that. I could, I could have their name wrong, but they, they just had the most outlandish type of things in their store. So they’re a pure e-commerce player in the sense that they didn’t manufacture products. They would resell products.

07:07
But they would have like the weirdest products like the 12 pound gummy worm or something like that. And they would try to eat it on YouTube. So there’s always going to be opportunity. I feel like on YouTube, if you can, you know, resonate with your audience in the right way. kind of reminds me of like factory, right? Oh, yeah. Yeah. But is he on YouTube? I wonder if he is or not. Huh? He should be. His stuff should be on YouTube, I would think. Right. Yeah. Because he does political dolls too.

07:36
I don’t know if he’s still in those, right? But it’s got to be heating up for him if he’s still doing that stuff. Oh yeah, it totally has to be. Yeah. All right. So let’s like, I don’t care what you’re working on now per se. I phrase that in the wrong way. I do care. I know deeply. one cares what I’m doing. Like not even our customers. I want to rewind to like the beginning because a lot of people are listening. This is going to be starting from ground zero. Like, okay, I want to do YouTube channel or why should I do a YouTube channel?

08:05
Walk me through, if you remember back that far, why you chose to focus on YouTube and then what were your first steps? Yeah. You know, um, I always love the quote. think it’s from Drake. I started from the bottom. Now I’m here and that’s everyone, man. Everyone starts from the bottom. Going way back into the beard brain history. There’s a, there’s a, like a mystery co-founder. No one knows about. Okay.

08:31
His name is John Reisinger. John Reisinger. I originally pitched the idea to John Reisinger 2012. And he was like, all right, man, we’re going to do this like public display of how we’re going to build a brand. And we’re just going to give like the ins and outs and kind like what you do with my wife, Quidditch job. And we’re going to do it through Beardbrand. And so he actually created the YouTube channel. He’s like, yeah, let’s do it on YouTube. We’ll do YouTube. And he was like the, remember there were some videos of him. He was just sitting at

09:01
his computer like clicking around and there’s like no purpose to video at all other than him like working at a computer which you gotta imagine is the most boring type of content you can imagine and it was but he’s a guy who just started it up I don’t know if he started up a tumbler as well but pretty much he started it up and then he AWOL he’s like your typical like ADD entrepreneur on the was he a co-founder yeah he was like the original original I want to yeah I would say he’s a co-founder kind of wow

09:30
Okay. All right. But he was there for like a month, right? So he kind of he was like, Yeah, yeah, like he’s a co founder of like the community, like he kind of like the idea was always mine. And I shared it with him. He’s like, All right, yeah, let’s do it. He’s all excited. And then he had like a baby and he went on to something else, you know, so I’ll give him credit for for being there on the early days and kind of being that spark. So it was just like it was just it was there, right. And I had one video, one video that hit like how to grow beard.

09:59
And it was enough to like make more videos. I feel like if I did not have one video that hit YouTube probably might’ve never even happened. So it was definitely leveraging that, one successful video for us. What’s considered a hit. I mean, back in the day when you have like 300 subscribers, anything over like 10,000 views, I think. Okay. Well no, that’s a lot for an e-commerce store, right? If you think about it.

10:27
Oh, I am, you know, like we didn’t, weren’t even an e-commerce store back then. We were just some kind of, kind of blog, you know, it was like, I knew that first year. was just a Tumblr page, YouTube page. And then we had this little blog going on and, um, there was no like strategy. mean, I had a vision, but there was no strategy for, for monetizing it. And then we launched in 2013 when I brought on my current co-founders, Jeremy and Lindsay.

10:56
and kind of turn the community into a business and leverage a New York Times quote that we’re going to have. They’re still there, right? New York Times? No, your other co-founders. Because I would say if they left, it be you and not the other. Yeah. Yeah. So, well, again, there’s another mysterious co-founder. We had a fourth one, Joshua McKee. So it was the four of us and I was going to give them all 25 % equity.

11:25
So we’d all be equal partners, but Josh has another business that he wanted to focus on. So, um, he, kind of bailed out and then it was me and Jeremy and Lindsay and the three of us still are, are happily engaged to the business, I guess. Is that what you call it? When you have good, good business partners? I guess, I don’t know if there’s a term for it. mean, I’m married to mine. So you knock out a, you knock it out multiple levels.

11:52
All right. So you start this community. So you had one video that hit 10 K. What does it mean to hit 10? Was it just the views and then you were like, okay, let’s start a business or did you actually make money off of that? No, no. I mean, I think it was, I would have to look back, but I think it did like in that first year, maybe like six videos, six or 12 videos, something like that. And I was all over the board with the content. didn’t really know what type of content to produce. And then I realized like, okay, well this one video really resonated.

12:21
with the YouTube audience called how to grow beard. Why don’t I do how to grow mustache or how to, you know, apply beard stuff. And I kind of got like more clarity on the type of content that was going to resonate with our audience because we tested so many different formats. How do you figure that out? So, I mean, is there like a system?

12:43
for figuring out what resonates with you. Like what are the metrics? I mean, you kind of got to be in tune with, with the data. Uh, YouTube’s really good at giving you all the data you need to, understand what’s going on. Uh, for me, like your view rate, I mean, the number of views is usually the biggest indicator. So you got videos that are generating millions of views or tens of thousands of views or, significantly more than it’s like, do more of those because clearly people want those and engage with those.

13:10
Well, presumably people found those first videos through search, right? Yeah, I would imagine it was evergreen content. know, YouTube’s got a really good recommendation engine. So it wouldn’t surprise me if YouTube just simply recommended the video. You know, someone else’s watching a beard video or they’re, you know, like they searched on Google, like something about beards and then all of sudden YouTube recommends the video. So

13:37
I think most of our growth has been from like the sidebar, you know, video recommendations on YouTube rather than people going in type and search search for us is probably about like 12%. I think people type in and search topics on YouTube. are you very deliberate about getting into that recommenders recommendations sidebar? I mean, there’s, mean, yes and no. The way to get in there is to have a bunch of videos that perform well. And then.

14:07
So there’s not like any particular strategy other than the same way you build a good YouTube channel. All right. Let’s talk about that. So let’s say you were to make a video today, like how much research goes into it versus the production. And I want to know like what metrics you look at to determine what’s a good video and whether to continue on with it. Like the whole process. mean, you just randomly decide to put out videos about anything, right?

14:36
Or do you? I think so what’s really cool is this interview where we’re literally one year into launching a new YouTube channel. So we had our primary YouTube channel is called Beardbrand. It evolved into like this barbershop content. And we spun off a new channel called Beardbrand Alliance. And within that first year, we were able to get to over 100,000 subscribers.

15:05
And we are able to, um, get, think we’re up to like 17 million views or something like that or 16 million in just one year in one year. Yeah. Okay. Teach me. So if you look at the, the beard brand Alliance, so a little more details like the beard brand Alliance was a dead channel that we had. It was previously called urban beardsman, uh, which was going to be the lifestyle component. Uh, and beard brand was going to be the grooming component, but we just based on the YouTube algorithm, we, we,

15:35
merge everything back on the beard brand channel. And then because the algorithm shifted again, it made sense to kind of Can you talk about how it shifted like just for people out there listening? Yeah. So when we originally created the urban beersman channel, which is now the beard brand Alliance channel, we noticed that YouTube was putting a preference towards like daily vloggers. This was around the time that Casey Neistat started blowing up with his daily content.

16:04
So YouTube’s algorithm, it was like, oh, hey, if this person can crank out daily content, that means viewers are going to come back and watch every single day. And they’re going to stick around longer and, you know, watch more videos. And that’s always, you got to think about YouTube’s perspective. You want to get people on YouTube and to stay on YouTube for as long as possible. And if your videos help with that, your videos will get shown. If your videos don’t help with that, like if you’re driving everyone off of YouTube.

16:35
your videos are not getting shown. So everything you need to do is about creating people who love to be on YouTube and fought and like kind of engaging with a community of people who just like live on YouTube. But I think what happened is like YouTube realized, my God, this daily content thing is burning out all the creators. They want to blow their brains out. They’re they’ve they’re like digging at the bottom of the barrel for like good content and it’s not sustainable.

17:02
And I think they realized that so they shifted the algorithm to focus more on kind of like really high hitting content that resonates with their audience. So rather than this like everyday kind of logging type of content, they wanted more just like good, less videos that are really good or better, better than daily content. Interesting. I just talked to someone else and he was telling me like,

17:30
unless he posts often, like he sees everything just start going down. In the old days, he used to spend a lot of time, spend a lot of money to create these productions really. And then he stopped doing that because it wasn’t making money. And then he shifted over to like this daily news show that he does and that’s how he sustains it. But he says it’s more about frequency now. But are you saying it shifted back to quality again? Well, I think there’s a balance and quality is always subjective. know, like, so I think there’s

17:59
There’s some channels that I watch that they’ll only post like once a month or once every couple months and those videos will get millions of views. So the quality isn’t necessarily like, you know, using red camera or the latest microphones and stuff like that. It’s like really interesting things that literally no one else is doing. So if you can kind of create that kind of interesting content that does not exist anywhere in the world in any shape or form, you can do it like

18:27
really infrequently. But I really think like, you know, even like weekly would be a good gauge work. We’re kind of around the two to three videos a week is maybe closer to three is what we do because our quality is not that good. Like how good can you make a like a beard grooming video? There’s just it’s never going to be that remarkable, with exception of like a very couple key pieces of content that we could do that.

18:56
you’re not able to do regularly. So you shifted to beer brand Alliance channel to do more frequent videos is that or less frequent videos? No, no, no. mean, so essentially what we were doing is seven videos a week on beard brand that were of two different types of content. One was a barbershop style content and one was this kind of studio style, you know, tutorial type of content. And what we realized is like, all right, let’s just split that up because the people who are watching

19:25
most of the people are watching it for the barbershop videos and they’re not really engaging with our studio content. And if we have like a couple of videos in a row that are duds, then you kind of get in the cycle of YouTube recommending your videos less and less and less. So you really want to make sure your content is resonating with the majority of people who subscribe. Okay. So we, we essentially split the channel. So we were creating seven videos a week. Still was just on two different channels. Okay.

19:54
All right. All right. So back to this new channel. So when you say it started as a dead channel, it had subscribers then when you started, I guess. Yeah, I think we had like, I don’t know, maybe 7,000 subscribers or okay. And so you go to a hundred K. Uh, how much of it was you promoting that channel from other channels though, versus just really starting jumpstarting from scratch? mean, to be like most people aren’t going to do what we did because of the

20:23
foundation that we had with our other channel. So we did do at like our end cards, like come over to the Alliance channel or this type of content. And I did like, you know, I’m leaving the channel like kind of like that clickbait style type of content where I’m like saying goodbye, we’ll see you. And then of course, I’m leaving it go to a different channel and they can still see me but I’m pretty much. So there were a fair amount of content where we did let our audience know and then when we told them we’re launching the new channel, I think like in that

20:52
first week or so we got like 10,000 subscribers. So we are definitely like able to collect a fair amount of the subscribers from the old channel or the big channel.

21:04
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:33
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:02
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E M E R G E C O U N S E L.com. Now back to the show. Okay. So let’s say you didn’t weren’t doing that. I mean, what are some of the things that you would have done with the, with the content, this new channel? What I’m basically asking is yeah. I would say like the way we grew wasn’t primarily through like those little

22:32
You know recommendations from our other channel, you know questions I guess I think the way we grew was by having content that resonated with our audience So a couple things like if you look back to around September of last year We were doing these like 30 day challenges Where we wanted to do kind of like, you know, I try to you know Give up meats for 30 days and here’s what happens or I try to wake up at 445 you know, or I try to wear a suit every day for for a month like these kind of like

23:02
really engage like self improvement, like kind of lifestyle, style videos, which was a new format for us. And they really just kind of fell flat. Like, I remember this was probably the point where I gave up on it was I tried to row a marathon, which is 26 miles in a single. And, you know, so I’m training, I’m working my ass off, I get these like, I get all these cameras, these waterproof cameras, GoPros and stuff. And we get like all

23:30
this cool like B roll footage and it’s like a nice like 20 minute long video like probably like the coolest or the most technically challenging video we ever produced and I get like, you know, like three or 5000 views on it. And then I’ll just go and I’ll turn on the lights and be like, here are the top 10 things that are great about beards and I’ll just like ramble for 10 minutes and that will get like 20,000 views. And it’s like, what am I doing? You know, what am I doing on my life where I’m spending like

23:57
you know, 30 hours to bruise a video that gets, you know, a fifth of the engagement of me just kind of talking about beards. So kind of like, okay, well, here’s what our audience clearly is interested in. Like, don’t fight it. You know, like, if, if they really wanted these challenges, like, we would do them, like we were super excited to do them. And I think they’re pretty interesting things. But if people aren’t watching it, just like,

24:25
change. I that was a visibility thing or because like Google will categorize it right like oh this guy usually talks about beards like what am I going to show a rowing video to these people do you think I mean it wasn’t or no I mean no I mean I think it’s

24:42
Yeah, I mean, I think I think, you know, if I want to get really critical about our company, like our names beard brand. So and then you said it like an intro, like you’re always going to think of beards, even though we got the world’s best hair shampoo and conditioner, you know, even though we got the world’s most versatile body bar, our utility bar that can work as a shave soap or body wash or hair wash or you know, like all these things like people are going to be like, your beard, like your

25:10
So, you know, like I’ve always known that’s kind of something that we’re going to battle and you know, like if we roll with it, it’s a little bit easier, but it kind of also limits your, your growth potential. So we’re always trying to like push outside of it as much as possible. Like trying to like, just like gradually just like, okay, beard brand, know, self-improvement, you know, like become a better person, you know, like, you know, grooming as a whole, not just your beard, it’s your hair, it’s your, your style. And then of course, you know, the style component too, like wearing clothes that

25:41
Sure. Accent things. And you know, so we’d like, we’ve tried to branch off of that, but we always, we always get friction on that, you know? So these videos, like you restarting this channel, but you just mentioned earlier that if you have a string of duds that affects like future videos, is that, is that what you said? Yeah. Where our big channel right now is in a, in lull, you know, I wish I could come in here talking about how great we were, but we’re right now we’re battling with our big channel, trying to get it out of the doldrums.

26:10
So we’re trying to figure out how we can just reignite that channel and get it like hitting like it used to be hitting. So it’s, it’s like, it never ends. Like you’re always trying to figure things out and make adjustments and tweak it and find the way. ever delete your duds then or does that? No, no, no. No, that’s just ego. Like you delete stuff if you’ve got ego problems, but, um, YouTube doesn’t really care about that. So it’s what have you done for me lately?

26:35
All right. So, okay. So what is your plan to get it out of the doldrums? Like what’s your strategy whenever you put together a video, like someone’s starting out selling, I don’t know, some consumer product, like watches or whatnot. Like how do you figure out what your videos should be about starting from ground zero? Yeah. So first thing from, uh, like the worst thing you can do, like if you have a watch company is just talk about yourself all day long. Like no one’s going to frigging watch that. No pun intended.

27:02
Okay, if you guys are listening out there Eric likes to do this all the time Yeah, no one’s gonna do that You need to think about like how can you bring value to your viewers lives, know like if if my channel was just about like your brand shampoo and conditioner beard brand utility bar you’d your brand beer oil like first of all, I would I only have like 13 products and Then you know nine different fragrances. So what is that? I can do like 21 videos

27:32
And then that’s it. So first of all, you’ve got to get beyond like just talking about yourself and talking about your product and think about like the lifestyle that your customers are living and how you can create content that resonates with them from a lifestyle perspective or from an entertainment perspective. There’s really like a couple of different ways you can create content. So our big channel kind of falls into like the entertainment realm of content where it’s like here, come in and watch, get to know the personalities, get to see this transformation. Most people

28:02
that are watching these videos aren’t barbers, you know, they just kind of like to see the before and after they like to, to maybe they learn a little bit, they’ll take it into their barber, but most of it’s just kind of like they, they want to relax and chill. Do you have any products in those videos? Yeah. Yeah. So like if a barber styling the hair, they’ll always like grab, you know, your best album and or some sunscreen, but it’s not like a hard sales, not like get this at beardbrand.com.

28:28
Maybe we should. I really feel like the fans who watch it, they’ll, they’ll get it and they’ll learn. Um, you don’t have to beat their head in and too hard about it. And then the Alliance channel is more of like education. So it’s like very tutorial how to do this, how to trim your, your nose hairs, how to trim your ears. You know, like, is that? Like we don’t really sell anything with a nose hair trimmer or like, uh, you know, uh, Greg Brzezinski just did a video where he’s literally in the shower. Like here’s how I shower my

28:57
my hair or wash my hair. So if you ever want to watch like a Zeus like Greek God guy in the shower, we got that content for you. Maybe my female listeners will check out that video. It’s crazy. It’s like we’re 98 % guy. So it’s just a bunch of, it really? Yeah. Yeah. It’s just a bunch of dudes watching it. But I mean, they’re watching it for the educational. Sure. Sure. Yeah. Of course. And like he keeps it chest up. So it’s not like you’re seeing his nipples or anything like that.

29:23
So you’re getting an audience that way of just guys and then do you steer those people to your product somehow or are just building an audience or a community? I mean, so like if I tell you like how to, how to style your beard and when we sell products that help with styling your beard, I want to be using it or I’ll talk about it, you know, like, same, same thing. Just in fashion. So if you’ve got products, you know, like, uh, you know, if you’re selling handkerchiefs, you know, it’s like how to, how to use

29:50
how to blow your nose outfits, you know, or how to set a table with handkerchiefs or how to fold handkerchiefs. So you’d have stuff like that, but you’d also think about like beyond the handkerchief too, because you kind of want this like 80 20 rule of like 80 % contents about the audience. And then 20 % is kind of like self promotional or 10 % is kind of self promotional. So it’s like, these are for wedding, you know, like wedding planning tips, you know, the best way to plan. So like the channel can kind of like be beyond

30:20
just handkerchiefs, it’s going to be, you know, the wedding environment is going to be like the crafting environment or whatever it is. And that will give you like a much broader range of content that you can, can hit with. And then it might even like open up new like product opportunities for you down the road. What role does keyword research play in your video production? Very little, if any. little. Yeah. I don’t think we do any of that. Really? Okay. It’s all about, and we’ve, we’ve talked about this

30:50
you know, off camera before, but so much of your success, like 90 % of your success is going to be your thumbnail and your title. Your, your thumbnail and your title need to work together to create interest and intrigue. But you don’t want to be given away, you know, that old saying, why, why buy the cow when you can drink the milk for free, you’re not doing that with your thumbnail. So you don’t want to give away the answer in your thumbnail that you want to have like, why

31:17
Like something like, I really want to figure out this answer. I really want to watch this video to know what they’re talking about. Um, and that’s called the hook. Okay. So you want to have a hook for your thumbnail and title. Now, a lot of people confuse the hook with clickbait. Clickbait is when you are fraudulent and you lie and you mislead your audience on what’s going to be in the video. And that’s where you have like a, an image of a thumbnail of like a big breasted woman. And you’re talking about e-commerce or something like that’s clickbait.

31:47
Okay. Do not do that. Do not mislead your audience. Do not like, you know, do not be fraudulent. Like because YouTube, their algorithms trained to learn that type of activities and your stuff won’t work. So the skill is learning that hook. So you get 90 % of that is going to drive people to watch the video. And then the other 10 % is like, have a good video. That’s that people want to watch, you know, like, but it, but it doesn’t necessarily have to be the best video, but it does have to like satiate that.

32:17
that desire they had when they clicked it.

32:21
And you know, I’ve had other YouTube people on before and I guess half of them fall into your camp, like zero keyword research. But then the other half, when they do keyword research, there’s like two components, right? There’s discovery, like you said, on the recommended side, but those videos on the recommended side have to be related to something that’s popular that people are searching for or watching, right? So it seems to me that you’re probably correct.

32:47
to get on the recommendations is probably the majority of the views. I think that’s the case actually even for my channel right now, but to grow and become more discoverable, it seems like you have to target something that people are looking for or want, right? Yeah. mean, you got to create something that resonates with people, man. Like I, uh, I mean, to be fair, like when I say we do these things, we do it because it’s built for like our production style and our goals. It’s like, if something doesn’t hit, we’ll just create another one. Right. Whereas

33:17
Some people may have like smarter every day. That guy Destin, I don’t know if you’ve ever watched his channel, he’s got like 7 million subscribers, but he does these incredible projects that costs like tens of thousands of dollars to produce and make me manufacture like air guns. He just did this like air gun that will shoot a baseball out. And of course it’s one of those things that no one’s ever doing. He’s spending a ton of money in it. Like he needs to make sure it hits right? Because he’s spending.

33:46
$20,000 to make a video. Whereas me, I’m spending, you know, 20 minutes of my time and then my video editor spends like another three or four hours, you know, so like that’s $200, right? Of, of cost. So because our investment costs are so low, it’s just like, okay, that didn’t hit, just turn out something else. But if you are something that’s producing a type of video that has a lot more investment in it, then yeah, it does make sense to be a little more prepared.

34:15
So when I say these things, like what works for us may not necessarily be the right answer for everyone out there. I guess what I’m trying to ask you is why aren’t you doing more keyword research? I mean, it’s an extra 20 minutes added onto your because it like, for me, I want to have that title without any restrictions. I wanted to really be able to be free to work with that thumbnail to

34:44
engage with the audience. So, you know, once you start keyword stuffing your title, it doesn’t come off as like human language, you know, sometimes it comes off as just like a little weird. So I don’t know. It’s just not my style. But let me ask you that question a different way. How do you increase your chances of getting on the recommended list? I mean, it’s create really engaging videos that people want to launch.

35:14
But how do you get them to discover you in the very beginning when you’re starting from ground zero? I mean, YouTube learns, right? Like it just, it just knows it, what it like, you know, like the, so, I mean, if you want to talk about it from like an analytical standpoint, it’s your click through rate, which is the number of people who view the video and then the number of people who click on it. Right. So that’s your thumbnail and your, your, your title. Like if you have a good click through rate,

35:44
Like 15 % or something like that. YouTube’s just going to be like, Oh yeah, show it where people, and then when you pair that with your watch time and people are like literally watching the video, YouTube knows, like it doesn’t take much data for them to quickly realize they’ve got a winner on their hands. So yeah, like that’s why I’m saying is like, if you’re thinking and you’re investing a bunch of time on like keyword research and promoting on Reddit or whatever, all that brain energy should be like, how can I make the video better?

36:13
You know, how can I make it more engaging? How can I get that title and thumbnail, get more people to want to click on it and want to watch it? You know, what are the things that I can do that are really exceptional? And you got to think that way rather than like, oh, how do I find the right keywords to do or how do I find what’s hot? So you threw out some numbers just there and clearly you’ve been doing this for a long time. So you probably have some internal metrics, right? What’s a good click through rate? Like everything, it all depends.

36:42
For you I’m asking like you guys know so our channel the big channel the good click-through rate is like 5 % 5 to 6 % Maybe like in the very first hour like 8 % something like that and then the small channel the Alliance channel You know like we know we have a winner our hands if it’s like 15 % So it is smaller. It’s newer like the audience is more engaged and then I think like, you know across the board YouTube is around 5 %

37:11
is a good one. And then you have like your, notification, which is like the amount of people who want to be like notified of all your videos and their click through rates. And that’s kind of like in the across the board YouTube is like, I think it’s like point 5 % to 2.5 % is kind of like the range that they have for those notifications. So I think that’s like a big indicator in the really early days if your video is going to hit or not, is if you’ve got something that’s outside of your norm.

37:40
But the downside is you don’t get those metrics until two days later, but you’ll YouTube’s got those metrics. So they’re, they’re, you know, putting the video through the algorithm, um, based on those, those early numbers. And in terms of, uh, the percentage view, is there something that you shoot for? Yeah. So we don’t really care about percentage view necessarily. We care more about like just the average view duration. So if you can get a that

38:10
you know, people watch for five minutes or at least based in our market. If someone’s watching something for five minutes is going to blow up. Mike, we’re going to get a hundred thousand views guaranteed. And you know, anything north of that is like five 30 or six minutes. And it’s just like unreal how the video, how long are these videos? They’re like 10 minutes. We try to aim for like 18 minutes. I think it’s kind of our sweet spot for our barbershop videos. And then like eight to

38:38
12 minutes for our studio style content. then, um, yeah, most of our stuff, think our average is around like three 30 to four minutes is our typical view duration for a I’m just, I’m just comparing notes on mine. I typically get 40 to 60 % of people who have the duration, I guess it’s a different type of content, obviously. Yeah. So I guess how long are your videos then?

39:06
They’re always around 12 to 15 minutes. Okay. 10 to 15 minutes. I would say. Yeah. Yeah. So you’re getting like five or six minutes, huh? I think so. I was going to have you take a look at that at some point. Yeah. mean, if you have a call, can look at your, you can open up your dashboard or something. Yeah. No, that’d be sweet. That’d be sweet. Uh, you gave me some thumbnail tips the other day. Do you want to share what you told me?

39:34
feel for all your, you know, all your loyal YouTube subscribers. I don’t have to read this twice. You want to share those with the audience? So, so Steve, Steve made the mistake of like, in my opinion, again, like everyone’s got opinion. Well, you’re the expert, so I’m not going to argue with you. Yeah. Don’t argue with me. mean, he, put his title, his description and the thumbnail and some of his titles are like,

40:01
I don’t know, 10 words long. So he’s got like this little thumbnail and then like all these friggin words on it that are exactly the same as the title that you can just read right above it. And then he’s got like a little itty bitty Steve in the corner. People want to look at you, Steve. They don’t care about all these words. They can look at the word somewhere else. So you’re just in my opinion, like we found that faces work really good and you want to get that eye contact and you want to zoom the heck out of that. Like

40:30
one of my best performing videos on the Alliance channel is literally like this part of my face. It’s just like the mustache, like in a little bit of the nose, like no eyes or anything. It’s just like super zoomed in and then like scissors in there like, or no, it a comb in there, a comb in there. So, uh, yeah, man, the closer you can get that zoomed in the better it’ll be. Do you split test your thumbnails? We kind of do. We kind of do. You’re not able.

40:59
mean, there’s there’s ways you could do it. You’d like you could buy Facebook ads beforehand and kind of see what people will click on or engage on. There’s a lot of ways to kind of do it better with with better engagement. But we just kind of in a non scientific manner because you don’t really have a control. Well, if something’s hitting or not hitting, we’ll change it out. what’s your metrics for hitting or not hitting like, you know, pretty cool thing that’s like you’re based on your

41:28
So we try to have like number five or higher for every video we produce. want to every video is moving in the right direction. So if it’s kind of coming in at eight or nine, then we’ll work to after what duration, like what time period within an hour within an hour. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Like as soon as that pops up, uh, you, you generally know, some of the, your, your best use of your time is going to be

41:56
when that video goes live to just watch the metrics for an hour, two hours and just see what they’re doing and then get to know those like the back of your hand. You just want to know what a good 30 minutes is, what a good 10 minutes is. And then like, cause that first hour is where you’re to be driving the most of your engagement traffic. So you really want to, I want to say most, but it’s, it’s like very crucial that you’re hitting in that early stage. So we’ll change things up really, really quickly.

42:25
within that first hour, maybe even first half an hour, depending on how things are going. All right. So, okay. So let’s say after the first hour, you’re at like eight or nine in terms of your last 10 videos. What do you do? What do you switch up? Yeah. I mean, we, every video we have like multiple thumbnails and multiple titles that we’re willing to try and test. And, um, like for instance, we, we just had one that came in like number nine and the thumbnail was,

42:53
It was a bald headed guy getting his beard trim. was a very unremarkable trim in terms of transformations. Like you would not be able to distinguish the before and after, but that was like the intent of the cut was the guy didn’t want to lose any length. He just kind of wanted the bulk taken out and kept symmetrical. But we have a lot of bald headed beard guys. Like this video should really hit hard for us. And it was a dud out of the gate. And I think the problem we had was the thumbnail was like all barber hands.

43:22
and scissors and you couldn’t see the beard you couldn’t see the client at all. So we switched it out with essentially like the beard getting styled and it’s now like number two out of 10. really, it went from like bottom of the list to you know, top of the list, not top of the list, but upper list. about old videos that have been out for a while? Do you ever go back and switch the thumbnails and titles? I think there’s

43:50
There could be opportunities for that. Like one thing we’re trying to do is get some consistency with our thumbnails by putting like a little photograph of the barber and in the corner so that everyone knows like when I watch this video, it’s this barber or that barber and can kind of get in a playlist. But we haven’t gone back and change them. But I think like as we’ve we get a little more capacity to do those things that I would like to do it.

44:19
That example you just gave, uh, what was the text on the thumbnail versus what the name of the video was for that winning? We don’t put any texts on our thumbnails. Oh, you don’t. Okay. Yeah. I’m not wasting, I’m not wasting good thumbnail or thumbnail space with text. Hmm. Can you discuss the pros and cons? Faces like, cause again, you want to have that intrigue. You don’t want to, you don’t want to be giving that milk away for free. So, um, by having no text on there, you

44:47
automatically create like a little intrigue like, Oh, what’s this about? Interesting. I guess, again, like every channel is different. Like there are some communities in YouTube where you have to put text on it. It’s just like clearly the things that really work. But for us, we found that, you know, text just takes up opportunity to show off the work.

45:10
Okay. So you mentioned before that your big primary channel has been kind of flat lately. What is your plan to revamp that? Gold drums, man. Yeah. So what’s, mean, things change all the time, right? what’s What’s the latest trend? A couple of things. Like we, we took our content from three videos a week down to two videos a week for COVID. Cause we literally couldn’t get in the barbershop to film. So we had a little queue built up, but we didn’t know how long that was last. So to just kind of make sure that

45:39
the content lasted, we took it back. So the first thing I’d like to do is get the channel back up to two, three videos a week and try to build a little more cadence. We have a lot of new barbers. So, you know, sometimes things just take time. Like people just got to get to know the barbers and we got to get more content produced with the barbers. And then we we’ve got some ideas to try to like make it more entertaining, like a more of a show format, like kind of reality TV or focus on like

46:09
the storytelling and the barbershop five and less about like tutorial how to style. But again, like we haven’t really done a good job of that. But it’s basically a better job of getting clients in the chair, like the appropriate type of interesting styles like transformations and things like that. And then getting the right barbers, you know, on camera, which is can be challenging as well. So it’s just a lot of production management. When you’re

46:38
talking about your products in your description, you put the link to your product, presumably, right? Is that where most people are clicking? I don’t think anyone looks in the description. I want to really, I mean, you put a little bit of information, but what we like to do is pin a comment. A lot of people will go and read the comments. So in that first comment, you have a link to. see. Okay. So it’s not in the description. Well, you probably put in the description also. it’s in the description, but no one reads it. Right.

47:06
So you pin in the first, ah, okay. I didn’t think about doing that. Oh yeah. Shoot, man. That’s an easy one. We’ll see. I didn’t know. You probably want to show man. There’s probably all these things that you do that. Yeah. the knowledge. And then do you, do you still try to reply to all the comments and everything or? I try to like on my videos, like, so I’ve got the advantage of having like three other creators and a whole bunch of barbers. So I’m not in all the videos.

47:36
And I don’t really reply to the content that I don’t watch like oh like if Greg does a video I’ll comment for Greg I think that creates like a little community for for us and then he’ll he’ll kind of comment on my videos as well and then Where possible, you know not all the comments you can reply to they’re like a great job and you’re like, okay Thanks, you know, but sometimes that that’s all you need to do is just like I appreciate it man Thanks for commenting. But yeah, I try to

48:03
were possible, but that’s just who I am. I enjoy that. I enjoy talking to people. think comments and thumbs make your video more visible? Uh, nah, nah, I don’t think, I don’t think those really matter. I think, um, what matters is the amount of people who are subscribing to it. I do think if it’s a video that gets like abnormal amount of subscriptions, it really drives people to engage. That’s probably good. The thumbs. And I think like those are just easily manipulated.

48:30
Uh, and I’m sure like the whole subscription thing can be manipulated too. So I want to really place too much emphasis on, you know, telling people to click on the bell notification. I don’t want people clicking on the bell notifications, right? Because if, you’re not going to watch every video, don’t, don’t click on the bell notifications. Only do that if you want to get notified on all of them. So, okay. All right. Let’s, let’s summarize everything. Uh, top three tips for someone starting from scratch. Yeah. I mean, action actions.

49:00
over perfection. You just got to get shit out there, like produce as much content as you can as quickly as possible. And you know, filter them by views and figure out the ones that are hitting the hardest and then create more in that style. And then your is like research and figure out to the best of your ability, how to create an engaging thumbnail and title spend like 90 % of your time early on figuring out that strategy that’s really going to hit home.

49:30
And, uh, and then that content, you know, like there is ways to just refine and rehun your content, like tell a story better, get rid of all your arms, cut your stuff a little bit cleaner, have a story, like have a way to tell a story where people don’t want to skip around, you know, like you’re like dropping nuggets throughout the, the way, like that’s going to help increase the amount of time people are watching your video. The role, you know, is a great way to do that. We don’t do a lot of it, but

49:56
uh, B Royal can kind of keep people in there just like scene changes and well scripted out stories. Cool. Well, Eric, thanks a lot, Yeah. Very insightful. I could be back every week. You could, but I see you, you’re already on TV every day. So what more do you want, man? I want it all, man. I want to be like, I want to be like you. I want, want, Oh, I got a shamelessly plug. Mike, my show. Oh yeah. Yeah. So that was my next step. That was my next step. was going to let you shamelessly plug whatever you want. Go for it.

50:26
Oh, good. Yeah. Well, you guys all know about beard brand already. So why don’t you like come on over to e-commerce conversations and you can, you can see how the tables were turned. And I interviewed Steven when he’s like to be a guest. The guy knows obviously he knows his stuff. So we’ll have to link that one up. Actually. Is it out yet? I don’t, I don’t think so. I think we’ll be out in a weeks, but okay. Send me the link. I’ll put it in the show notes for this one. Okay. Cool. Yeah. All right, man. Thanks a lot. Yeah.

50:57
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Eric really knows his stuff when it comes to YouTube and he’s been helping with my channel as well. So be sure to subscribe. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 334. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

51:25
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog.

51:53
If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

333: How Long Does It Take To Make Money With Your Business With Steve Chou

333: How Long It Takes To Make Money With Your Business With Steve Chou

In this episode, I answer one of the top 3 questions that I get asked almost every single week. How long does it take to make money with your business?

My answer will probably surprise you:)

In addition, I’ll give you a quick update about my store and how COVID-19 affected BumblebeeLinens.com.

What You’ll Learn

  • The biggest mistake people make with their expectations
  • A realistic time frame for your business
  • How to make time irrelevant
  • How COVID-19 has affected my business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer one of the top three questions that I get almost every single week. How long does it take to make money with your business? But before we get into all that, I want to give you guys some quick updates about my e-commerce store over at bumblebelenons.com. Because many of you have been asking me about how COVID has affected our business.

00:28
And I’m happy to say that this past November was the all time highest month that we’ve ever had and we’re significantly up for the year despite having the worst March and April in the history of the company. Now the pandemic has really caused e-commerce to skyrocket. And in my humble opinion, there’s no better time to be starting an e-commerce business. Now to keep things in perspective, I also want to give you the bad with the good. Now, even though we had a record number of orders, the pandemic has also prevented us from hiring people to work in our warehouse.

00:57
So we’re actually pretty short staff right now and orders are coming in a little bit faster than we can actually fulfill them. So as a result, it’s been all hands on deck. I’ve been going to work, answer calls and that sort of thing, but it’s a good thing. Now, the other bad thing that’s happened to our store, which has nothing to do with the pandemic or anything, is that PayPal decided to deprecate their old PayPal Express Checkout API right in time for the holidays. And for all of you who aren’t aware of what PayPal Express Checkout is and why it’s important,

01:26
PayPal checkout allows users to sign into their PayPal accounts and have all their payment and address information imported automatically into your site. And this is especially important for mobile shoppers who don’t like to type on their phones. And it makes a huge difference to have this enabled. And it actually lifted my mobile conversion rate by over 39 % when I implemented this feature a long time ago. Anyway, it turns out that PayPal decided to deprecate this old API and it actually stopped working in September of this year. Now it’s my fault.

01:56
and I didn’t really notice that it wasn’t working until Black Friday. And this might sound careless on my part, but the old implementation was a little bit flaky because sometimes people don’t have their addresses in their accounts set up correctly on PayPal. So the old implementation would crap out sometimes, so I didn’t think anything of it. But during Black Friday, everyone was complaining about PayPal. So I took a closer look and it was busted completely. So I literally spent all of Small Business Saturday, literally 14 hours straight.

02:25
putting up a new implementation for my shopping cart from scratch. Anyway, I just wanted to share with you the good with the bad, and it also just goes to show that it’s important to use a well-supported shopping cart with your e-commerce business. And with that, let’s get on with the guts of today’s episode. Before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me right now.

02:51
I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript.io specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email, and it’s a very inexpensive solution. It converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at Postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

03:21
I’m also crushing it with email using Klaviyo and Klaviyo is also a sponsor of the show. Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. And with email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools and more, you get everything that you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And especially during the holiday season, this is very important and you can get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s integrations, pre-built marketing automations and beautiful email templates.

03:49
And so it doesn’t matter if you’re a large business or if you’re just starting out, Klaviyo is by far the best marketing platform for email during the holidays and long after. You can try it for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show.

04:07
to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

04:24
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna give you my take on how long it should take to make money with your online business. Now I receive many questions via email every single day, but probably my number one most asked question is, Steve, how long do you think it’ll take me to make money with my business? And here’s another common permutation of the same question. Steve, I need to be able to make money in six months. Can it be done? And then finally, here’s my favorite permutation, which is can I expect to make 100K in the first year with my online store like you did?

04:53
One year ought to be enough runway, right? So here’s the truth. Brand new entrepreneurs are horrible at predicting how far they can get with their businesses in the short term. And in fact, they grossly overestimate how much money they can make in their first year. But on the flip side, they also grossly underestimate how much they can make in three plus years with their businesses as well. So anytime a reader or a student asks me any of the above questions, I immediately start to question their commitment.

05:20
and how serious they are about starting a real business. Now why is that? It’s because when someone asks me how much they can make in six months, it usually means that they’re only willing to stick it out for six months to see if their business has a chance. And that is definitely not enough time. Now starting a business takes a lot of commitment. And I don’t mean a year or a couple of years. When I say commitment, I’m talking about giving it a go for at least three to five years. Now when my wife and I started our own online store, we were in it for the long haul.

05:49
And although we set a goal to make 100K before the baby arrived, we were ready to work at it and keep the store float indefinitely until we got the formula correct. And if we didn’t have this mentality, we might have quit at six months because sales were not where we wanted them to be. We were not convinced that our store could ever make enough money to supplant my wife’s income. And we didn’t believe that our market was large enough. We didn’t think that we could crack the front page of search to get the necessary traffic. Now what’s funny is that we started our online store with the delusion of grandeur.

06:19
that our business would start making decent money within the first three months. After all, we had what we thought was a foolproof strategy. Our initial plan was to siphon away eBay customers by posting auctions online and steering them over to our online store through links in the auction description. Then we would roam the wedding forums and guide customers over to our shop by making recommendations to would-be brides. But what ended up happening?

06:42
is that we violated eBay’s terms of service and got our account temporarily suspended for posting external links on auctions. And then furthermore, we repeatedly got banned on the wedding forms for being overly promotional. There are no shortcuts. You have to be in it for the long haul. So if you’re wondering whether you can start making money right away because you are in a desperate situation, then chances are you lack the resolve to see your business idea through. So here’s what’s interesting about human nature.

07:10
When my wife and I reached our goal of making 100K during the end of our first year business, we were overjoyed. But at that point, we did not think that we could do it again. We did not think that our business could possibly grow anymore. And from our perspective, our business had peaked already. After all, it was a major struggle for us to reach that number in the first place because it involves so much legwork and a little bit of luck. And in fact, we didn’t think that we could achieve the same sales pace ever again.

07:37
Now what we didn’t realize was that the first year was just the tip of the iceberg. And every year since then, our business has increased in the double and triple digits. And never in a million years do we think that this could happen, let alone have our business be a seven figure online store. Which brings me to reiterate my second point. As humans, we often overestimate what we can accomplish in the short term, but we vastly underestimate what can be done in the long run. When I first started MyWifeQuarterJob.com,

08:06
I was hoping to start making significant money within a year of launch. And even though I started my blog with a five-year plan towards profitability, I full-on expected to be making at least five figures by the end of year one. But in reality, it wasn’t until well into year three when I started to see hockey stick growth, and today the blog is practically growing on autopilot. Now, when I launched my Creative Profitable Online Store course, I was only hoping to sign on about 30 students. But today I have over 70x that amount,

08:35
and the course’s growth continues to surprise me. Now the key to running any successful business is to set the right expectations and the right level of commitment. And when my wife and I began our online store in 2007, we full on planned to still be in business in 2012. When I started my blog at the end of 2008, I full on planned to be blogging five years later. When I launched my created profitable online store course in 2011, I made a long-term commitment to continuously add content to the course for many years to come.

09:04
And even though the course started out with practically no content, today I have well over 100 hours of video in the course and a 400 page PDF ebook to show for it. And the best part is that the course continues to grow and evolve. Most people quit their businesses within the first year. If you aren’t willing to devote at least three to five years to your business, don’t even bother. Why is that? Because most of the wealth and the profits are to be had well after your first year. Expecting your business to be vastly profitable within a short timeframe

09:34
is a half-assed way to think about your business. So let’s be realistic here. During the first year of any online business, your website is probably not going to have superior search engine placement. Your business probably won’t have a large customer base, and your business probably won’t have that much name recognition. It takes a lot of time for word of mouth to spread. It takes a lot of time for things to snowball. And looking back in my blog, I didn’t think that I was getting anywhere at all after year one. But after doing this for almost a decade now,

10:03
I look back and I’m completely amazed at how far I’ve come. So here’s the biggest problem that I see with most people in that question that I got asked. They expect to make a significant amount of money in under a year and then they give up when they don’t reach their goal. I’ve had several students in my course give up early and even had an extremely talented student give up on his online store after just six months. The first year is gonna be tough and the most awkward. After all, you know nothing during your first year. And if you have a great mentor or teacher,

10:33
you still might not be able to absorb all the material right away. So you’ll make mistakes, but that is fine. That first year is also when you’ll be having the most fun because you’ll be learning a heck of a lot. Year one should not be your end game. Instead, you should treat year one as your learning year and expect to reap the rewards in the years ahead. Now in a recent survey conducted among students, it might create a profitable online store course. 56 % of the students in my class who launched a product and stuck it out for an entire year are now making at least four figures per month.

11:03
And I think nine to 10 % are now making 50K plus per month. Now, one of the most unfortunate aspects of human nature is that we all love shortcuts. We all love to believe that we can strike it rich in just six months. And don’t get me wrong, it’s still possible to make a good chunk of change during your first year, but you should go into it expecting to commit at least three to five years. Now, if you’re gonna commit to a business for three to five years, you also wanna make sure your business model has long-term potential.

11:32
And everywhere you look online these days, there are a number of make quick cash types of schemes out there on the internet. And yes, some of these might actually work, but only in the short term. So for example, there’s this scheme that really annoys me where people buy up goods on Amazon and sell them on eBay at higher prices. And lots of people are still making money this way, even though Amazon eBay actually banned this practice. So do you think this business model can last? Probably not, right?

11:59
Most people are attracted to businesses that are as easy as possible to make money, but I’m actually the complete opposite. The harder it is to start your business, the more lasting power it will have. The more value you can add, the more money you will make. So before you choose an online business model, ask yourself how you are adding value. Is buying up surplus goods online and selling them on Amazon providing more value than coming up with your own branded products to sell? Are you spending all your time trying to make short-term money?

12:28
that’s never gonna scale? Before you decide what to do, I want you to go and read my post on the pros and cons of the eight different e-commerce business models and choose one that fits your goals and your personality. Now the key to finding the right business to pursue is to avoid randomly pulling yourself in all directions at once. Do not throw up a bunch of businesses, give them all a go for six months as a trial and then take them all down because they aren’t working out. You should go into every business venture with a full commitment

12:58
put your best foot forward, even if you aren’t seeing the results. Are you still going to want to be running this business in three to five years?

13:07
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

13:35
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

14:05
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. If you don’t think you’re gonna be able to maintain your interest for that long, then do not even bother getting started. What you want to avoid is starting over every six months. And if this is happening to you, then you aren’t committed and you were calling it quits without giving your business a chance to grow into something bigger. Because you have to remember, most of the profits for your business

14:35
are going to occur after three to five years. So make sure that you pick something that you’re willing to maintain for at least that long. And in fact, once you’ve decided what you want to do, take time out of the equation altogether. Don’t give yourself any artificial constraints on how well you need to perform in a given timeframe. And instead, you want to make your business a part of your daily or weekly routine. That’s right, set aside some time, the same time, every day or week to work on your business. And then don’t even think about it.

15:04
Don’t even consider it work. Just work on it on a regular basis and tell yourself that you are going to maintain this routine forever. This way, your business will be a part of your life and then time becomes irrelevant. Hope you enjoyed that episode. And from now on, if anyone ever asks me the dreaded how long question, I want to point them to this podcast. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 333. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants.

15:33
You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

16:00
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife, quitter job.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the my wife quitter job.

16:27
where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

332: How Amanda Recovered Her Business After Getting Crushed By Covid-19

332: How Amanda Recovered Her Business After Getting Crushed By Covid-19

Today, I’m really happy to have Amanda Wittenborn back on the show. Amanda is a student in my Create Profitable Online Store Course, and back in episode 269, we talked about her 7 Figure commerce business selling party supplies online.

In fact, she was on track for a record year until COVID-19 hit and she lost almost all of her sales overnight.

In this episode, you’ll learn how Amanda pivoted her business and managed to grow her sales significantly despite the pandemic.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Amanda lost a significant portion of her business due to Covid-19
  • Amanda’s tale of woe with Amazon knockoffs
  • How Amanda quickly pivoted her business
  • Amanda’s solution for fighting the Amazon black hat sellers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have Amanda Wittenborn back on the show and Amanda is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course who makes seven figures selling party supplies online. But during COVID-19 her business got crushed because no one was having parties any longer. But today’s episode is perhaps one of the best e-commerce comeback stories of all time. You’ll learn how Amanda quickly pivoted

00:29
and grew her business even larger than before the pandemic hit. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. If you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Monday, well Klaviyo is here to help. Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools and more, you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there’s no time like the present.

00:56
Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re a billion dollar business or just starting out, Klaviyo is the e-commerce marketing platform for growth during the holidays and long after. Now you can get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:25
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:52
Not only that, but it’s price well too. And with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host.

02:21
Steve too.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Amanda Wittenborn back on the show. And Amanda is a student of my Creative Profitable Online Store course. And if you don’t remember her, she was a guest back in episode 269, where we talked about her seven figure e-commerce business selling party supplies. She was also the runner up in the five minute pitch, My Shark Tank Lake Show, where she almost won 50K, so close. Anyways, things were going great this year for her business.

02:52
And I believe she was on track for a record year until COVID-19 hit and she lost a significant portion of her business overnight. No one was having parties anymore and very few people were ordering party supplies. But if you know Amanda by now, she is a fighter. And today we’re going to talk about how she pivoted her business during the pandemic and grew her business even more while sheltered in place with her kids and her husband. And with that, welcome back on the podcast, Amanda, how are you doing?

03:19
I’m doing great. Thanks so much for having me back. It’s weird, right? We were just talking about how the kids are literally in another room in school right now. Yep, I have three of them on zoom. So one’s in the dining room, one’s in the kitchen, one’s in the basement. So I’m, you know, hold up in my bedroom to stay away from everybody. Yes, same here. My kids just logged on. And usually I have problems doing video. So fortunately, this is an audio

03:45
podcast. Otherwise, I’m not sure if the video would hold up with all the zoom sessions going on simultaneously. I know it’s crazy. So Amanda, please tell the audience, let’s catch them up a little bit how your business was doing prior to COVID-19 and where most of your sales were coming from in terms of product. Like kind of walk me through the timeline. Yeah, we were experiencing growth. We did finish the year last year at seven figures and we were on track to do even better this year.

04:13
January and February were great months for us and 99 % of my business was party supplies. So we were selling things like invitations, stickers, candy bar wrappers, water bottle wrappers, and we were working on expanding into paper products, paper plates, cups, and napkins. And then COVID-19 reared its ugly head and nobody was allowed to have parties anymore and pretty much

04:42
our sales, saw them drop 95 % in mid-March. Wow, just was it all of sudden? Pretty much, yeah. Okay. Yeah, pretty much overnight when it was like somewhere around March 13th, like our state shut down around then I think California had already shut down at that point. Yeah. And you know, more states started following and it was pretty much immediate. And I think maybe March

05:11
We were gonna bring in like $1,500 total in revenue. I mean, it was really bad, really bad. Can you remind the audience? this is your full time thing, right? Is your husband’s full time thing also? Correct. Yeah. So two years ago, he quit his job to work for me. So this is 100 % the only way our family makes money. Okay. So when that hit, can you just

05:37
kind of walk me through what was going on in your head at the time and what your contingency plans were and that sort of thing. Yeah, I mean, it was certainly unexpected and there were a lot of things going through my head. You know, I was definitely worried because I didn’t know how we were going to pay our bills and how we were going to buy groceries. I mean, obviously we had, you know, money saved up. So I knew we could do it for a couple months and not have too much trouble.

06:05
But there was that worry in the back of my mind, like we didn’t know how long this was going to go on. And if we didn’t, you know, have sales pickup, where were we going to make money from? How were we going to have an income? You know, there was a part of me that was mad at myself, uh, that I had a business that could be lost so quickly. I mean, nobody could have anticipated anything like this happening. But at the same time, I was like,

06:36
I should have a more pandemic-proof business. Maybe it’s just… That’s the first time I’ve heard that term actually, pandemic-proof business. You know, I tend to be a little hard on myself. So I was really mad because at that point too, you know, we had people working for us and I basically told them, I don’t have any work for you. We can’t continue to do what we’re doing.

07:01
I can’t keep paying you to take photos. I can’t keep paying you to package product. Like I had to let them all go because, you know, I didn’t know how much income we were even going to have. So I couldn’t just be spending money on anything. So you fired your kids. Is that is that what I’m hearing? The kids got fired. No, actually, the kids got hired because I was like, listen, this is a family business and you’re going to have to work for free.

07:29
We’re going to talk about it a little bit later, but go on. Sorry. Yeah, yeah, we can. So, I mean, that’s really where I was at the beginning and it was really depressing. mean, it was I was heartbroken, you know, like to watch what you’ve built for years just crumble like that. And so I think I spent a couple of weeks just laying on the couch and watching Tiger King like the rest of it all the while, though, you know, the creativity is churning, right? Like

07:59
I’m thinking through all of the scenarios and how are we going to do this and how are we going to make this work and what do people still need right now? Like what could I possibly offer with what I’m good at that people would still need even at a time like this? And that’s really where I was driven from was what do people still need and how can I provide it? And

08:29
It was about three weeks. I think I gave myself a few weeks of just, you know, we were baking cookies and making homemade pretzels and, you know, doing all those fun family activities and just enjoying being together. about three weeks and I was like, I need to get to work and I need to figure this out. So I started, I started making all sorts of new products that I thought maybe would be of use.

08:56
So some of the things I made were color your own stickers where they’re just black and white outlines and you could purchase them and the kids could color on them and just seemed like a fun little activity to do. I branched out and did small business stickers. So stickers for packaging for small business owners that are real cute that say things like, don’t worry, she won this or hide this from the husband or, you know.

09:25
Thanks for shopping small. Thanks for supporting our business. So I made a whole line of small business stickers. How did you know to do that? Was it just were you just kind of throwing things out there and seeing what was going to sell or? Yeah, that’s kind of what I was doing. I was kind of just racking my brain for anything that I thought would still be useful, even with what was going on. And I thought, you know, people want to connect. They want to connect with other people. And especially, you know, once you got a few weeks into lockdown, people were lonely.

09:56
and needing connection. So that was just one of the ideas. Another idea I had was package inserts, same kind of thing where small businesses could just say, hey, thank you so much for supporting our business. And they were just cute. One of the very first things I came up with is a change of plans postcard. Cause I thought there’s a whole bunch of events that are being canceled. Weddings were being canceled, parties, all sorts of things. So I was like, people are going to need to change their plans.

10:25
And so I designed these really cute change of plans postcards and one of them in particular was really funny. It had a little TP emoji on there and a little poop emoji on there and it said, this stinks, but we’re rolling with it. And on the back, you know, it was like our event and you could fill it in and then you could check a box has been rescheduled, has been canceled, has changed the date. And I put that out there.

10:54
And when I put that out there, I had a couple friends. You know, backstory. I have my degree in education, so a lot of my friends are teachers and a couple friends go. This postcards hilarious. I would love to send it to my student and I was like, well, there’s an idea and so I reworked the postcard so that it wasn’t to change plans, but it was a way to connect a teacher to a student and I designed a set of postcards that were for teachers and.

11:23
They were really cute. just was, you know, six different designs. You know, I need some more students like you. And I had a little s’more guy on there stay sharp and there was a cactus on there. A little schoolhouse that said a note from your teacher. And I just made this adorable little set of postcards for teachers to send to their students. I did you have a process for this creativity? I don’t know if I do. I mean, do you just go, okay, I’m going to use a poop emoji here. And I mean, is it just whatever comes to your head or?

11:53
Or is there like some guidelines that you follow? No, I mean, it kind of is. I guess the only guideline that I do tend to follow is I love puns and I love clever use of words and witty. so, you know, like the poop and the TP was funny because it was this stinks, but we’re rolling and it was, you know, roll the toilet paper. So I just like to work with words that way. And my design style is very fun, colorful, playful.

12:23
and I like jokes and things like that. really, whatever it is, like I had somebody email me asking if I had a Penguin postcard. I was like, I don’t, but I could totally make a Penguin postcard. And so then I started thinking, okay, well, what kinds of things go with a Penguin? Cool, chill, they kind of waddle. And then I’m like, what will you do in school this year? And I’m born. You know, so.

12:53
I don’t have a real explanation of how it happens other than the fact that I really love play on words and I just start thinking through it. I think over the years I’ve really honed in on that skill because the more you do it, the better you get at it. I can pretty much find a pun for most anything and I just love to work with that. A lot of my items have puns on them.

13:21
So before we talk a little bit more about the product itself, can you just kind of remind listeners how your business model works? Like you’re creating all these products. Are you actually getting them printed or are they on demand as someone orders them? Yeah, they are printed. So I’ll design a new product and then we have local printers that print and package our products for us. And then we ship them into Amazon and they’re filled the FBA and so they’re ready to go.

13:47
So can you talk about like the quantities like in the beginning when you’re just kind of throwing stuff on the wall to see what would stick How much of each were you printing and how did you know what was a hit? Yeah, so the teacher postcards When I first put them out there, I think you know, I aimed to start with maybe putting 20 packs You know, I ordered 20 packs of them just to see how it would go. What how many cards are in 20? What’s your cost for 20 packs? Cost is

14:16
Well, cost per pack is like a dollar 80. Okay. So it’s a small investment. Yeah, it wasn’t a lot. Yeah. I mean, I was very nervous to invest anything at that point in the business because, you know, we didn’t have money coming in, right. But I knew that if I didn’t, you know, we weren’t going to get any more money coming in. So that was one of the hardest decisions I made back then was, you know, I think with the change of plan, postcards and the teacher postcards, it was about a $700 order. Okay.

14:44
But when you’re not making any money, that’s a scary, scary number. But were you able to invest that money? it sounds pretty inexpensive to me. Is it because you already had these relationships with the printers? Would you have gotten those pricings if you were brand new? Yeah, yeah, because I work with the local printers and we are established with them. We are able to order low quantities of things. OK, we could get better pricing per pack if if I ordered in mass quantities.

15:14
but we’re able to order in small quantities, which is really nice. And the turnaround time is really great because they’re local. So if we order on a Monday, we usually have our order to us by the next Tuesday. Okay, wow, that’s fast. Can you kind of comment on the trade-offs between using your local printer versus like a pure print-on-demand where there’s literally no risk at all? Yeah, it’s the cost savings. mean, with what we’re currently doing,

15:44
it becomes very difficult to do print on demand when you have a variety pack of something. So if it was a solid pack where every design was the same, we could do print on demand. But because it’s a variety pack and you’re getting five of each card of six different designs, there’s no print on demand that can really handle that kind of fulfillment for us. So we actually started first by ordering

16:13
postcards from Vista Print. And I had them come to my house and I ordered, you know, whatever, 2,000 of each card and we were hand packing these. So we were taking five of each design and packaging them in bags. And that’s how we first started doing it just to test it out. But now with the printer, they’re packaging the variety packs for you? Right. Ah, I see. Yeah. So when we first started doing it, we were doing all the packaging.

16:43
So all of the stuff was coming to our house. We were hand packaging, counting the cards, and that’s when the kids got involved. Is the price about the same or significantly cheaper going with the printer? It’s about the same after you factor in the cost for the bags to package and the cost for the labor to have people hand pack them. We were at a point where we could get about a hundred

17:13
packs made in two hours. Okay. Whereas when I order from the printer, you know, a week later I could have 2000 packs show up at my house and they’re ready to go with a barcode on them and everything. Oh, totally worth it. Yeah. You know, now the children of everybody that works for me would tell you that was great. They’re like, these kids are going to have like the nicest bikes and shoes and clothes because these kids were rolling in the dough because they had nothing to do.

17:43
you know, so they were counting and packing postcards pretty much all summer long, which was kind of crazy. Wait, so that means you just recently went to this model then, right? Because those pictures that I saw on Facebook, where you were employing all these kids, your kids, yeah, that’s relatively recent. So does that imply you just went with that local printer recently, where they did everything? Yeah, it was kind of a transition period. So when we first started it, it was all, all us, because

18:11
Well, what happened with these teacher postcards was they just went bonkers. Within four days of me putting them up for sale on Amazon, they were the number one selling item in the postcard category on Amazon. Walk me through that. You sent in 20 packs, right? You said? Yes. So those 20 packs went quickly and did you go FBM immediately or? We did. Okay. Was kind of the problem because I had no idea.

18:41
that they were going to take off the way they did. And so what we had done was we had ordered the supply. And usually, I’ll place the order for our product and I’ll put it FBM just to see and have it start ranking and all that stuff before the product gets to us because by the time the product gets to us, we’ve had a couple orders, we’re still within the timeframe to fill it and it all works out.

19:11
The problem with this was by the time the order of the cards arrived, I think we had six or 700 orders to fill. Wow. And it was insane. It went, it was just insane. So when the postcards arrived, it was immediate, like who can pack these, you know, who can help us count these, who can help get them packaged and shipped out.

19:39
Immediately we had to place another order for cards just to try and keep up and Dave and I were working probably 14 hour days from the moment I woke up until 9 or 10 o’clock at night we were just packing or shipping orders and we were shipping out three or four hundred orders a day and barely keeping up. Crazy. was insane. Wait so uh

20:04
At some point, you couldn’t just switch over to FBA? Or is it because you actually had to physically manipulate the stuff before sending it in? We couldn’t switch to FBA because Amazon had all of those restrictions. That’s right. So I think they were only allowing 50 units at a time. Right. And we were selling 400 a day. I mean, it it just we couldn’t have done it. So those were specifically FBM only.

20:35
that and one other one. Because in the meantime, while this was all happening, I designed other ones. So we had multiple design packs. Because once those went live and people started seeing them, I started getting requests for other things. Specifically, teachers wanted something that said, I miss my students. They didn’t just want cute teacher-themed cards. They wanted it to actually say, I missed my students.

21:05
And it’s really bad, by the way. People email me and ask. I get messages on Amazon a lot asking, do you have this or do you have that? Or they’ll email me through my website or Facebook friends will say something. know, and typically if one or two people ask me the same thing, it’s a good indication that there more people that would be interested in that. So the miss you, I kind of avoided doing that because.

21:33
I was hoping that this pandemic was very short-lived and that I didn’t want to invest in a product that wasn’t going to sell for a long time. But I ended up doing it anyway because I think I must have had 10 or 15 people ask if I had a card that said I missed my students. And so that was the second pack that I did. And again, I used the puns. So there were cute ones that had like a little waffle on there.

22:02
said I miss my students a waffle lot. A pig, I miss my students pig time. A frog, I totally miss my students and it was just a set of six. Honey, I miss my students. And that one within five days became the number two selling postcard. Only second to my first design, so. Okay, Amanda, so can we just talk Amazon real quick? Was it because of

22:31
people searching for a specific keyword to find these cards? Did you do keyword research or was it just based on feedback and then you kind of made the keywords work? I don’t know. I didn’t have a chance to dig into why it was going so well. The only thing I could think was that we found a need right at the exact right moment and we were there. It was immediate.

22:59
I’ve never experienced anything like that. I’ve been on Amazon almost six years. Nothing has ever within days just gone crazy like that. And I think, you know, I want to go back to I wanted to find something that people needed. Well, I knew my kids were missing their teachers. I knew teachers were missing their students. And I knew that everybody just wanted things to go back to normal.

23:28
and they needed a way to connect. I know how my kids would feel if their teacher took a second to write them a postcard and they got that in the mail, how it would have totally made their day and made them super excited. And I think a lot of teachers just really wanted that. They wanted that connection with their students. They weren’t able to get it.

23:53
And it just gave them that extra little bit to let their kids know like, hey, I miss you. This really isn’t a great situation. And I really wish we were in school and I wish I could be teaching you in person. And here’s a note just to let you know that I’m thinking about you. And I think we were just there for them at the right time. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand.

24:20
And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised

24:47
strategic trademark prosecution both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount.

25:15
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

25:21
So there was no like launch, were you running PPC or anything? was it literally just listed it and it just went bonkers? There was no PPC. I turned off all of my PPC as soon as all as my business dropped. And it’s funny because Amazon really wants you to be running ads. So I would get 10 to 15 emails a day about why I should run ads and

25:48
You should be doing this and how about you spend money on ads and it was funny because like the longer it went without me running ads The more Amazon started to offer me so I got like an account manager They built me a store somebody offered to make me free video content like all sorts of things were starting to happen because I was not running ads So this was 100 % done or organic

26:17
Amazing. Yeah, it really was just a it was just a huge blessing for us. We were able to hire back everybody. And, you know, I think it was a really big blessing for the teachers who wanted a way to connect with their students. I mean, we just we were we were there for them when they needed it. And it just worked. And it was great. Unfortunately, it came with consequences.

26:45
You don’t want to be number one and number two on Amazon, right? I was gonna get to that in a little bit. Yeah, that’ll attract some attention So is your FBA all like your inventory limits? Are they all back to normal again or raised? Well, they were for a little bit and then You know now Amazon’s got the 200 limit for new items and then based on your most recent history

27:14
So some of our items are okay where we’re able to send in enough to keep it going. And some of our items, like we’re moving into our holiday season of things and because they haven’t sold in the past month, you know, we’re not able to stock as many as we would usually like our letters to Santa kit. Um, they won’t let us send any more in. And I know that based on our sales last year, we really need to send more in. Right. So that’s a little bit of a,

27:43
that’s gonna be a little bit of a struggle going into quarter four for us. Some of those bigger seller items from the holiday season. I don’t know, I don’t know what we’re gonna, how that’s gonna pan out. How do you balance, since you’re the creative in this business, how do you balance working on new designs versus kind of making sure the wheels don’t fall off of the actual business? Yeah, I think it’s a really interesting

28:12
process creativity and I get into These modes that I refer to as in the flow. I don’t know if you talk to a lot of creative people But if you are a creative person They’ll understand when you’re in the flow And I basically design My whole schedule around that creative process so when I get into the flow all I do is design

28:41
I don’t check emails. I don’t talk to my family. I don’t leave my room. I just design. And when I am in the flow like that, I can design hundreds of items in a week. My last bout of that produced 140 new postcards. Wow. A couple of weeks ago. But this ebbs and flows. So I can’t do that all the time. I can’t…

29:11
that’s not a constant state for me. So it comes and it lasts about a week to 10 days usually and I’ll just design and then when it kind of tapers off and I notice like things are not coming together as quickly as they usually are or I don’t like what I’m making, every design I do I think is trash, then I’m like it’s time to take a break and then that’s when I’ll go into you know.

29:37
working on Facebook ads or redesigning my website or working on email sequences or things like that that need my attention. But I try to do it, it’s kind of done in chunks of time rather than doing a little bit each day of everything. do a week or two design, two or three weeks of other work. And then I do have my husband who helps with the operations. mean, he mainly handles all the inventory, ordering.

30:05
and then we have another girl that works for us that handles all the shipments and miscellaneous tasks and stuff. So I do have support with that. There is still a lot that as the owner that I handle and I do, but that’s how I balance that. I’ll design when the designing is good and then I’ll work on everything else while it’s not. How do you get into your flow state? Do you have any strategies for getting into that state?

30:35
Not really. It’s something that I haven’t quite 100 % figured out yet as to what makes that happen. I do know that quiet time and alone time is the best for me to start to get into that. When I’m stressed, when I’m anxious, when there’s a lot going on, when my children are being loud, that is not helpful. So the more downtime I have, peaceful time.

31:04
the more likely it is that it will start. And then it’s so funny because it’s like I need silence so I can hear my own thoughts. And it’ll just take one idea. One thing will spark and I’m like, I gotta make that. And then that one thing turns into, oh, here it goes, it’s going again. Okay, let’s switch gears and talk about being number one on Amazon.

31:32
Because I know you ran into some problems. So if you wouldn’t mind just describing what happened to the audience Yeah, silly me. I thought oh my god I’ve made a number one and a number two selling item on Amazon and I was all excited. It’s like this is great I’ve arrived right isn’t this what everybody wants? problem with that is Because Amazon has tools that allow people to see what your sales are

32:01
It made it really easy for hijackers to go look at my listings and see that we were doing really well. And it was about three and a half, four weeks in to the sales of those postcards. So May, May-ish? Yeah, beginning of May. That I was just checking my email one day and in my email there was an ad for my postcards.

32:32
me and I thought well that’s really interesting because I’m not advertising which led me to go look on Amazon and find that somebody had 100 % copied my listing and was selling it under their own brand name and I immediately filed copyright infringement and everything and I think they took it down

33:03
almost immediately.

33:06
I’m trying to let me think about it. I think they took it down almost immediately. It must have been the same day. It was in the morning, filed the infringement, got the listing taken down. And immediately after it was taken down, the person that had had it up for sale jumped onto my listing and was taking the buy box. So because it was fulfilled by merchant, he was able to do that. He hopped on the listing, sold it for less than me and was taking the sales.

33:36
How did he get your exact design? Did he like scan it or something or? I don’t know what he did. Okay. Um, I think he might’ve bought it from me to be honest with you because we did order a pack just to see. And it looked like it was pretty high quality for what we received, but you could tell in some of the subtle patterns on my, my cactus design in particular, had like a little.

34:05
subtle polka dot background. And when you compared that to the original, you could tell that it just had lost some of that sharpness. And so I almost think he scanned it. He might have bought a pack, scanned it, and then was printing a scanned copy of mine. The back was not the same. I think they were blank. And mine weren’t blank. They said, please deliver to the amazing student, and had my website in the bottom corner.

34:33
You know, that was important for us to have to prove that, you he was counterfeiting our product. It took me a little bit longer to get him off my listing. I didn’t know all the proper places to go to file the proper thing. So I kept filing copyright infringement claim, but it was really a trademark infringement. So it took me a little bit to figure out how to get him off. Once I got him off the listing, that’s when the real problem started.

35:00
He then went and filed copyright infringement against me on three of my items and got my listings shut down.

35:10
See, this is where it just sounds so wrong. Yeah, it was very wrong. Did you have a registered copyright on your stuff or was it just the regular copyright? Yeah, it was just a regular copyright. I immediately went and filed registration when that happened. But you know, that takes time, right? And apparently Amazon doesn’t really listen to you. And really, we could spend an entire episode on copyright registration and why it’s not even worth doing.

35:39
That’s, that’s another story for another day, but I don’t know how he was able to get Amazon to take down three of my items, but it was the top one and two bestseller. And then I had a 90 pack. I sold them in 30 packs or 90 packs and he took down the 90 pack of the bestseller as well. And then guess what? His, his copied version popped right up and was available. So I was.

36:06
Was this competitor in the US, Asia, overseas or do you know? Canada. Canada. Okay. Canada. Yeah. So wasn’t Canada was using a fulfillment service to handle all the shipments from Canada to the United States. And I got the three listings back, I think within four days or something like that. And

36:34
I filed the copyright infringement on him again, got his item taken down. And then it was like, um, just a couple of days later, it was always on a weekend. He would file this stuff because he knew nobody was around. It was like Saturday morning. He got 11 of my items taken down.

36:54
Wow. Yeah. So that was also talk about roller coaster year, you know, we were, we lost everything. Then we had sales better than I’d ever had. And then we lost all of that too. It’s like, did you ever get those back? I did. Okay. Because it was a false infringement claim that he filed, I was able to file a counter notice.

37:23
which basically says you have 10 days to sue me. I’m calling your bluff. And if you don’t sue me in 10 days, I get to have these items backlisted because you filed a false infringement claim. At that point, I got a lawyer involved and you know, we worked up the case. We sent it to Amazon legal. had emailed Jeff Bezos at that point to let him know.

37:51
what was going on, where this person was really targeting me and just systematically attacking listings so that he could sell his. But then mine weren’t there for competition. We detailed the whole case, everything that was going on. We showed pictures of the counterfeit product. We showed pictures of the copies of the items.

38:15
And I had an executive from Amazon that was kind of working on my case. And I will just say like nothing clear ever came from any of it. So we never got any kind of clear response from Amazon or anything of that nature. Just, I ended up getting the listings back 10 days later, but at the same time they had taken all the inventory from those items because some of them were able to be FBA. Oh, by that time.

38:45
I was able to have them FBA. So the best seller had 1300 units in stock when it got taken down. And it was last week. And we’re in September. So at beginning of September last week was I finally got them to release that inventory. Oh my goodness. So they held 1300 units for months. Yes. And that was only on one of the 11 listings. They had inventory from all 11 listings that they were holding. All right.

39:14
You got your listings way before then, right? So I did. Yeah. Were you sending, were you not using FBA anymore at that point? No, we couldn’t because if we sent it in, it’s like it went in, they checked it in and then it just went into FC processing and it just sat there. So no matter if I sent in 10 units or 50 units, none of it was going live. They were just holding it. So it would get shipped in and then they would just hold it. Apparently.

39:42
It was in quarantine. That’s the best term that I had gotten from any seller central person was that it was in quarantine because Amazon assumed that I was wrong because the copyright infringements were filed on me. So even though I proved that they were my items and got the other person kicked off of Amazon completely, unless he’s there under a new brand name.

40:10
They were still holding the inventory and every time I would call seller center, they’d be like, well, there’s no problems with your account. There’s no problems with this inventory. You know, we just need time to process it. I mean, I can’t tell you how many phone calls I made to seller central and how many hours I spent on the phone trying to figure this out. And nobody seemed to know what was going on. It wasn’t until one of the associates said, you have to email the quality assurance team.

40:39
and ask them to release it from quarantine. And it gives me the quality assurance team email. So I get off the phone with them and I go to email this team and the email won’t go through. So I’m like, ah, he gave me the wrong email. Or I have a letter wrong or something. So I call seller central back immediately. And I was like, I just talked to somebody and they said I needed to email the quality assurance team. And this woman on the phone would like not having it. She’s like, you cannot have that email. And it was a two hour phone call with her going through.

41:08
every single detail. And I think that that was the one person that was able to start getting it actually fixed. Did you email to Jeff, do anything? It got me an executive assistant to him to look into the case. There wasn’t a ton of communication there. He would email and say, you know, we’re still working on this, we’re still looking into it. And then I would send him new evidence, like, oh, look, he popped up under this brand name or oh, look, you know, my copyright

41:37
claims are being rejected, and then things would maybe happen, but never tied to him. And we called them Amazon David because his name was David. And when I was mad and yelling at David, I had to make sure my husband knew it wasn’t them. So we lovingly referred to our executive assistant as Amazon David. And he was not that helpful, unfortunately. But I think Amazon just has these systems.

42:06
in place and they don’t, they don’t always work the way they’re supposed to. And when something gets stuck in some sort of loop, just takes time to fix it. You know, ultimately it was just waiting. You know, it was just the time to wait before it resolved itself. In the meantime, you know, it’s been a nightmare and a struggle just to get that inventory back. I mean, I think we added it up and it was like,

42:35
Thirty six thousand dollars worth of inventory. Jesus. Wow. It was crazy and the lawyer didn’t seem to Make much of a difference either It’s not like you send Amazon a full legal letter from a lawyer and then they listen to you or they act fast they don’t

42:55
Let me ask you this, Amanda. If you were to do this all over again, or if this were to ever happen to you in the future, what would be your procedure? Well, I’ll tell you what my procedure is because I successfully did it for the back to school time. OK. So it became apparent, very, clear that you don’t ever want to be number one or number two. And the reason I was number one and number two was because that was all that was there. And we created a new item that didn’t exist before. And it became very popular.

43:23
What’s funny is you can go on Amazon now and look and you can see all sorts of copycats off of my original idea. And it, you know, did you ever play telephone as a kid where you sat in circle and by the time it got to the end, it was like not the right phrase. That’s kind of what happened with my postcards is that they copied me and then somebody copied the copy and then somebody copied the copy. And we got to the point where one of the cards that somebody designed

43:52
said I miss my students monkey time. I was like, this doesn’t even make any sense. So of course we had to buy it and we’ve hung that on the office wall as a reminder of all the fun shenanigans we’ve been through. They were bad. mean, poor grammar. You can’t just like, I miss my students ice cream bunch. That doesn’t work, you know? So you could tell like it was somebody trying to translate a pun, but they don’t know the language.

44:22
You know, was obvious that that was what was going on. So the next thing that I got to actually while all this was going on and the listings were deactivated, I was like, back to school is going to be huge because whether they’re going in person or they’re learning remotely, teachers are going to want to make a big deal out of this because if they go back, that’s going to be a huge deal. If they don’t go back, teachers are going to want to connect.

44:49
So I immediately got to work on back to school postcards. But instead of designing two sets, I designed 38 different ones. Woo. Yep. And the beauty of that was that no one single back to school postcard ever did so well that it caught anybody’s attention. So the success was spread over 38 different listings. And nobody was able to tell that

45:18
we were doing six figures with back to school postcards because not a single postcard was really bringing in anything significant. But combined, all 38, we had our best month ever last month. So let me ask you this. So if you’re releasing all those products, are you printing those ahead of time also? Those we did. Those we were more prepared for. We were just unprepared for what happened in April with those teacher postcards because

45:48
I just had no idea that that was going to happen. I suspected something like that was going to happen for back to school. So that was a different scenario. We started printing those immediately in June. How did you know how much to print? Like, did you already know that they were going to be a hit or? I had a good feeling. Okay. You know, there’s always that unknown because of course, you know, I’m like, what if I’m buying all this and it’s not a hit and, know,

46:16
What if, you know, we’re just stuck with all this product and then I’d have to go, okay, realistically, you’re not going to be stuck with this product. People are going to like it. It’s going to be fine. But no, I didn’t know for sure. So I think we, you know, we kind of just use the numbers from what had sold and, you know, I think I, you know, over-prepared a little bit. So I think we maybe did 500 mixed packs of three different packs.

46:45
And then I had individual ones like welcome to kindergarten, welcome to first grade. Those, think we did a hundred of each and just kind of spread it out over all of them. And, you know, my goal was to have them live July, but not until they were all shipped into FBA because I didn’t want anybody to swoop in and copy them before we had a chance to sell. Yeah. So we made sure that everything was ready to go early.

47:15
and shipped in and packaged. And then we turned those listings on and they immediately started selling. But like I said, it was spread out over so many different listings. We sold out of most of what we sent in, which was great and never caught on anybody’s attention. I, know, they would, they, some of them would sneak into the top 100.

47:44
you know, 25, 26, you know, sometimes I’d have them hanging at 80 or 90, but never one or two or top five. And so we made it through that back to school season and I didn’t see any, any copies of the back to school. That’s funny. So you didn’t actually solve the copy problem on Amazon. You basically figured out how to avoid attention. Correct. Wow.

48:11
That’s kind of sad. Yeah, you’re not going to solve the copy problem. It is really, really sad. And what’s the most irritating thing ever is you can go on Amazon and you can see my what we refer to as the original teacher postcards. I think once the FBA went live last week, we shot up to 20 number 25 for that item again. I mean, it immediately became popular again.

48:39
There’s just something about that set. I don’t know what it is, but it’s currently number 16, but there’s the copycat is number 12. So let’s talk about totally irritating. And it’s so ugly too. mean, you see mine and you see the copycat. I don’t know how anybody’s buying that ugly thing, but whatever. There’s somebody for everything. But I’ve hesitated to file any copyright infringement claims.

49:08
to get it taken down, which I totally have the right to do because of the retaliation. It’s not worth it. After going through all of that and losing my listings and all the hassle and hiring a lawyer, it cost me over $10,000 just to fix that problem. So no one won. Really? No. Yeah. No. mean, there’s still copies up there. And, you know, my thing is mine are still doing well and we’re still

49:37
selling them and we had a wonderful back to school season and the best way to deal with this is to stay under the radar and not be number one or number two. That’s depressing, Amanda. But I know, don’t to the podcast on a depressing note. I just I just want to end it kind of by asking you, there’s a lot of businesses that were hurt due to the pandemic. What would be your best advice?

50:06
Like if your business got really hurt on how to kind of convince yourself that you can make a change and come back. Yeah, I think making a change is exactly what needs to be done. If we had held fast that we were a party company and we sold party supplies and that’s all we do and that’s what we do, we would not be okay right now. We just wouldn’t be.

50:35
So you have to move past what you think it is your business does, and you have to be willing to do something else that is needed right now. Because not everything is needed right now. And we all have different skills and different talents. And it’s not just one thing. Like, yeah, I make party supplies, but I can make other things too.

51:04
I don’t have to just make party supplies. So was finding a way to use what I had as my talent to bring something to the world that was still needed at this time. And I think that that’s where people need to start, what they need to start thinking about with their business. If their business isn’t doing well right now because it’s just not a needed service, what is needed and how can you provide that need? How can you fill that? And that’s how you’re going to get through the pandemic.

51:34
I mean, we’re still seeing ups and downs. I’m still reinventing what we’re doing. I’m still releasing new products and trying new things because back to school postcards are over. So that’s done. So what are we going to do September, October, November, December? And I’m still thinking through that. I’m not designing party supplies, even though that’s what my company does. Right. That is great advice, Amanda.

52:02
And I really appreciate you coming back on the show and telling your story and basically just being really transparent about what’s happened to your business this year, all the ups and downs and the roller coaster rides. It’s been very interesting. Yeah, it’s been interesting to live through it. I’ll tell you that I am ready for 2020 to be done. yeah. So why? I always have faith in you, man. I never worry about you. Like you’ll figure something out. I appreciate that. Yeah.

52:30
And it’s really funny to hear that from other people sometimes because when you are that person, the self doubt and you know, it’s ugly and I didn’t know if I could do it. I had no idea that I had that in me, you know, but then you say something like that, you’re like, oh yeah, you’re going to fix it. That’s how my husband is. He’s like, it’ll be fine. You’ll be fine. Like, how can you be so sure? You know, so as the entrepreneur, sometimes you just don’t know.

52:59
And so I just, you’re right though, I will just keep fighting for it and I will keep trying to find ways to make it work and no matter what, we’ll find a way because I don’t want my husband to go back to work. He knows that you’re a keeper. That’s true. He does. He’s also a keeper as he’s, you know, going back to kindergarten for me so that I can work. All right, Amanda. Well, thanks a lot for coming back on the show. It’s been a great talk.

53:29
Yeah, thank you. All right, take care.

53:34
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Amanda is an amazing woman and a true fighter, and she’s the perfect example of how when there’s a will, there’s a way. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 332. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

54:02
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

54:31
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

331: How To Compete Against Black Hat Amazon Sellers With Mike Jackness

331: Mike Jackness On How To Do Content Marketing For A New Brand

Today, I’m thrilled to have my good buddy Mike Jackness on the show. Mike recently sold one of his ecommerce brands, ColorIt, for a 7-figure sum. But he’s been working hard starting a completely different brand called Tactical.com.

It’s a real treat to have Mike on the pod today and in this episode, we are going to discuss the right way to do content marketing for an ecommerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to launch a completely new brand from scratch
  • The right way to do content marketing
  • How to get traffic to your store
  • Why you should keep your store separate from your blog

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my buddy Mike Jackness back on the show and Mike is the host of the Ecom Crew podcast. And recently I took a short road trip out to Las Vegas to visit Mike and we recorded a podcast episode along the way to discuss the latest in e-commerce. Now just a quick warning, this episode starts out a little bit echoey because Mike and I recorded this episode huddled in his office, which wasn’t that soundproof.

00:29
but the content in this episode is worth it. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus.

00:58
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. If you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Money, then Klaviyo is here to help.

01:28
Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools, and more, you’ll get everything you need to build a strong relationship that’ll keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there’s no time like the present. Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re a billion dollar business or just starting out, Klaviyo is the e-commerce marketing platform for growth during the holidays and long after.

01:57
So get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I have my good buddy Mike Jackness with me. He’s actually sitting right across from me right now. And what ended up happening is I just took a road trip just kind of out of the blue. think, did you invite me or did I invite myself? We’ll call it a little bit of both. A little bit of both. So Mike just moved into this incredible house in Vegas and he mentioned that he had this extra room in the back and I was like, sweet. I’ve been itching to get out of the Bay area. And Mike said, why don’t you come on over?

02:52
I don’t think he thought that I was going to take him up on that offer because I have kids who are in school, but turns out everything is virtual now. So it doesn’t really matter. And here I am. We’ve been here. I’ve been here for the past week. And while I was here, we may as well record some podcasts. Absolutely. We’ve gotten used to being hosts when we lived abroad for a while for a total of four years, between Costa Rica and the Cayman Islands, like all your friends, like even people you hadn’t heard from in like 10 years, want to come visit. And so it trained us to be,

03:20
to be good hosts and now we kind of love it and we have friends all over the country that we don’t get to see very often. So when they come visit it’s a pleasure. I this place is literally like a hotel. I’ve been calling it Jack Nis Lodge. Like it really is decorated like a hotel, like a fine hotel actually. And then the pool is out back, the kids love swimming. It’s been great. I’m glad you guys are having a good time. I’m glad you think so highly of our place. So what’s funny is this podcast almost didn’t happen even though we are both podcasters, Mike, podcast for Ecom Crew.

03:49
We could not get the mic set up. We’re used to having people remote and we literally spent like 30 minutes getting the sets We were play some circus music right now but we couldn’t get the licensing for it. All right, so it’s actually rare. Actually, you know what? When’s the last time you came on the podcast? It’s been a long time. It’s been a while. It’s been a long time. So I don’t wanna say it’s rare but I guess it is rare that you’ve come on. Mike always speaks at Seller Summit and he helps run the masterminds usually so everyone knows Mike. I think it just, you people get busy and…

04:19
as podcast host, you don’t really want guests repeating a lot, which becomes more and more difficult with every episode to find new people out there that you want to have on your podcast. So maybe we’re just getting desperate for guests at this point. All right. Well, I wasn’t going to go down that route, but it’s a real treat to have Mike here today. I thought holiday season is rolling around and I thought we’d just talk a little about e-commerce. Mike just recently sold his, one of his e-commerce brands, Color It, for a seven figure sump.

04:48
Is it disclosed? just or it was low seven figures. We were asked not to talk about the details. Okay. We’ve been respectful of that I mean when someone gives you seven figures and that’s all they ask you it’s Not that difficult to just kind of but you still have several other brands, right? We do we have a hot and cold therapy brand that we’ve owned since 2015 we have a offshoot of that in a way, which is Stuffed animals with hot and cold packs in them that also have a scent

05:18
They’re geared towards kids. It’s called Wild Baby. We have, I think, 12 different SKUs there, just different designs like a fox and a bunny and a dog or whatever. And then we also own Tactical.com, which I’m very excited about because it’s a content site that’s been ramping up very nicely lately. mean, our traffic is up almost 10x this year. I think we can do the same next year. And we have a brand, a tactical brand that kind of goes with that. And so one of the things I’ve been thinking a lot about

05:48
over the last couple of years is how am I going to continue to compete in the world of Amazon when I don’t want to do black hat stuff, you know, and everyone else around me is doing black hat stuff. How do I compete with these black hat type people in a white hat way and gaining an unfair advantage through, I mean, we’ll say unlimited, but it’s not unlimited, but a huge amount of organic traffic that continues to come in every day is a huge leg up and that’s what we’re going with.

06:16
So I don’t want to promote black hat tactics, but I’m just kind of curious of because you belong to MDS. MDS, Million Dollar Sellers. It’s a great group. If you are doing over a million dollars on Amazon, I highly recommend checking that group out. There’s a lot of really good people in there and lots of great tactics and everything’s discussed in there from the white hat stuff to the black hat stuff. And so it’s really opened my eyes up to the things that are happening in the world of Amazon.

06:45
kind of makes me hyper aware and also a little concerned. some people there are doing black hat stuff. I’m just kind of curious if anyone has gotten caught yet. Oh yeah, there’s people that get shut down all the time. Oh, for black hat stuff? Yeah, well it’s funny. I wouldn’t say this is funny because this is obviously serious, but often, I I would say at least once a week there’s someone in the forum saying that they got suspended. This happens a lot. it reminds me of that line out of Shawshank Redemption, like everyone in here is innocent.

07:12
I don’t know if you ever saw that movie, everyone’s in here is it, it? And so that’s typically the line, right? I didn’t do anything wrong, but I got suspended. And then people start asking questions and it kind of comes out that maybe they weren’t so squeaky clean anyway. But the thing that really worries me is there are people that are legitimately squeaky clean and they’re still getting their accounts suspended. And the way that’s happening more and more often is through like false IP complaints and things like competitors are able to do.

07:41
to get an account shutdown. And it’s actually really unnerving that I can send an email as basically an anonymous person and get anyone’s account shut down pretty much overnight. They’ll probably get it reopened, but at least for a couple of weeks, you’re in a rough spot. And then there’s also people that were doing other types of black cat things where it becomes progressively more difficult to get it reopened depending on how bad your sins were. Yeah, actually recently one of our friends, Amanda Wittenborn, she’s on the podcast.

08:10
She had 1300 top skews shut down and she’s the designer. That’s what’s scary about this. And there’s just one email about trademark infringement and everything went down and she still hasn’t gotten them back yet. It’s ridiculous. And here’s a mom with several kids at home and work from home now with her mom or herself and her husband. This is like their livelihood and it didn’t come easy to them. And these people, they were on five minute pitch. So we got to know them from that.

08:38
and they’ve worked their rear ends off. now some, can’t use this word on the podcast, so fill in the blank, person has, you know, shut them down with no good reason. You know, it’s like they’re saying that they copied their designs when we know that Amanda created this stuff herself, like she does everything herself and it’s ridiculous. so, but I mean, this is what you sign up for when you sell on Amazon. And if you think that you’re going to be different or immune to this stuff, you’re kidding yourself.

09:07
and it’s probably going to progressively get worse. so again, for us, we’re just constantly thinking about how can we prevent the worst from happening? How can we continue to compete in a white hat way? I think that when you have attention at a different source, if Amazon were to implode on us in some way, then we are able to redirect that traffic to our Shopify store, to Walmart or something else. always, traffic is always going to be money on the internet.

09:36
So I have my answer to this question, but in regards to just the black hat stuff, like your philosophy, I know my philosophy is I actually did some gray black hat stuff in SEO a long time ago and it worked for a long time. And then Google cracked down on it and I lost everything. For me, I don’t do any black hat stuff anymore because I’m thinking long-term. you the same way? Have you gotten? I’m slow. I don’t seem to learn my lessons very quickly.

10:04
I’ve been involved in multiple Google penalties and for us they were pretty tragic. I these were sites that were generating five figures a month in profit, so nothing insignificant and or were domain names that were worth mid five figures to well in the six figures. I you know I’m a domainer and so I’ve had what I would say are very expensive domain names punished as well and didn’t learn my lesson the first time, didn’t learn my lesson the second time when Penguin and Panda happened.

10:34
I really learned my lesson because it was just like a complete Armageddon for us. you know, the thing that’s, you know, I was younger and you learn as you grow up. And the thing that’s just so annoying, like if I could have just sat myself down and been like, instead of playing these games where you’re like just trying to cheat your way to the front of the line every day, and every day you’re trying to find like the new way to do that, instead of spending all your time and energy doing that, if I just spent my time and energy doing what Google ultimately wanted to begin with.

11:03
and didn’t worry about all the noise of the people that are around me that were doing certain things and complaining about how that wasn’t fair because they were getting away with it. If I just focused on producing really great content and running my site that way, mean, the same thing would have worked 20 years ago or 15 years ago as what works today. And so now we’re squeaky clean. And I look at the fact that we have 16 employees in the Philippines, one in the United States. You know, my life would kill me if our…

11:30
livelihood was turned upside down. So I think about these things and make sure that we’re doing things in the most white hat way possible. We have yet to request a link or get a link on tactical.com. been very, we probably have underdeveloped the site compared to what we could have done. And the same thing goes with Amazon because it’s binary. Like what you’re saying is like it works until it doesn’t. And then the day that it doesn’t, it’s not like, oh, business is down 25%, business down 50%. It’s like, you’re just out of business.

11:58
I and in the affiliate business that I was in before, as miserable as it was, it wasn’t like I had a million dollars of inventory that I’m now stuck with. And so the stakes are even higher in e-commerce because you have a warehouse full of inventory and it’s even more fun when you sell on Amazon because that warehouse full of inventory is an Amazon’s warehouse. And if you don’t get this rectified with the next amount of time, they’ll destroy your inventory and will hold onto your money. And so you just gotta keep these things in mind. Yeah, yeah.

12:26
So these days actually when I teach, both Mike and I, teach a class too. I actually advise everyone just to kind of validate on Amazon and then start creating content for their site. And this is the approach that you’ve started taking for Tactical, right? Yeah, and this is something we decided a little bit over two years ago to get really serious about. And it was easy for me to do that because we have a background in it. I was doing it since 2004 and I don’t know what happened. I wish I can go back again. It’d be fun to be able to go back and talk to your former self.

12:56
about all kinds of topics. But I’d like to sit down and be like, Mike, what were you thinking in terms of you got into e-commerce and just leave all these other skill sets behind as if one doesn’t work in harmony with the other. It was just like, oh, I’m in e-commerce now. I’m not gonna work on necessarily building content sites around my e-commerce sites. We had treadmill.com and we started selling treadmills online and didn’t really focus on content too much. And when we got ice wraps, the same thing kinda happened.

13:24
By the we were doing Colorate, I Colorate ranked really well for a lot of terms. We were focusing on content, but we didn’t have like a separate content site. And I think that’s important in some way. It’s more work. That was more a social media play, right? Colorate? Colorate had social media, but we also ranked for like adult coloring books and colored pencils and gel pens and why the benefits of color. We ranked for a bunch of stuff and the site still does. But as an e-commerce site, there’s a differentiation.

13:52
when it comes to content because it’s much more difficult to do link building. Google tends to trust the content slightly less. It looks like from e-commerce sites because they have an agenda, right? Or your competitors aren’t going to want to link to your e-commerce site. And so like how am going to get Crayola, for instance, to link to colorit.com? would never happen. How am I going to get a prominent like 511 Tactical type brand to link to tactical.com? Well, that’s probably easy, but to my…

14:20
or easier, it’s still a big brand, but I can get them to link to Tactical.com where I wouldn’t be able to get them to link to my e-commerce site. Wait, I thought Tactical was both a store and a… It’s not. We’ve actually made a freestanding content site. Oh, I didn’t know And we have our e-commerce brand and site separate from Tactical.com. Oh, you… What is the It’s called TacNiner. Tac… Oh, I see, I see. Okay, and you did that on purpose. We did it on purpose, yeah. Because I think that in…

14:47
mean, it was a unique situation. Tactical.com is kind of the category killer domain name, right? And Tactical is not a brand. Like I thought through this quite a bit. Like I can’t call my e-commerce brand or my physical product brand Tactical. I can never get a trademark for that. It doesn’t make any sense anyway. And so what made sense to me was, what could have also made sense was to make Tactical.com an e-commerce store that sells like a wide variety of tactical products.

15:17
But I didn’t want to get back in the drop ship game or I really didn’t want to get back into the game of selling other people’s products. And I didn’t want the conflict of interest of me selling my products alongside of theirs, kind of like Amazon does and some of these other things. And so after thinking through the whole thing, I thought that, know, tactical.com is a freestanding property that people that are into prepping and survivalism could come to and, you know, get on our email list and really kind of follow us from a social perspective and get the support of other e-commerce brands and.

15:46
in the niche and then have socially distanced e-commerce brand alongside of it kind of made the most sense for us. Interesting. So would you advise other people do that? Because if you put it on the same site, it’s building domain strength, right? Yeah. I mean, I think that there’s a lot of idiosyncrasies here, right? And it’s like hard to say that anybody should do A or B just carte blanche. I think it depends on like what type of domain you have. You know, for like color, right? We put it all together because

16:12
I didn’t want to necessarily go off and buy coloringbooks.com or something that, I like a lot of keyword domains or coloring.com or something like this. If I owned that domain name, my thought process might’ve been different. And so we were kind of, it was like a circumstance thing. We already owned a tactical.com. It wasn’t like I went out and bought it specifically for this. It was one of the domains that we had already purchased. And at some point, I like, I need to start using some of the assets that I have. And that’s how the whole thing kind of came together.

16:41
And then on color, was it blog.color? Was it on a subdomain? It was not on a subdomain. was on Shopify and it was, you know. Shopify’s blog. Shopify’s blog, which is not the best, but. I get this question asked all the time. I’m just curious what your opinion is. WordPress or Shopify blogging platform? Yeah, so I think that this is another one of these. I think that you want to look at, I a content site first or am I an e-commerce store first? And there’s a pretty big distinction. You know, it’s like if you’re.

17:09
If you’re a content site first, you’re gonna be focusing on this different type of content and it’s what people think of you first. They associate you with content first. And so in that case, I would have a WordPress blog at mycontentsite.com and then shop.contentsite.com as my Shopify store. I would actually separate them out. It would be the way that I would do it. your shop.contentsite.com

17:37
isn’t going to rank as well for the category pages and your product pages, but that’s okay because again, you’re a content site first and you probably aren’t looking to rank that category page as highly in Google. People are coming at you from a content perspective first. The best example that comes to mind, like I’m prepared and thinking about this, is someone like Alex, the girl we met. Yeah, travel fashion girl. Exactly. So she’s a content site first.

18:05
and she made some products. so people, like she makes packing cubes and things like that. She’s not necessarily looking for people that are searching for packing cubes that like land on her product page and buy that. know, it’s, if she’s going to rank for packing cubes, she would have a much better time ranking for packing cubes on her actual content site. And then sending people off to, you know, hey, buy them here. And then it goes to shop. And so like, and you could also do this with WooCommerce and have it all integrated, but I’m just personally a fan of Shopify. And so.

18:34
That’s just the way that I would set it up. And again, if you’re a product company first, then you have two options. For Color Right, we are a product company first, and then you could either, if you know you’re gonna be prolific with content, you could have blog.colorright.com and put your WordPress site over there. We just chose to keep everything integrated with Shopify, and that was more just.

19:02
It was 2016 when we made this decision. didn’t really think, we were really more just at the, mean, it’s hard to think back to that point. Four years seems like 40 years in e-commerce, it’s just because we buy so fast. But we were just like, is this even gonna work? And we were creating these products. We were like trying to do some market research. Are people gonna even feel like the things that we were doing with our products, were they good enough or better and differentiated in a way that people would wanna buy our product? And by the time we had that answer,

19:31
we had already ran some content and it was like, we’re not gonna now change over. And so we kind of were stuck with it at that point. So let’s talk about the content strategy for Tactical then. So how do you use that to drive traffic to Tech Niner? Yeah, so where we went wrong to begin with there, it’s another podcast for another day, but we launched Tactical without, I had thought through the fact that like, I own this domain name, I know I to make a content site.

20:00
This is like a bottomless pit of content. I’ll never run out of things to talk about. And we just started writing about tactical stuff and that can include like camping and fishing and hunting and survivalism and prepping and First of all, are you an expert in this subject at all? No. No. That’s another struggle, but no. And so what wrong is like we were just like all over the place for the first kind of like the first year that we were just throwing some content up there. We were a little bit all over the place and didn’t really think through like the branding and direction that we really wanted to go.

20:29
unfortunately. But I think it’s important to get started. We had started working on building a team of content writers and stuff in the Philippines. And think there’s something to be said about the fact that we just even got started, started writing content, started training them to write better content and how to rank. And at a certain point, we’re like, you know what? We need to focus on what the heck we’re doing here. We need to come up with a brand strategy and mission for what the site’s going to be. And the marine that we really came up with, where we wanted to go,

20:58
even as disjointed as what we started off was. Why did it matter that it was so disjointed actually? Because you can’t rank for everything on Google. Google won’t allow you to rank for everything under the sun. You’ve got to be concentrated in something. And we end up choosing to be concentrated in survivalism and prepping. That’s still a very deep, wide swath of content. I’ve never run out of stuff to talk about. But at least it’s focused on something that Google’s going to draw a circle around you and say, this is…

21:27
a survival site, it’s hard for them to draw a circle around you, because the circle’s so damn big around tactical. it’d be hard, there’s really probably no site out there that ranks for hiking and backpacking and fishing and survivalism and hunting. there might be something out there that’s massive that I’m not aware of, but very few things in Google these days are able to rank for everything under the sun. They’ve really penalized sites that try to do that.

21:54
Because typically they’re not writing really great content. They’re just writing content to write content. And it’s also hard to have a message and a direction and funnels and flows. So what kind of lead magnets and stuff are you gonna use on your site to get people to wanna sign up? And so because we’re focused on prepping and survival, all of our messaging is cohesive around those things. And so our lead magnets download our prepping and survivalism guide for a disaster.

22:22
be ready for earthquakes or be ready for a hurricane or be ready for the zombie apocalypse or whatever it might be. I’m like, can continuously have messaging around those things because people are most likely already coming, well, not most likely now, definitely coming to the site for subjects in that genre. You they’re looking at freeze dried food or how to like build a homemade mosquito trap or how to build an underground bunker or like what they should have in their bug out bag or how to build a fire on their own, like all these different types of topics that are surrounded or related to.

22:51
survivalism and prepping. And so it’s easier for us to convert more of these people into customers because we know where we’re going. And so they’re just kind of being all over the place. You’re not gonna sell a survivalist and prepper like an ultra light backpacking bag that’s for a five day backpacking trip that, you know, it’s just not, it doesn’t make sense. They want like an ultra rugged, you know, sack for three days of prepping and like having things organized in a way where it’s just, you know, it’s for things to survive.

23:20
and not just be lightweight. There’s some subtle differences that really make a difference. So when you’re writing about these topics, given that you’re not an expert in that subject matter, is it just something that you learn as you go along and become an expert over I haven’t written a word on Tactical.com. you haven’t? Okay. Let’s talk about that. That’s interesting. It isn’t necessarily me being a subject matter expert. It’s the people that we’ve hired to be the writers. And for us, I’ve chosen to do this all in-house. I like the control.

23:48
I like the fact that we’ve been able to incrementally train and improve our employees and build a team slowly but surely that’s gotten to where we’re at now, which is an amazing spot. I we’ve really, really hit our stride and we do this in a way like, and we’ve trained our team. like, first of all, like when I sit down with the team, we definitely know that we have to write at a level of expert to like, cause people that are searching for this stuff.

24:17
like they’re ex-military people or like they’re actually like really into prepping and survivalism. And these people are like really, really fanatical about like their craft or like their prepping and being ready for things. And so you can’t fool them. You can’t be S a BSer kind of is like the same, right? Actually that’ll ruin your credibility too, right? 100%. And so what I’ve talked to them about is first of all, like when someone searches for something, there’s gonna be a question that they’re asking. How to build a mosquito trap.

24:45
how to build an underground bunker, how do I do these things? We have to answer the question. If someone clicks back and goes to the next result, we have failed. And so that’s the bar that we’re writing to. And so if we’re going to write an article, there isn’t like a word count that we are aiming to get to. The word count is like, we’re going to exhaust every bit of information that we can on this page, or if it’s too big of a subject, we’ll break it up into separate pieces and make multiple.

25:13
We’ll make like a silo for it and kind of break it off and have like a header type article. We’ve done this like on ice wraps with shoulder pain, for instance. And so one article will be about the anatomy of a shoulder. The other will be like, how do you rest and recover for a shoulder injury? How do you like do PT for shoulder? And then it’ll be like one main article that’ll kind of like talk about all the different components of that. And so we’ve done that a couple of times on Tactical as well. And so again, the whole point is to not let someone hit back.

25:42
Now how do you get, and I’m not being sexist here, just the fact that all of our writers happen to be women, but how do you get these Filipino women that have never spent a day out in the woods to write about these subjects, that’s difficult. And so what we’ve done is, mean, first of all, we give them time to do research, which is really important. They aren’t expected to just start writing. We give them time to research and figure out how to write an article. We also look at ourselves more as curators in a lot of ways.

26:12
And so a lot of the content that we’ve done will reference other people’s YouTube channels and their videos and we’ll embed those in there, obviously give them credit, but a lot of it is just a roundup type stuff of the articles. So we can write, know, we have, watch those videos by the time they’re done watching a couple of hours of YouTube content that we’re going to embed in these articles, they now know enough that they can write an article in an intelligent enough way to keep them captivated, show on video, write some more.

26:39
And then we’ll go create our own infographic to embed in the article. And then we’ll show another video. Google loves this because our time on page is like 20 something minutes. And we’re also providing value for people. We’ve actually answered their question on how to build a mosquito trap or how to start a fire without gasoline in a match. And the contact Blowtorch works well. Blowtorch works well as well, which I brought with me on my West Coast Trail hike. so in my prepping, some of those skills end at I’ve done a few

27:09
multi-day hikes and so I’m kind of prepping and survivaling for those things. We do prep and a little bit of prepping in our own home, but I’m not off the scale in terms of being prepped for the end of the world.

27:24
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

27:52
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

28:22
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I think you might have had Jeff Oxford on your show too, right? Mm That’s the other guy. He told me when he came on that most blogs that he’s encountered do not generate any revenue for the store. And so.

28:46
Sure, you might be ranking for a lot of these survivalist terms, but how do you get them to actually buy stuff on your site? Yeah, so that’s an interesting question as well. So we have also, like all of this content is, know, right, serves a purpose of attracting backlinks, attracting people to get on our email list, just attracting influence and just building traffic. Eventually we will put on like Medivine type ads and that’ll probably generate mid four figures, maybe eventually get us to low five figures a month.

29:13
And which is not insignificant and that stuff adds up. It pays for the content team. I’m kind of, that’s what I’m kind of shooting for as a bar is like to be able to just be able to generate enough revenue off the blog specifically to just to pay for the content team. Cause it’s not set up. But the real secret sauce to all of this whole like medieval plan that I have or Dr. Evil plan maybe is also we write articles on products. And so we’ll.

29:40
reserve those to be like one out of 15-ish articles that we put up will be, what is the best tactical flashlight? What are the best tactical gloves? What is the best entrenching tool shovel? What is the best fire rod starter, et cetera, et cetera. And we’re ranking for a lot of this stuff now. As of recording this, we rank on the first page for tactical gloves. We rank number one, I believe, for entrenching tool, entrenching shovel, best entrenching shovel. Well, it just happens to be that we sell those products and ours are rated number one.

30:09
And so what we do is we will write these articles in anticipation of selling something. And so for instance, we anticipate selling a fire starter probably in 2021. But I didn’t know that we were going to want to sell that necessarily until I had the information to want to sell that. And so we’ve written these articles and the way that we do it, first of all,

30:34
We’re unique in the fact that we actually buy all the products. We don’t write BS reviews. We legitimately go out there and buy 10 to 15 of what seem to be the best selling fire starters. We’re making a leap of faith that the best selling ones also include some of the best actual product. That’s kind of hard to know. We do some research. try to look at, maybe we look at some rankings. Maybe it’s outside the top 15, but it’s a little bit higher price and we’ll buy one of those too.

31:03
We ship all that stuff to the Philippines and then back before COVID, every now and then we would send them out on a company paid, sponsored camping trip. And it was a lot of fun for these guys and they go out for the weekend, like the whole team, even people that aren’t on the tactical team, they’ll go camping and do like a little survivalism thing and they’ll test out the shovels and the fire starters and all the freeze dried food and like.

31:27
It becomes like a kind of a fun project for them and they bring a camera crew with them, there are employees, and they take pictures and film video and they do all this basically once a quarter. And so they’re actually, we’re getting original photography of all the products, we’re physically trying all the products and taking notes, we’re getting video content of all the products, and by time we go through all that, we actually know what the best fire starter is. Because we’ve actually tried them all and we know, and we’re taking notes along the way of like,

31:55
well this one broke at this point because like we put pressure on it and the thing was wood and it snapped and we’re taking notes about all this. Well meanwhile we rank for best Ferarad and best Firestarter now. believe both of those terms on the first page and we also have affiliate links for all those products and now I know that we’re selling X number of Firestarters every month and I can basically know with almost 100 % confidence that when I go launch a Firestarter we’re gonna do well.

32:23
Like it’s not like a guess any longer, right? Like we have flipped the whole script on this. And yes, this is like a very long- It’s a long-term plan. It’s long-term plan. was not, you know, I explained this in 20 minutes, whatever we’ve been talking, but this was years in the making, literally, to be able to pull this off. And now that we have a bunch of traction, it seems like we’re geniuses and it’s really easy, but it wasn’t and it isn’t, you know, it’s like it continues to be a lot of work. But now after investing this time and energy,

32:50
When we launch products, they just work. again, we are, as a recording this, the seventh best tactical glove on Amazon. It’s not an accident. We rank for tactical gloves on Google. People are reading this article. We made a good product because we looked at all the other stuff. We innovated the product and made it better, produced some decent packaging, and put out a good product. And we have traffic that’s constantly flowing through.

33:16
And Amazon loves outside traffic, like disproportionate. Like that seems to be one of the, and maybe they’ll change their algorithm in the future. That’s fine. But for right now, it’s working really well. And even if we just sold the number of products that are going through our links, it becomes significant at some point. And when you then add on to the fact that now the thing’s ranking on Amazon and all the people that are using Amazon as a search engine and buying our product. And it’s again, legitimately, it’s a four and a half star product. It’s a good product. And it’s working very well.

33:46
How much would you say it cost you to put out that piece of content, like best ferro rods, for example? Well, again, that’s like looking at it in a vacuum because it isn’t just that piece of content. As I said, we only really produce about 1 in 15 pieces of content that are these product review type things because we don’t want to become, in Google’s mind, a product review blog because I think that they penalize that and they kind of frown upon these product review sites.

34:14
they know the game that affiliates are playing out there and we don’t want to get grouped in that bucket. We also are using the other content, again, as a very long game thing where people are coming to our site, we’re pixeling them, we’re getting their email address that has some value. So the actual one post, depending on what it is, we have to go out and buy 10 or 15 Ferro Rods, we’re only gonna probably rank between five and seven of them as our top products, the ones that suck we’re not even gonna mention.

34:41
This is a relatively cheap $10 product, so it doesn’t really cost us that much for the product. The shipping to get it out to the Philippines probably cost more than the actual I’m just thinking, you can do this because you have this team in place, right? If you were to just hire one writer or something to do this, it sounds like it would be expensive. It is. We’re spending a couple thousand dollars a month on content writers and a team to do this. It adds up. But now we’re getting to the point.

35:10
where I think our revenue or benefit from it is more than the cost. For quite a while, we were just kind of spending money and I have to, again, have a leap of faith. It’s a long-term investment. Luckily, mean, this is what life’s all about. One of the disadvantages of being in my 40s is that when I get out of bed in the morning, I sound like a box of Rice Krispies. One of the advantages is that- I’ve heard you right when you get up. It’s not pretty.

35:38
Well, the advantages is that I’ve been doing SEO for 15 years and I know without a shadow of a doubt if I start writing content and never stop and put, my wife quit her job is like a really great example of this. I mean, when you first started writing, like no one was reading it, but maybe your wife and your mom, right? And you, mean, maybe- Not my mom. Not even your mom. Like they can’t even get that. you know, it’s just, it’s a lonely world. And you probably at some point were like, I don’t know if it’s worth it.

36:05
I’m not making really any money from this, I’m putting a lot of effort into it. Eventually, all of a sudden you start getting traction and it’s absolutely worth it. But to begin with, it’s hard to get over it. Most bloggers give up before they hit this inflection point of success. And for me, because I’ve been through it before and I know the formula of just keep doing it and keep your head to the grindstone. And luckily, again, we have other businesses that generate revenue and we can invest in this.

36:35
Yeah, I mean it’s just a matter of trusting that you can put out good content, that Google’s gonna wanna rank good content, and I don’t know that that form is gonna ever change. So I’m gonna ask you now the number one question I get at least once or twice a week. Oh gosh, okay. Content, how long would you expect to start getting traffic? Well, I mean you might get traffic in the first month or two, like right? It’s gonna be like a visitor. Right. Or two visitors. know, meaningful amounts of traffic, I think you have to suspect.

37:06
expect at an absolute minimum, like if you’re the best at your, like nine months, like that’s the absolute minimum. Realistically, it’s like 18 months, like to really start seeing a meaningful amount of traffic to where like you can upgrade from the shared hosting plan, know, to like something that like might make a little bit more sense. mean, it takes time, but it will be parabolic. Like you look at our traffic growth curve right now and we’re in the par, we’re like on the parabolic phase. I mean, it took a couple of years.

37:34
But now it’s just like every time I like log in a troughs, it’s just like, holy crap, it’s another another huge jump. Do you building or is it? We have not been doing any link building. Nice. We are starting. We’re actually about to hire a full time link builder. OK. And that will be very white hat. But, you know, eventually it becomes parabolic and we’ve hit that phase and it’s exciting. Let me ask you this. So you have all this traffic now. Are you driving them to Amazon or your site to Amazon?

38:02
To Amazon, Yeah, it’s 100 % to Amazon, yeah. So why is that? I just, value, again, I’m thinking big picture, right? I send them to my site, I sell one fire starter. I send them to Amazon, I actually sell maybe 10 fire starters or 20 or whatever the number is because Amazon’s like a flywheel platform. So by launching a product that immediately has traffic that’s going to get initial sales in traction during Amazon’s honeymoon period,

38:31
which will generate some reviews, which will generate some rankings, which will generate some more reviews and more sales. It helps like get that platform, that inertia going on the flywheel. And even afterwards, like just having that extra traffic and constantly pushing, I think it gives me just this ultimate unfair, again, white hat advantage over all the competitors. And as the traffic continues to grow and tactical, the more and more difficult,

39:01
products we’ll be able to go after, like the more and more competitive products. We’ve started with things that are a little bit less competitive, like tactical gloves are competitive but not to the level of a fire starters, for instance. And the gloves we launched, that’s kind of a long story of what we ended up doing. No, is the trenching shovel is a better example of where like it kind of fits the mold of what we’re looking for. It’s a niche product, not really all that competitive. We were able to launch and be competitive in that space because we rank for that term.

39:30
And so, sending the traffic off to Amazon, again, thinking big picture, it isn’t letting me just get that one sale. It’s letting me eventually get, lets me take advantage of what is 55 % of e-commerce search traffic. Amazon has surpassed Google as the number one e-commerce product search engine. These people are never going to go anywhere else. They type in entrenching tool or tactical gloves or best fire starter or whatever they’re typing in Amazon.

40:00
It isn’t like they’re gonna go, you know what, I’m not finding what I’m looking for here. Let me go search Google now and go find it on takniner.com. That’s not what’s ever going to happen. Of those 55 % of people that are searching on there, like 99.99 % of them are going to make a purchase on Amazon, like either that day or sometime in the future, because they’re already Amazon Prime members, they already have their credit card in there, they already trust Amazon, and they’re just going to buy there. They’re going to find what they want there. And whether it’s my Firestarter or, you

40:30
the other competitor’s firestarter, the person just looking for a darn firestarter, they’re going to buy the product and be done with it. And so I’m thinking about those searches. At the same time, I’m also thinking about how Amazon’s a really difficult platform and they treat us like crap and there’s a bunch of other negatives, but in the meantime, you can’t ignore the honeypot. And so it’s a very difficult, like the jekyll to hide on my shoulder, like…

40:54
know, pulling me into different directions. disagree with you there because if you sell something on your own site, you have that information and a lot of those people are, you can cross sell them other stuff that you sell. So how do you balance the two? Like, do you even send any traffic to Tech Natter? No, not right now. Okay. I think eventually, you know, the way that I look at it is again, I already kind of explained my thought process of, you know, if something really bad ever happened over at Amazon, the thing that I love about the strategy, which I mentioned earlier is I can always flip the switch or turn the dial.

41:23
So it’s such a point of time where like, know what, like now it makes more sense to send them to my store. I can do that. But right now, you know, we only have a few products. really just, this project’s still kind of getting off the ground. There really isn’t that many cross-sell opportunities. These are not consumable products. like, know, color it was a much more difficult decision as we were talking through this because here’s a brand where everything’s a cross-sell to everything else. You buy one book, like now you’re a customer. gel pens, a whole bunch of other books. Everything, and it’s all consumable.

41:51
Like every time you sit down and use one of our products, like you’re a fraction of the way towards becoming a customer of ours again. And that’s difficult to like give to Amazon because you can’t market to them in a way that you just talked about. You 52 % of our revenue for color rate was email marketing. Just repeat customer purchases for the most part. Tactical, we don’t really have that yet. And eventually we will, because I’ve been thinking a lot long and hard about this, we eventually will.

42:19
have consumable type products or things that we can’t cross market. As a recording this, we rank number two right now for survival food. Now there’s something that we can potentially develop at some point that is consumable or people do make repeat purchases of even though a lot of it goes in the garage and is there just for an emergency, a lot of people accumulate. They’ll buy a five day supply and then they’ll get like another five day supply. They’ll get a pallet of it. Then they’ll buy another pallet of it or whatever it is.

42:47
And ranking number two for survival food and emergency food and freeze-dry food, you’re for all this stuff now, makes me think long and hard about potentially making a product that sells those types of things. Let me ask you this. So is Tech Niner an affiliate site then? Meaning do the buy now buttons go to Amazon or do you still have check-in on Amazon? They do right now. They do right now. Eventually that will change. mean, again, the thought process is right now, the thing I’m really still focused on is just building traffic on Tactical.

43:17
And these products are there just as placeholders in a lot of ways, just to start checking metrics and seeing how much of this affiliate traffic that we’re sending from Tactile.com over to Amazon is converting. We’re doing some other things like kind in the background, we’re doing some free plus shipping offers and building our list and some other things and that’s why we have the Shopify store there. again, realistically, someone who buys a pair of tactical gloves isn’t necessarily gonna be in the market for a multi-tool shovel.

43:45
They’re not gonna necessarily buy a tactical flashlight. These are things that you typically buy in the moment that you need them. Like you don’t just see ads or just get an email and all this, and go, know what, I’m gonna go ahead and buy those. So we need to develop products that trigger those emotions and those buying habits. And those products exist in this space. It’s just a matter of like, we’re going to launch them at a time when it gives us the biggest chance of success. And so we just wanna bite off. It’s like, how do you eat an elephant one bite at a time?

44:14
What you’re saying is you’ll get there. We’ll get there. So let me ask you this. You’re driving all this traffic to Amazon and at the same time you’ve gotten attacked. We’ve shared some stories. How do you fight the bad players? This one’s tough, man. I I think the way that I’ve done this is to let someone else deal with it. That’s the only way that I can survive stuff like this. do you mean by that? I have someone else on my team deal with it. I don’t even want to know about it.

44:44
I tell them, unless it’s an emergency, just don’t even tell me. I don’t want to even know what’s happening because I take it so personally and I get so spun up. Nothing can ruin my day faster than hearing about how some bozo got our listing suspended because they checked you sold as new or whatever. I lose control. take it personally. But the thing is, when I’m talking about it right now, I can be very objective about it. I realize that Amazon’s like this 800 pound gorilla.

45:14
Like they don’t care about any individual seller because there’s plenty of other people online. If they don’t buy my tactical gloves today, they’re gonna sell another pair of tactical gloves, you know, under another brand. The customer’s gonna be happy. Amazon gets their 15%. They’re happy. They don’t really care about me. And I get that. I get that environment. I mean, I’m not happy about it. I wish they were better with this. I also get the fact that like their support’s awful, but like they’re not really incentivized to make it any better. And it’s just kind of like…

45:42
It is the way it is. It is what it is because it’s just the way that it is. can’t make it better because you want it to be better. if I don’t like it, then I should just stop selling on Amazon, which I don’t want to do because again, that doesn’t make sense. And so if you can’t deal with this stuff happening, then don’t sell on Amazon. And so I know this right now in this moment, but then as soon as I would get the email, your listing has been suspended.

46:12
Then I get like, really mad. I mean, it evokes these emotions. So, literally it doesn’t go into your inbox then? It does not go to my inbox. It goes to someone else’s inbox and they just deal with it. Like, our team’s really good. And they’ll get it reinstated just as quickly as I will. And they’re just as upset about it as I am. like, they’re not, they don’t get personally upset about it. You know, they just want to get their, they want to do a good job for us and for me and the team. But, you when I hear about this stuff, like I really lose it. Like I was telling, like there’s a couple of things that I do get notified about. And one of them was like,

46:41
Someone attacked our listing by adding keywords into it. Like they put cross-contamination in there, which got it suspended for being a pesticide. And they want us to go through a pesticide course now, like Amazon does. And the only reason I really even found out about this stuff, because you were asking me a question, anecdotally heard about this in some communication in the company. So I knew that we were fighting this listing, but again, just removed myself from it.

47:07
And then Stephen asked him the question and talk about it the other night. was like, gosh, darn it. Like, well, I didn’t even want to know about this because I’m sorry. You know, it’s just like, pisses me off to my core. know, again, I just, let someone else deal with it and then, and I’m just happy. Like I just, you know, like I know that, you know, certain percent of our business is going to be affected every year by this. And it just, it’s a cost of doing business on Amazon. That was my next question. Actually. Do you kind of factor this in? I do. Okay. Yeah. And I just expect that like our best selling listings going to like have this happen. And like a couple other listings, you know, throughout the year.

47:37
And it’s just kind of a cost of doing business. And as long as we respond to it and get it back up as quickly as we possibly can, you know, it’s just a matter of the way that it is. And I prefer to not have to be involved with it or know about it if I don’t have to. Because again, I’m lucky enough that I have a good, and we have 17 total team members. They can deal with this stuff. I don’t need to be involved with it. Me being involved with it isn’t gonna make it get done any quicker. Like I can send an email just as well as they can, get on the phone just as well as they can.

48:07
yell with them just as well as they can except that like I don’t sleep when it happens. And so like I’d rather get a good night’s sleep and just not even know about it. the exact same way. it’s tough. So we’ve been chatting for like 45 minutes. I’m just kind of curious for anyone who’s just kind of getting started in e-commerce, what would you say to these people? Well, I still think e-commerce is an incredibly exciting and fruitful and lucrative place to be. I love being on on Transitor.

48:37
almost certainly gonna continue to go up. You don’t wanna ever be in a business that’s a shrinking market. And I learned this lesson in the online poker days. Like when we were doing online poker affiliate marketing, it was great when we were on the uptrend, but as we were trying to continue to grow into ultimately what was a shrinking market, it’s just a very, very difficult place to be. Doesn’t matter how good you are, like if the pond around you is slowly losing water and drying up, it’s tough. Well, the e-commerce pond is continuing to fill up.

49:07
And none of us have a true crystal ball, otherwise we wouldn’t be sitting here recording this podcast. be on our yacht or Well, we have been eating quite extravagantly. We have, yeah. There’s been an adverse effect of that too. But look, mean, let’s be realistic. mean, people aren’t gonna all of sudden go, you know what? Like I really miss going to the mall. Like, going to Walmart and like standing in line or whatever. mean.

49:33
Obviously there are people that enjoy going shopping in a retail environment. I am not one of them. And there’s lots of people that I know that feel the same way. Now you couple this with the pandemic and it like kind of magnifies the fact that no one really wants to go out shopping if they don’t have to. And so, and e-commerce is still a very small portion of, it seems like it’s hard to imagine. Cause like in my life, like e-commerce is like 95 % of what I buy. I don’t understand how what’s only like.

49:59
15 % of the retail market. Well, it’s supposed to be like 18 or 19. Okay, so it’s up to 18%. Yeah. But still that means that like four out of five dollars that are spent in this country are spent at a retail establishment, which I still won’t even understand like how that’s even possible. And so like that has to continue to grow as you know, as the older generation dies out and they’re replaced by people who are already used to buying things online. It’s just going to continue to grow and

50:27
I think as delivery methods get even better, like we’re gonna probably have drones dropping things off same day. There’s already Prime Now. There’s like even Shopify’s getting into the local delivery game. I think a lot of things are gonna continue to get purchased online. It just makes sense. There’s very few things that I wanna go buy in person. And most of them are like clothes, like things that require like trying them on, like shoes, like are kinda awkward to buy online, because what do you buy like the nine and a half, 10 and 10 and a half and…

50:55
see which one fits. be fair, Mike, you don’t even like to get up to flip the switch. So Mike has his completely on Google Home. So he says, Google, turn up the volume. Or he doesn’t even move from his Google, turn off Steve. I’ve been trying that one for the last few days. That doesn’t work. I think e-commerce is exciting place to be. I completely agree. But there’s always a but, right? The days of, and this is what

51:23
frustrates me and I know this frustrates you too, like being in the guru space, clinical guru space as well, it’s perceived, a lot of people talk about like how easy it is, like how easy e-commerce is and like all you gotta do is like just find something on e-bob and throw it up on Amazon and you’re gonna start making millions of dollars. Well, those days are like long gone, right? And so like if you’re gonna be in e-commerce, you gotta differentiate in some way. You gotta have a product that’s better, substantially better in some way than everything else that’s out there. And so this is the things that we’re talking about.

51:52
like all the time, right? Like, and this is what we did with coloring. This formula is not that complicated. It isn’t like we invented coloring books. Like those have been around since I was a kid, which was about when dirt was invented. And so like, you know, we just made them better. We put a hardback cover on the book. And so it’s like easy to color in your lap and it protects your artwork. We put a spiral binding on the book. Like when you’re coloring, you don’t want to be fighting the book closing on you. You want it to lay flat and just be easy to color.

52:19
We know lots of people will rip out the pages of their color, the drawings that they did and frame them or give them the friends or family or just look at them or whatever. So we made perforated pages. We know that when you were like coloring on the book with markers that it bleeds through the back and ruins the other side. So we didn’t print double-sided, we printed single-sided. And then we also included a blotter that you could put in between the pages. I barely have a high school degree and I figured these things out. This is not that difficult. It was just like I looked at other coloring books. I looked at other reviews.

52:49
And I made a better product. I’m not an inventor. Again, I’m I mean, I’m street smart, but I’m not like, you know, a college of KAD, like, Rhodes Scholar kind of guy. I mean, like, you can just look and use some common sense. And we did the same type of thing with our gel pens. You know, people were buying gel pens that had no names on them. And they want to like, there’s 17 different colors of red in a pack of 100. Well, we have crimson red and like bright red and whatever reds, you know, and.

53:15
That way they can pick up the same color when they’re the next day and make sure that their rose petals like the right color red. People with color like care about this stuff and we’re the first ones to do it. We also included a carrying case and made it like a nice presentation. Included some refills so you don’t have to constantly throw the pens away and buy new pens. You just buy refills. It’s a lot cheaper. Made them the number one best selling gel pens on Amazon and they were twice as expensive as the next thing on there. So it isn’t price. It just and it isn’t again.

53:45
I’m not Thomas Edison. These are all basic things. If you just sit down and start doing some research and put some common sense to things and don’t just expect it to be easy that anyone can do. And if you do those things, I think you can be wildly successful in e-commerce. think that if you, everybody does something in their personal lives that they’ve already done the Mac and Gladwell outliers 10,000 hours thing, right? Like for me, it’s like, like playing tennis. I’m not very good at it, but I put my 10,000 hours in.

54:15
I like playing the guitar. I like scuba diving. I mean, I like traveling. These are things that I’ve done in my personal life. Those are great. I like playing poker. That was another really successful business that we started. These are things that you can take your personal experience, start a content site, start getting traffic, start doing what we’re talking about here, and then work on developing a product, and basically guarantee yourself success. As long as you want to put in the effort and the work, it’s actually easy. It’s just that a lot of people…

54:46
they want easy money and if it was that easy, wouldn’t do it. easy, quick money, actually. Easy, quick money. the thing that’s funny about it is it actually is easy money years down the road after you put the hard work into it. We’ve both been in this position where we’ve put a lot of hard work into stuff in years past and it seems like money just kind of falls out of the sky in our last. And it kind of does in some ways right now.

55:14
compared to the amount of hours of work to get that money now, but a lot of effort went into planting the seeds and tilling the garden and laying and watering it every day. Now it seems easy, but you have to put the work in. And no one can sidestep this. You can maybe for a short amount of time with black hack tactics, but over the long haul, that isn’t what wins. And so I still think, again, there’s basically unlimited opportunity in e-commerce if you’re willing to…

55:43
to do it the right way. I completely agree. Actually, we usually agree on stuff. That’s maybe why we’re It doesn’t make for a good podcast though. Well, Mike, thanks a lot for coming on, man. And thanks for letting me stay in your cast of Jack and Sludge. The Jack and Sludge.

56:11
which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

56:40
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you were interested in starting an own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife, quitter job.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the my wife quitter job podcast.

57:07
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

330: Jasmine Star On How To Build A Powerful Brand With Social Media

330: Jasmine Star On How To Build A Powerful Brand With Social Media

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jasmine Star on the show. Jasmine is the founder of SocialCurator.com and is a world renowned speaker and business strategist.

She specializes in social media and has taught thousands of people how grow their audience on Instagram and Facebook. In this episode, you’ll learn how to build a powerful ecommerce brand with Instagram.

What You’ll Learn

  • Jasmine’s origin story and why she decided to forgo a scholarship to UCLA law school to pursue her passion.
  • What led jasmine to become a speaker, world renounced strategist and Instagram expert.
  • How to leverage Instagram to create a powerful brand.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have Jasmine Starr on the show and Jasmine is the founder of socialcurator.com, which is a service that makes your social media marketing life so much easier. She is a master of social media and today we are going to learn how to build a following and leverage Instagram to create a personal or e-commerce brand. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:27
Now, if you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Monday, Klaviyo is here to help. Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools, and more, you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there’s no time like the present. Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re a billion dollar business or just starting out,

00:57
Klaviyo is the ecommerce marketing platform for growth during the holidays and long after. So get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an ecommerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store.

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to Postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

01:54
That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now on to the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Jasmine Starr on the show. Now Jasmine is someone who I met briefly at Social Media Marketing World, a conference where we both have spoken for the past several years. But the problem with this woman is that she’s always mobbed, so we’ve actually never had a real conversation until today. So if you don’t know who Jasmine is, she walked away from a scholarship to UCLA law school in order to pursue her passion, which incidentally is something that an Asian would never think about doing.

02:45
And since then she’s been voted as one of the top 10 wedding photographers in the world and has also become a world renowned speaker and business strategist. And in fact, I recently saw her take the big stage at social media marketing world, which was instantly probably the last time I traveled for the year. And she was fantastic and inspiring. Anyway, the reason I brought her on the podcast today is to talk about Instagram. You’ll learn how to build a following and leverage IG to create a powerful personal brand. And with that, welcome to show. How are you doing, Jasmine?

03:15
I’m so happy to be here, thank you. So Jasmine, for those people in my audience who don’t know who you are, please tell them how you got started, what led you to a speaker, business strategist, and Instagram expert.

03:31
Well, I think that the nutshell version is I believe that you could speak things into existence and not in like a really woo woo way, but in a tangible way, because when you begin to use words for your future, your actions map your aspirations. So when people ask me, how did you become a professional speaker? I was like, I don’t think you’re talking to me because I am not a professional speaker. I just happen to be a person who stands on a stage and shares everything I know. And that has opened doors for me.

03:58
And I think that that maps back to every origin story. I first started my professional careers as a photographer. And I kept on saying I was a photographer before I was a photographer. I actually made the declaration that I had a dream of becoming a photographer when I didn’t even own a camera. And I think to a lot of people that sounds really crazy and almost foolish, but in a way by opening my eyes and my ears and being receptive to…

04:24
what I needed to do to get the things I want, it really changed things. So different iterations of my career started off as a photographer, started sharing everything I knew, becoming a photographer and started teaching other people how to become a photographer. And when my business really took off in the creative world, I started getting awards and notoriety for what I was doing. There were other creatives outside of the photography world who said, well, can you show us how you’ve been able to build a brand and a business in our respective industry? And then I just started using

04:54
whatever platform I could to share everything I knew. Around 2007, that’s when blogging came around and I just started a blog and created a pretty significant following. And then as my career iterated, I started connecting with other creative people and then they started asking me like, hey, can you come speak to our group? The very first professional speaking event I had, there was three people in Get out of town, I would have died.

05:19
You know, but you know, didn’t know any better. was like, wait, there’s three people who want to hear what I have to say. Okay. And I kind of kicked it on that like three to five person speaking circuit. If that’s even the thing, like I just made that up, like as if it’s a circuit, it’s actually just a bunch of people with nothing better to do than to come and hear me talk about something. And then lo and behold, the groups got bigger. They started getting to 10 people and then 15 and then a hundred and then a thousand and then tens of thousands. And that really is like what I believe is

05:48
the framework for anybody wanting to become a professional and be skilled at what it is that they do is understanding the humility that it takes to sharpen your teeth, hone your message and hone your skill and get better every single time you have the ability and the honor to stand in front of another person who wants to listen to you. Back when you first got started, what were you blogging about exactly?

06:10
Okay, so you know, blogging was very new. And I think what I didn’t know then, which is what I can look back to is I know how to map human interaction. And I looked at blogging and quickly understood that it was going to transform the way that people were communicating online. So I was sharing me getting my first camera. was sharing the first lenses I got. I was sharing where I went on vacation. I was sharing how I celebrated my wedding anniversary with my new husband. And at the time, people in the creative world, specifically photographers,

06:40
who are coming from very nice cars and studios and portfolios were looking at what I was doing and then being like, that’s really unprofessional. Nobody cares about where you went on a date. Nobody cares about your dog. And people did. And I knew that people were going to care if you gave them a reason to care. And over a really short amount of time, considering that other people had spent 30, 40 years of their life building up their careers,

07:06
I was able to create a following and a demand and move into a luxury market and very competitive market space in about two or three years on the back of creating content and sharing things that people thought were silly, but actually people really cared about. this, this was like early, early, early online presence, which would later shape how I was able to translate that and move that into social media. became very good at understanding how to care about people.

07:34
how to create content and how to create a brand, which is basically people just paying more, waiting longer, driving farther to get the thing that you’re selling them. And that has really changed being able to leverage social media in regards to building a brand online. I believe everybody can do the same. completely agree. And it is counterintuitive, actually. If you think about it, we tend to buy from people that we like and get to know, right? And I’m sure you get this a lot more than I do, but

08:03
People, when they come up to you, they already know so much about you, much more than you know about them. So it ends up being a little bit awkward, but creating your personal brand and being very active and telling your story really amplifies all of that stuff. You know, it’s, I don’t, actually I’m certain I wouldn’t use the word awkward. I believe, okay, so during my junior year of college, my mom was diagnosed with brain cancer.

08:29
And it really had a profound effect on my life and the decisions, but specifically the way that I saw the world. And when you’re looking at somebody who’s looking at a finite amount of time in their life, you able, you’re able to look at a minute and measure it differently than a person who isn’t cognizant of the fragility of life. my mom battled brain cancer for about eight and a or nine years and eight and a half years. And I started to realize that the most valuable thing that any of us own

08:57
is not a private jet and it’s not the Maserati and it’s not the 90210 zip code. It is truly time. And so when I have the opportunity to meet people, say at an event and somebody comes up to me and they know a lot more about me than I know about them, I don’t look at it as awkward. I look at it as great. We just saved each other time. We don’t have to talk about me. How can I serve you? What do you need to tell me about you so that we can dive right in?

09:22
real quick instead of like, how did you get started? What do you do? Like, let’s avoid the small talk because time is the most valuable thing we own. Let’s get into how can I do something for you? That is a very interesting perspective. And maybe it’s perhaps because you are a better people person than I am, perhaps. You know, I would probably disagree with you there. I’m a Defcon code red level 12 out of 10 introvert. Get out of town. Are you serious? Oh, a hundred.

09:50
The reason I became a business owner was because I was just like, thrive in silence and on my own. Oh my goodness. very, very, very small group of friends, very large conferences exhaust me. I never ever, ever saw myself standing on a stage speaking. I am not the kind of person who will stand in a group of people and be like, I want to be the first to notice or I want to be the one to talk the most. It’s like completely the opposite of that.

10:19
But I also think that my skill set, and I do believe it’s a skill set, my skill set as an introvert has really empowered me to watch people from a distance, understand pressure points and speak directly to that. Because I believe that my purpose is to empower people to believe that impossibilities are possibilities. And if people come in and they say, oh, she could do that because she’s this. And I have to sit here and say, I actually have trained myself to do the thing that I need to do to stand in my purpose and get my ego out of the way and say, how can I serve people the best?

10:48
That is very interesting. I did not know that. how did this photography business, so you started out as a photographer, how did that kind of transition over? So you started documenting your journey and that sort of thing. Did that just naturally attract people who were interested in trying to do the same thing or? 100%, 100%. So what I didn’t know back in like 2009 and 2010 was like people were following me and there’s two types of followers that I was attracting.

11:14
to my blog and then around that time at like early like Facebook Twitter kind of years I was attracting both the photographer who’s trying to understand how did this girl who had never had a camera be able to build a really successful business and how is she able to travel the world and get these really good commissions and work with really great clients and then I also was attracting really great clients and so when I was putting out content teaching people what I know and what I did not know it really

11:43
This is predating the keyword of 2018 and 2019, is vulnerability. I didn’t know at the time that I was making myself vulnerable by calling out my inadequacies, by admitting that I was still going into photography shoots or shooting for clients and still feeling a level of nerves because I knew that I could be and should be better. But by doing that, it really opened the conversation to having real conversations with the photographers, but then also tempered the desire and expectation for my clients.

12:12
It was this really, really, really crazy experience, but it really benefited the business. So are you still taking on clients today for photography or? That has really changed dramatically. So pursued photography wholeheartedly. My husband came on into the business. He’s been my business partner. I was shooting exclusively for 12 years and he was with me exclusively for 10 of the 12 years. And when we started Social Curator,

12:39
I was able to still take my photography skills and shoot lifestyle photos for business owners. And then the business got big that we were able to bring in a photography team for social care. So I’m still shooting, but not in the capacity of one to one. I’m not working with art directors or editors anymore. I’m able to shoot in a way that says, how can I create content that business owners need? And it’s just been such a crazy, exciting, ride. Perfect. So I’m just kind of curious. outside of like the photography side of things, how do you generate revenue with your online business?

13:11
Through social curator. Social curator, okay. And through speaking events and occasionally I will be able to take on consulting and then also creating licensed content for larger organizations to resell the education that I present. Okay. And what are your primary acquisition channels? I know we’re going to talk about Instagram in this interview, but I’m just kind of curious where the bulk of your traffic comes from. I do a ton of organic content creation and I have really

13:40
focused in on the discipline of creating the content and then finding content pillars and being able to repurpose them on different platforms that are custom and speak to that end user. So if you were to go to LinkedIn, you would see a profile. If you go to Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, Pinterest, these are all, I’m still blogging three to four times a week. I’m still growing my newsletter list. I think the bulk of our traffic is really coming from the platforms that

14:06
our dream customers are existing on and it’s in this particular order. It’s in Facebook, it’s LinkedIn, excuse me, in this particular order, Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, blogging, Pinterest. So let’s talk about this content strategy because I follow you and you put out a ton of content. Like I don’t know how you do it. You must have like some really good system and that’s kind of what I want to kind of dive into today. So first off, how are you able to put out endless content I want to say?

14:33
On Instagram, Facebook, you have a podcast, have blog posts. How do you manage all of this? Well, first and foremost, let’s have a slow cap for caffeine because that’s to be the show sponsor. So what really I believe that my content creation boot camp was blogging. Blogging is like a long form way to create content. And I was blogging seven days a week.

15:00
And crazy. Okay, no, I know. But what happened as a result of that is like we were getting somewhere around 20 to 25,000 unique views a day. I was just writing everything. I was writing things from a personal perspective, from a professional perspective, and then from an educational perspective. And that laid the framework for how I started showing up on social media. However, I should note that when I started social media, this was like Twitter and Facebook were my first foray. And I very much did the very typical like

15:30
I’m out for brunch, nom nom nom type content, right? And nobody was really like caring that I eat French toast or whatever the case may be. And so I slowly started learning that the content on the blog would be very good content in micro forms on Facebook. And so what we started doing unknowingly was creating these content pillars. Like, so now my three content pillars for 2020 would be branding, social media marketing,

15:59
and personal belief in self. And so you will see the vast majority of the content that I am putting out fall into one of those three pillars. So for instance, at the time of this recording during this past week, I will have put out two to three YouTube videos. Two will be educational. One will be like more of like a free form Q and A type video. Yesterday I put out an Instagram post that was a microcosm, micro piece of content from one of the longer form videos that I had created. So what we’re doing is we’re thinking about

16:28
What is the big long form piece of content? It could be a blog post that turns into a video, or it could be a video that turns into a blog post. Those are two anchors. Like that’s the longest piece of content. And then from there, we will break it down into smaller bite sized pieces, perhaps into a one to three part series on Instagram and or Facebook. Now those one to three part series on Instagram or Facebook, we will be posting them on our primary platform. At this time of this recording, my primary platform for acquisition would be Instagram.

16:57
I will be putting out that content say at 8 a.m. on a Monday. And then a week and four hours later, I will be putting it on our secondary platform, which would be Facebook. And then a longer form of the posts that I’m putting out on Instagram or Facebook is going to be what’s posted on LinkedIn. You’re going to see a lot of similarities in content and flow. But what we do is we stagger the content. We don’t want to put out the same piece of content on all of our social platforms at once because studies have shown that people platform hop.

17:25
So somebody’s on Instagram for like maybe 20, 30 minutes, they could pop over to LinkedIn or to Facebook. And we don’t want people to see the same content because there’s a less likelihood of them engaging on two platforms from the same piece of content. We want to make sure that we’re showing them different content at different times for a higher likelihood of engagement. Interesting. So do you stagger it out a week or what’s the time duration?

17:47
a week and four hours for the weekend for hours and then a and eight hours for the tertiary platform. what is your you mentioned you start out with like a primary piece of content like what is your medium? Is it blogging or is it video that you start out with? It’s intermixed but I can walk you through like I can walk you through a content creation piece that we’re working on right now. And so I had a conversation with my podcast manager and we’re brainstorming like different topics and so we’ve come up with this topic and the thing that people ask me the most

18:16
specifically on the inside of social care, is how do you find people to collaborate with, specifically in a downturn economy or things like where are a little unpredictable with all things coronavirus and COVID. So we started brainstorming what it would look like, what the conversation could look like. We started outlining what my podcast episode would be about. And she and I got really excited. were like, wow, we can make this an opt-in. Like we can create a checklist and we can create resources and we can create the 10 questions that you need to ask the other person for a collaboration.

18:43
In this particular piece, we normally will start off with a video or start off with a blog post, but it started off with a podcast. So what we’re going to do with the podcast is we’re going to framework with the outline and script could be. And then we’re going to do is we’re going to add on another PDF, which is long form. And then we’re going to take that PDF and we’re going to break it into about a third and make that into a blog post. And then we’re going to use that same third and we’re going to make it into a script for a video. Both of them are going to be pointing to the opt-in and then I’ll probably likely go on.

19:12
Instagram live and talk about the opt-in and from an Instagram live we’re going to turn that into an ing tv and that will set their own perpetuity as a driver for the opt-in and then from there we’re going to make a blog post still using that same third of like catchy great crunchy content and then make a pinterest graphic for the blog pin that onto our boards on pinterest so we’re going to all things pointing to a new opt-in and we try to come up with two to three options a month that sounded very overwhelming jasmine i want to be honest with you

19:41
So when it comes to this content creation, are you reusing the content or, because you mentioned you start out with a podcast, but then you have videos that need to go out. So that implies that you have to film those videos, right, from scratch. So how much of it is reused versus like, because it seems overwhelming, like to create a podcast and then have to write a blog post and then have to film videos, you know, all the time for all of your pieces of content. So I love this conversation. I thank you for being so candid about it.

20:09
But I also want to take a step back and say like everything that we first start feels overwhelming and feels very hard. Everything. So when you first started using words, that was hard. When you first got on a bike, that was hard. When you first decided to learn a second language, perhaps in high school, that was hard. But the more you did it, the more acquainted you became. I believe that running a business very similar to creating your marketing content, it’s a discipline.

20:37
And so obviously I’m coming out and it’s like drinking from a fire of hose, like in a hot New York City day, right? Like I totally get it, but the content in and of itself is wildly similar. Your anchor piece of content. When I had said we use about a third of that, the third of it is the same that we use for the blog post is the same that we would use for a video script. Now, albeit there are slight tweaks, like obviously in a blog post, you’re like, you could write click here.

21:06
to download. Well, that would have to be changed for a video script that’s saying, like, swipe up to get your opt-in. But the vast majority of the content is the same. Now, the reason why we’re keeping it singular is because we’ve honed in the message. And we also understand that our dream customer for Social Curator exists on different platforms. So we need to speak to them where they are and not expect them to find us where we want to be. That makes sense. The reason why I was asking that question is because for me, I start

21:35
My core is always a blog post and then I turn that into a video as well as a podcast, but it is largely the same content. And that’s kind of what I wanted to just clarify here. It sounds like you take it a little bit a step further and your team probably breaks up the content, right? For smaller chunks for like IG and other platforms. I do the writing for the captions. As far as video editing, yes, we work with the videographer. As far as like producing the podcast, yes, I have a podcast manager. Yes. Okay. Okay.

22:04
What, okay, so let’s talk about Instagram here, because I follow you and it’s just mesmerizing. I think you have a talent for just grabbing me and just feeling like you’re talking to me directly. What is your Instagram strategy specifically? How often do you post? The type of content? What’s important about it? What are some tips that you can give the audience? Well, let’s start off with tip number one. I totally take the compliment to heart when you say that I know how to grab you, but that’s not happenstance.

22:34
It’s after a series of me not being able to get the views that I would want. I started looking at other IGTV and YouTube content creators and really dissecting how are they able to keep people past like that very coveted three second mark and then on Instagram that coveted 58 second mark. Now you can put a long form video up to 10 minutes on IGTV, but in order for somebody to click away from their feed as they watch it, that happens around the

23:03
59 second mark. So I was listening to an interview from content creators on YouTube and Instagram. And what we need to do in the first three seconds is hook that has to immediately capture why somebody would want to stay on and watch. And it could be slapstick comedy. It could be shocking, jarring. It could be just a very strong title, what the benefit is to watch it. And then you’re to want to quickly come in with two to three, like what I call it crunchy, like sexy, tactable.

23:30
things that somebody can do immediately. And then you have the cliffhanger and that usually happens around second 58 or 59. Because you want somebody to do is to click on the view more you want them to click away from their feed and go into IGTV and watch your video because that metric really is beneficial for getting organic reach on Instagram. So you structure your video to put a cliffhanger at second 58 or 59. We try our dang best. Yeah, amazing. Okay. Yeah. So that’s why I end up

23:58
clicking over. Yes, I just never even realized. So as far as like the posting strategy, that’s where we had said, but I just, I also, I always just always want to back it up and being like, Hey, look, I am not a special snowflake. I don’t understand things differently than anybody else, but I definitely take the time to understand what is the gaps and how can I get to where I want to go? And I love sharing this stuff with other people. Like whatever I learn, I’m going to pass on because I hope that whatever other people learn, they pass on as well. As far as structuring go, I post six to seven times.

24:28
a week on Instagram that’s basically every day. There was a time where I was testing to see if more content led to more engaged followers. And I have seen other people on Instagram post three times a day and their audience responds equally as well on all of their posts. That’s a very strong indication that that’s a great cadence for somebody to keep up and that is maximizing their growth. When I tried posting

24:55
three times a day on Instagram, what I was noticing was that my engagement kind of just totally dipped. And that was my audience telling me that that was just too much content from me. And so if they engaged in the morning and they saw another post and then that evening, they’re just like, it’s just too much of it. And so my audience was telling me to reassess. And what we’ve kind of definitely fallen into is a really great cadence of once a day for myself and then mixing it up. So you have short form video, that’s anything less.

25:23
than 59 seconds and that exists on your feed and somebody can watch that entire video right there in the feed. You have IGTV that is anything over 59 seconds and that could sit on your feed, but then also sit on a separate IGTV TV channel. I also go live once or twice a week and I turn those live conversations into an IGTV. I’m also now testing reels. I’m trying to put out, I mean it is pretty lofty, but I’m trying to put out three reels a week.

25:51
on Instagram in addition to static photo posts that are a little bit long form and educational.

25:59
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:28
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:57
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I mean, I see you on stories like all the like multiple stories sometimes per day. Is your story strategy different? Like, do you try to put out X number of stories per day? I try to put out at least two stories a day. There are sometimes in my life and business that things are a lot more exciting and creative and I get post out more. But for me, the cadence is

27:26
everything on Instagram is interrelated. The algorithm is watching everybody’s behavior. And so I need to make sure that even within Instagram, there are some people like studies have shown that only 25 % of people are actually watching stories. And so I do know that there is an interconnected relationship that when somebody is watching stories and engaging with them, like not swiping past them and using it, when I use like engagement driving tools, like

27:53
the poll or like the slider or like the quiz. When people are actually taking actions on those stories, it’s indicating to the algorithm that that person is highly engaged in my account and there’s a higher likelihood for them to see my other content that is existing in the feed itself. They are like kissing cousins. I want to make sure that I’m giving people the maximum opportunity to engage. So there’s a higher likelihood of them seeing my stories earlier in the, in the layout and or seeing my stuff in the feed. How do you decide what to post as part of your feed versus like a story, for example?

28:23
So stories disappear in 24 hours, unless tethered to the idea that the story needs to be perfect or beautiful or curated. I believe that stories are such a great real time, like sneak peek into your daily behaviors or things that you happen to find funny or repurposing content. love, like I am a big fan of memes. My husband does not get memes. He doesn’t think they’re funny, but I like repurposing them in stories because number one, it’s sharing another really great content creator.

28:50
Two, it doesn’t have to sit on my feed. I didn’t create the meme. I don’t necessarily think that the meme is reflective of the thing that I do, but also just drives conversation so that people can find similarities. I am only trying to do one of two things when it comes with content on any social platform. I am trying to attract or I am trying to repel. I don’t want people who are lukewarm and they’re like, kind of will sort of watch what this person’s doing and not engage. I have no desires to put out a viral video. I have no desire to get a million followers for the sake of getting a million followers.

29:19
I really want to attract people who are going to engage and want to go deep with my account. And I believe that the quickest way we do this is by attracting people who are like-minded or see the world that way that you do, or repel people, people who can’t stand my voice, the memes that I choose or the content I create. Great. Thank you so much. You know where the digital door is. Hmm. All right. So Jasmine, let’s say I’m brand new. I’ve got an Instagram account with zero followers. Do you have a lot of people get discouraged in the beginning. So do you have any tips for people just starting out on how to just

29:48
maybe get their first thousand followers? Yeah, and the first tip would be like, give yourself grace. This is a platform and we don’t, we’re not entitled to anything and we don’t deserve anything. Like sure, you could waste time and be bummed out that like you don’t have followers or you could use that exact same time and energy to go out and just create content. I believe that a blank slate is nothing.

30:14
but a passport to get you to where you want to go. You have no rules. You have no expectations. Nobody even knows who you are. So all I’m going to encourage people to do is to create as much content however they can, when they can with as much frequency as possible. Now, some people can say, I can put out a post every day. And some people say like, I can post twice a week. Whatever your number is, the key is going to be that you have to be consistent. 100 % you have to, especially when you’re just joining the platform.

30:43
People have to know what you are, who you are and why you do it. Now, the minute you find into your cadence and you’ve made the declaration, I’m going to be posting four times a week on Instagram. I’m going to be posting six days a week on stories. This is what I’m going to do. I have my plan and my action. Great. But just because you create the content doesn’t mean people will number one care or number two, find it. next job on Instagram is to make people care and then make people find it. And the way that you do that is if you want people to care about you, you must first care about them.

31:11
And how do you show that you care about them? You go and you’re giving the type of engagement that you want to get on your account. So no, just because you have an Instagram account, nobody knows it exists. So your objective is to create roads and pathways to your tiny little compound that exists in the middle of nowhere. And the way that you create those pathways are going and leaving comments and DMing people and responding on polls. You’re out there caring for people, leaving thoughtful comments so they were like,

31:40
Hey, who is this person? And then they find a pathway back to your account. But if your account is stagnant and you’re posting once every two weeks, there’s not giving people a way to contextualize the value and benefits that your account is for them because people are only following other Instagram accounts for what it means for them. You might have an incredible business product or service and it’s amazing.

32:06
And if people just knew how amazing it was, they would buy. But that’s not the way it works in social media land. Social media land is all me, me, me, me, me. What does your business do for me? And if you aren’t showing what your business does for them on Instagram, you’re gonna have a very hard time getting them to follow you and a much harder time getting them to invest in the thing that you’re selling. That’s interesting that you say that. So you actually go out on a daily basis and post comments and DM with the people who follow you on Instagram?

32:34
to the best of my ability. And I practice what I preach. I do as much as I can when I can. I follow specific hashtags that I believe my dream customers are on. And when you follow a hashtag on Instagram, somebody adds a post using that hashtag, Instagram will filter it your way. So it makes it so easy to give engagement to people who are like-minded. Sometimes I’ll just randomly open up the app, and if I see notifications and I see like, I got a few new followers.

33:02
why not just reach out to them and sometimes I’ll just send them a video message or sometimes I’ll send them a DM or if people are like voting on a poll. Like oftentimes I will put out a poll that’s like pretty polarizing, right? It’s like, or choose between who’s right in the situation. And then I’ll put a poll like Jasmine or JD and JD is my husband and business partner and anybody who dares to vote for JD, I might just hop in for like two minutes and talk trash to the people who voted for my husband. You know, it’s just like, cause it’s just creating a personal relationship. try.

33:30
practice what I preach and I really try to get personal with as many people as possible. But realistically though, this isn’t scalable, right? So how many can you get through in a day really? It’s 100 % not scalable. But I would rather do this, I do zero automation, I do zero bots, I do not believe in that. I think it’s total trash and it’s going to ruin your account in the long run. By me reaching out to a person one on one and doing something unscalable, I have not

34:00
turned that that person isn’t a follower anymore. That person is, I wouldn’t say a friend, but they want to go deep with you. Right. You show up for somebody, they show up for you tenfold. And that to me is that’s the scalable part is reaching out to one person isn’t scalable. But when I reach out to one person, there’s a high likelihood that that person will tell five or six people that I DM them. Or a lot of times, oh, this is a crazy thing is if I send a video response to somebody or a voice message or maybe just take a picture and then write something on it.

34:30
they’ll post it to their stories. And the average person on Instagram has three to 400 followers. That message was scalable in a way that I didn’t anticipate. That makes sense. So you’re essentially creating super fans and they’ll talk about you and it might start off slow, but it kind of snowballs over time is what you’re saying. 100%. And you’re looking at somebody who has been using social media, know, goodness gracious, like eight, 10 years. So what people now see are the after effects of the snowball. They’re like, I want the snowball. I was like, okay.

35:00
spend five minutes and start where you are right now. And in terms of getting traffic from Instagram, it’s just that link in the bio that you rely on. Yes. Amazing. All right. So what about hashtags? Is that a part of your strategy as well? Or is there anything like that’s a little bit more scalable and how to get followers? The most scalable thing, truly the most scalable thing is leaving comments on other people’s accounts. Really? Okay. Yeah. It’s so effective because

35:30
Not only is the person who is the account owner gets to see the comment, other people get to see that you left a comment. And if you leave a thoughtful, engaging, funny, educational, helpful comment, other people are like, oh wow, what happened here? Like there was, goodness gracious, back in like 2011, there was a photographer who started with zero. And in less than a year, had over 10, 12,000 followers and everyone was like, how did you do it? And he just said,

35:59
I just spent a couple hours every day leaving comments. that’s what his whole strategy was just be thoughtful to others. And it’s just like, is like the perfect example. Like it truly, truly works because I think that hashtags are sexy. They’re so amazing to talk about. And everyone thinks it’s like the silver bullet or like the thing, right? Like people often say, Jasmine, I can’t find the right hashtags. I’m like, the right hashtag doesn’t exist. It just doesn’t.

36:28
The key defining factor in making a hashtag quote unquote work is how good your content is. The algorithm is democratic. People look at content and they judge it immediately just because you have a hashtag. Like let’s just say that you and I are having conversations around NFL football and you use the hashtag NFL football. And what you post is just like a three year analytics of, you know, van viewership and the impact that it’s having because of COVID.

36:56
and I happen to be wearing a jersey with Seattle Seahawks and then I use the hashtag NFL football. Your content for a specific person will be so much more robust and valuable that you could say, wow, the hashtag NFL football hashtag really works. And I would be like, this hashtag sucks. No, it doesn’t. It’s the content that rules all. The hashtag is just like you and I getting onto a crowded bus.

37:24
and you are wearing a big neon sign that says, hashtag NFL football. People will look at that hashtag and if they too like NFL football, they might like nod at you, which is proverbial like a photo or something. Then they might want to strike up a conversation and the conversation in this analogy is reading the caption. And if my caption says, go Seahawks, hashtag NFL football, hashtag Seattle, hashtag football lover, hashtag football mom. Okay, all those things. Someone’s probably just being…

37:54
I don’t want to engage. And somebody looking at this and then reads your comment gets to know you, they might give you the engagement that you want, but hashtags work for discoverability. They do not guarantee engagement. What gets engagement? A compelling photo, a compelling caption, and taking the time to create content. Hey, Jasmine, I just want to thank you for being a little bit patient. As you can tell, social is actually not one of the channels that I focus on for my business.

38:21
Oh my gosh, hold on, hold Listen, listen, listen, listen. If it sounds like I have an attitude, I just was born this way. I came out of the womb telling my mom, I’m like, let me tell you, can go through labor a little bit better. I think that I come across as having an attitude. Like, thanks for being patient. And I’m like, oh my God, I love this stuff. If I sound like I’m impatient, it’s totally not the case. This is just how I talk. I love this stuff. Oh no, I wasn’t implying any of that stuff. It’s just like, this is all.

38:49
Because you know what’s funny is our backgrounds are completely different. Like I’m an electrical engineer. I come from like this machine. like I focus on SEO. I’m guessing that you probably don’t spend a huge amount of time on SEO and keyword research and that sort of thing, right? Just a guess. a ton. know that back in my blogging days, I was very, very focused on SEO. Like that was how I was getting discovered. think that like it became highly saturated and then people started paying to play and they started going deeper with that. I still think that content is queen.

39:19
I really do, which is why I still blog three to four times a week. think that the Google juice that I have from like a decade has been built up. I don’t focus on SEO as much as I did, but I do definitely know it’s valuable. Yeah, it’s I mean, this I know for my business, I know going social would probably help blow things up even more. It’s just that for me, and maybe you can maybe this is like a mental block you can help me work through is that I feel like if I don’t want to have to post

39:48
like on a regular basis, I’d rather just do one thing and then milk the fruits of the labor, right? And I, because I’m an engineer, I actually prefer to be huddled behind my computer screen and actually not be as social, you know what saying? So what advice would you have for me in that respect? Is to own it. It’s to completely, like you just need to say like, I’m okay not growing as fast as I would like and I’m okay.

40:18
not using free resources and I’m okay passing this unique time in human history to grow my brand and business. Say that, like say that like completely own that you’re making a cognizant decision to bypass an opportunity that’s on the table because then it keeps you not in a place of victimhood, but a place of ownership of just saying I choose to stay here and I choose to focus on SEO and doing that one piece of content. Great. I clapped that up.

40:46
I come, I’m the daughter of an immigrant, of immigrants. am the first generation Latina. I’m the first generation in my family to go to college. I’m the first generation in my family to go to law school. And I think that what law school really empowered me to do is see like a specific set of rules, AKA an industry and the way that things are done. And the most clever and savviest of lawyers are able to find gray areas and move in and develop and change the law.

41:10
What I am being able to do now as an entrepreneur is to say, there’s a very distinct canon of the way that you are to build a business and what they teach you as you get an MBA. And then all of a sudden there’s these free tools on the internet and I am a girl from the hood. You take a try and make a dollar out of 15 cents. And when somebody says, Hey, here is a free way to market your business and it don’t cost you a dime. just takes time. Well, I have more time than I had money. And then I realized how valuable it was. And during my first year,

41:39
with no photography education, no network. I didn’t at the time in my life know a single person who had ever started a business. And then all of a sudden I was able to create this free thing called a blog. And within the first 12 months of my business create a six figure revenue stream. Like for a girl from the hood, I just said, Oh my God, there’s this thing called money. And there’s this thing called internet money. And ever since then, I just kept on finding the ways to iterate in creating more and more for the internet money. And I just,

42:08
in here creating content because I know that works and it doesn’t cost me a dime. does YouTube fall into your strategy? You mentioned posting on IGTV. Do you post the same content on YouTube? Yes, but it’s formatted. So it’s formatted 16 by 9 vertical for IGTV because people are watching on mobile devices and then 9 by 16, which is horizontal for YouTube. And I have to say, like, man, if there are things like just something in my business, can go back and just kick myself is

42:36
I started a YouTube channel, goodness gracious, maybe like in 2009. So very, very early YouTube and it was terrible, Steve. Oh, it was, it wasn’t terrible. was like horrific. I just turned on a camera. I had no lights. I stood in front of a, like a magazine collaged wall that I had made from like Home Depot. And I just would talk for like 12 minutes on photography. It was boring and it was awful, but I was sharing what I was, what I was doing and goodness gracious. In a matter of like two years, I think there was like,

43:06
50,000 subscribers on YouTube. And then it just stopped because I just felt like it wasn’t going anywhere. And what I didn’t realize was that YouTube at the time was becoming the second biggest search engine in the world. So it’s creating content, getting a couple hundred views on a video. like, ah. And then I kind of just, I let it go off to the wayside. And then two years later, when all of a sudden, like the whole YouTube culture comes out and content creators are existing on YouTube,

43:35
I am looking at videos that I had posted like two years before and they had like 30 or 40,000 views on these really wonky me talking about photography and posing videos. And I was like, a massive opportunity lost. So now started creating for YouTube again about two years ago. And I get a lot, I get a lot of heat, like people will leave like negative comments or people would say like, why are you even wasting your time? Like your videos are only getting like a, you know, like 500 or a thousand views. And I was like, watch.

44:05
just you wait and watch. So the content strategy is yes, we’re still creating video, but we’re making sure that when we’re capturing the video, the camera is pulled back far enough so that we can edit it in vertical and then later edit it in horizontal. That’s great advice, actually. So actually, I’ve been working on my YouTube channel for like the past seven months. That’s going to be another one of my channels. I wanted to just I think we have a little bit different points of view here like

44:32
For me, like a blog post, I want to rank it for SEO because once I get a post to rank, the traffic comes on forever. The same is for YouTube, right? You mentioned it was the second largest search engine. How do you feel about YouTube and SEO, which is something you have to do once and you focus and you do a really good job and the traffic just comes, versus social where you have to kind of like post on a regular basis in order to kind of maintain that fan base? Well, Steve, I believe in them both.

45:00
There is a difference in my marketing approach. It’s searchable marketing and stumble upon marketing. Searchable marketing is when somebody is going to YouTube and they want to know how to use Instagram to grow their business. That content we’re creating on the regular. When somebody goes to Google and they’re looking like how to use Pinterest to grow their business, like we’re creating that content on the regular and we are using keywords that are searchable within the blog posts themselves, but we’re not doing any of like the backend tweaking optimization and

45:29
figuring out like, how are we going to get this particular blog post ranked at the top? I believe again, I said it before, Continent is Queen. So we don’t have one Pinterest blog post that we put out. We have multiple Pinterest blog posts that we put out and then we have multiple pins pointing back to the blog post that did the best. Now that is for searchable. That is intent based marketing. When somebody knows exactly what they’re looking for. A lot of times, specifically on social, people don’t know what they’re looking for until they see it. And that’s where it’s unparalleled.

45:58
And that’s where again, volume wins the game. So we’re super excited and hopeful for how much we can grow our search space marketing, but our stumble upon marketing that’s unparalleled. like I put out a reel, it was 15 second reel and it was, it was silly. It’s the juxtaposition between what people think online business owners do. And then the reality of what business owners do is 15 seconds has over 200,000 views in less than a week.

46:25
And we saw a massive uptick in our opt-in as a result. But people didn’t know that they needed to see that funny video until they saw the funny video. And that is where I believe a two-prong approach for stumble upon and searchable really have to be intersected in the 21st century. obviously it works because you’re huge. I mean, can’t argue with that. I was just kind of getting your point of view. I’m just kind of curious now, how does the podcast kind of fit into the overall strategy?

46:51
Well, we just, hey, we just celebrated the one year anniversary of the podcast. Congratulations. Thank you. Thank you. I, you know, I have been thinking about this a lot. Episode, episode one of the podcast really broke down this idea of like fear and doubt when you start something new. And I said that and I, like anybody else have fear and doubt. That’s something that like as entrepreneurs, like we always struggle and grapple with.

47:16
But when it came to the podcast, I said that and I believed it. like, but there’s something else that’s missing. There’s something else in this equation. And I didn’t know. And it isn’t until now a year later, I realized that my trepidation for starting the podcast wasn’t just fear that whatever I would do it wrong, whatever wrong is or doubt, because like, of course people are going to say something about you if you do something or if you don’t. And some people are like, and then some people are not like, I am pleasantly understood that.

47:44
But one of the things that I didn’t equate as part of the reason that I felt so much resistance to the podcast was because when I commit to something, Steve, I’m committed. I am committed. And the level of consistency that I knew I needed to execute on the vision for the podcast was a hell of a lot of work. And I, the minute I said, okay, I’m cutting other things out of my life and business to work.

48:14
and do the podcast. The minute I said that, then all of a sudden it was like the floodgates burst open. And the goal for the podcast was to, again, meet people where they are. And I started looking at my behaviors and I consume the most content by way of podcast. And I wasn’t giving that as an option for a lot of my followers and as a way to get discovered. Now, the goal of the podcast is to take the content we are already creating

48:42
and putting it in audio form and finding a different avenue to repurpose content that I’ve created. Like we always are like, how many ways can we use this singular piece of content? The podcast works flawlessly into that and has been such a great driver in our opt-ins and conversions. Yeah, I mean, personally, I found that the podcast tends to create like lifelong fans. YouTube and SEO is a good discovery engine, but you really firm up those relationships or my version of relationships, I guess, on the podcast, because they’re listening to you for such a long period of time.

49:12
And you’re a natural on the podcast, I must say. So I imagine it’s going very well for you. Thank you. It’s been really, really, really, it’s my most favorite thing. I’m a blogger at heart. And I think that I have become disciplined when it comes to social media. But I often say, I’ll be very honest, if I did not have a business, I wouldn’t be on social media. Like, it’s not a skill set that comes natural to me. It’s not like, oh, this is so much fun. Like, I get life doing it. It’s is a means to an end. Like, I have big

49:42
visions and aspirations and this is a tool to help me get there. But if all things went away and I could choose one thing that I wanted to do, it would be the podcast. It truly would be the podcast. It’s just been such a gift of creativity for me. So last question for you, Jasmine. Actually, a lot of the listeners out there are women with children and I was just kind of curious, how has a child impacted your life and your business? Oh Lord have mercy. It has been. The spectrum of emotions that you feel

50:09
but I’m going to keep it super practical and just focus on how it has changed me as a business owner. And the biggest effect it has had on me is there were things that I used to care about or things that would affect me in a certain way. And very similar situations pop up now having a daughter who’s eight and a half months old. And if I pick her up, it’s as if everything that really I thought mattered pales in comparison.

50:35
She’s become such a tethering, anchoring force to the things that truly matter energetically. She’s infused a different drive and passion. And every time we’re faced with a very difficult decision or a very difficult moment in business, or even if I’m writing my stationary bike and the instructor is like, choose your vision, choose who you’re doing this for. It’s right in the forefront. I’m doing it for my daughter. I’m doing it so that my ceiling becomes her floor.

51:02
I’m doing it so that she can stand on my shoulders and believe that the history that her mother experienced and her grandmother experienced are no longer her story. And that like she could do the most, she could do the least with what I considered the most. And so having a child has really transformed the way I want to show up. And I want to leave every stone unturned so that she could say, I now know the path that I need to pursue. So having a daughter has just transformed the way that I show up in the world. That’s exactly what happened to me.

51:30
The reason why we have our businesses together, my wife and I, is because of our kids so we could actually be more present and hang out with them. That’s what sparked everything. I feel you, Steve. I feel you. So with that, Jasmine, where can people find you online? At jasminestar on all social platforms and jasminestar.com. Well, Jasmine, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I really appreciate your time. I appreciate you. You’re brilliant and you’re so well spoken. You missed a podcaster. I love it.

51:58
Well, we introverts have to stick together. We do, we do. Alright, take care.

52:06
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now what I really like about Jasmine is that she exudes energy and passion into everything that she does. And she calls herself an introvert, but I still don’t believe it. But don’t take it from me, follow her on Instagram and see the magic for yourself. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 330. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

52:34
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postcook.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

53:00
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

53:21
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

329: Sam Oh On How To Do YouTube SEO And Rank In Search

329: Sam Oh On How To Do YouTube SEO And Rank In Search

Today, I’m thrilled to have Sam Oh on the show. Sam is the director of product education at Ahrefs and if you’ve ever checked out the Ahrefs YouTube channel, you’ve probably seen Sam dropping knowledge bombs on SEO.

I love his style and he’s turned the Ahrefs YouTube channel into a powerhouse with over 150K subscribers in a relatively short time.

Today, Sam and I are going to discuss how to rank an eCommerce store in search and YouTube SEO.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Sam got started with ecommerce and the history behind his SEO journey
  • How does Ahrefs rank its own blog in the search engines
  • Sam’s main strategy when it comes to ranking a site in search
  • How to rank your videos on YouTube

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have Sam Oh from Ahrefs on the show and you probably recognize the name because Sam is the face of the Ahrefs YouTube channel and the man in charge of SEO education for the best SEO and keyword research tool on the market. Now in this episode, we’ll discuss both e-commerce and YouTube SEO. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

00:56
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, if you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Monday, Klaviyo is here to help.

01:22
Klaviyo is the ultimate ecommerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools, and more, you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there is no time like the present. Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re building a billion dollar business or just starting out, Klaviyo is the ecommerce marketing platform

01:50
for growth during the holidays and long after. Now get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife, Quota, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Sam Oh on the show. Now Sam is a director of product education over at Ahrefs and he’s one of the public faces of the company. And if you’ve ever checked out Ahrefs, the YouTube channel, you’ll find Sam dropping knowledge bombs on SEO in an easy digestible manner. And I love his style and he’s turned the Ahrefs YouTube channel into a powerhouse with over 150,000 subscribers in a relatively short period of time.

02:46
Now I’ve never met Sam in person, but I kind of feel like I know the guy from all the YouTube videos I’ve watched and it’s nice to see another fellow Asian on video. Anyway, today Sam and I are gonna discuss how to rank a YouTube channel, do keyword research for YouTube, as well as we’ll touch on e-commerce stores and ranking e-commerce stores in search as well. And with that, welcome. So Sam, how are you doing today? I’m good, I’m excited to be here. Thanks for having me. Hey Sam, so I’m not sure if a bunch of my listeners have actually seen your YouTube channel.

03:15
And for those people who don’t know you already, if you wouldn’t mind giving a very brief intro, but how you got started online and kind of like the history behind your SEO journey. Yep. So I started in 2009 with an e-commerce store, basically fresh out of college, didn’t have any experience. I studied health science, but I basically saw an opportunity and I figured if I was going to screw up, then I’ll screw up while I’m young. It turns out that actually worked out pretty well. So I started

03:42
Learning marketing, basically I got, it’s a typical story where you hire an agency with all the money that you have in the bank and it doesn’t work out. And for me, that kind of just fueled me to do it myself. So that site got acquired in 2012. I worked on other projects. So I continued with e-commerce with third party marketplaces, eBay, Amazon, and did decently in those. And eventually I started in agency life because kind of started to figure out this thing with SEO and.

04:10
and just digital marketing in general. And from there I had two kids, felt like agency life wasn’t working out for me just in terms of the amount of time I had to invest in it. And so, yeah, I decided to join Ahrefs and yeah, that’s where I am today. I’m just kind of curious, you sold your e-commerce business and then you went to an agency. I was just kind of curious why you shifted away from e-comm.

04:36
I actually got really bored, which is the reason why I sold the site. So it’s not a typical e-commerce site where I would sell physical products. I was actually selling cell phone unlock codes at that time. And this is before like unlocking was like a popular thing where stores would, you know, sell you unlocked phones. was mostly like you’d have to go through your carrier or whatever and be locked to that device or to that network. And so, yeah, I just.

05:02
wanted to try something new. And so I tried things like AdSense. I stayed in the third party marketplace side, just because that’s when people were hyping up eBay and Amazon. And I was like, all right, well, let’s see if there’s anything in this. And so I started doing that and just kind of wanted to know what it was all about. And then when I got to the agency side, it was my own agency with my partner and it basically happened by accident. Like we were just taking, we were both taking on side projects.

05:28
He had an expertise more in local SEO and I was more on the content link building side and in the actual strategy. So we started consulting together and yeah, that’s basically what it was and we did quite well. He’s still actually running it. So yeah, that’s basically that was basically agency life. then actually, Ahrefs started off as an experiment. I was trying to convert them into a lead, then converted me into a into an employee. So

05:58
Nice. Yeah, that’s a story for another day, I guess. Yeah, it’s funny how things happen by accident. we started, I started both of my things kind of by accident. I mean, I never had the intention. I was an electrical engineer for many years and it was a very nice job. Actually. I never thought I’d be doing, you know, blogging or podcasting or YouTube channel or anything like that. So just happens. Yeah, definitely. So I’m just kind of curious before we start with kind of the guts of the interview.

06:23
I know Ahrefs is one of the best SEO tools out there, but I’m curious, how does Ahrefs rank its own blog in the search engines? I notice it ranks for a lot of really difficult terms. Does the company actually do active link building and what is kind of like the content strategy for the company? Yeah, so I joined Ahrefs in, I think it was 2018. And at that time they were still doing link building. They were doing guest posting and outreach and whatever.

06:53
But yeah, in 2018 is when both Josh and I joined. And by this time, like they had already done a lot of that initial run to work. And then from there, it’s just been, we’ve focused a lot of energy on content. even our editorial process is quite strict. And so we stopped accepting guest posts even, but yeah, we basically run a tight ship in-house and we focus on actually creating content that is better than anything else that’s out there. And naturally that attracts more links, but we also have

07:22
quite a large audience. so the thing is that the majority of our audience are SEOs. And so they have blogs and when they see content from us, they will often link to our content. So it’s just about getting exposure. And so we don’t do so much link building now, but we do still make tweaks with the technical side, the on-page side. And I guess we update our posts quite frequently, which helps rank certain pages. But yeah, we’re not doing like so much link building now.

07:50
Is most of the user acquisition through some of the free articles through SEO? Yeah, definitely. Our content contributes quite a bit to customer acquisition and I would assume customer retention. yeah, we’re basically teaching like in our content, we basically take a general topic like keyword research, for example, and we use, we always integrate our products as much as we can. So basically like there are different ways to do it, but this is the way that we do it and

08:21
most of us, if not all of us, are practitioners. So we actually use the tools in our everyday SEO things. And so it’s really easy to just organically share how we would do it in Keywords Explorer, for example. Yeah, no, that totally makes sense. Can we kind of talk a little bit about what’s working and not working in terms of search engine optimization? Like in June, I know John Mueller said that guest posting for links results in unnatural links and Google devalues them. Have you seen a decline in just like guest posting effectiveness? I wouldn’t say so. OK.

08:50
Like I don’t think I would really. It’s a tactic, right? I think he’s trying to get more at like, uh, like excessive guest posting where it’s literally just spammy content with links back to your site. Okay. Yeah. It’s like a lot of people do those like quote unquote guest posting at scale, but they try and publish bad content on other websites. I don’t think like beyond SEO, I just don’t think that’s a good way to do things. Like if you’re going to guess post for someone, then you should probably do a good job.

09:20
build a relationship through that and actually pitch sites that you want to build relationships with or to actually reach their audience as opposed to just like pumping numbers on links. I just don’t think that’s effective. Yeah, I was just I always have to second guess what I hear because I feel like they talk about what they want to happen. And I’ve been doing a lot of guest posting on pretty strong sites. And I always put out really comprehensive content. And then I saw that video a couple months ago. I was like, you know, I wonder if

09:48
they’re just gonna devalue all those links. Cause I do spend a lot of time on those posts. So. Yeah, like in the SEO community, people generally, well, people don’t really think it’s valid what he’s saying at the same time. Like I haven’t done guest posting in a little while in about a year and a half maybe. So it’s tough for me to give you a definitive answer on that. But from what I’ve seen and from what I’ve heard, I don’t think much has changed. Okay. Okay.

10:14
So let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about YouTube, because I know you pump out lots of YouTube videos, and I kind of want to know your process for getting those videos to actually rank in search, in Google search and YouTube search, I guess. Do you start by using Ahrefs, the keyword tool for that? Yeah, like we’re kind of in a different stage now because we have an audience, so we don’t necessarily need to go for search terms. So in the beginning,

10:44
When I started, think the site or the, channel had around 12,000 subscribers. And at that time we could only reach our existing audience. So we would cap out at like between the thousand to 3000 views per video. But so we decided to take a little bit of a different approach and that’s when we started targeting search. So usually I start off with keywords, explore, and I’ll start off with a seed keyword. So for example, SEO link building keyword research, basically broad keywords that are related to, to our product.

11:13
And then I’ll look through different things like volume, and then I’ll take it over to YouTube and I’ll search for those and I’ll look at how many views those the top videos are getting. I’ll look at some other analytics like social blade, where you can kind of get an idea of whether this is because of audience, like they have a huge audience. So therefore they have a lot of views or is it actually coming from search? And then based on the keywords that we’re actually ranking for, which I would get from YouTube analytics.

11:43
You can throw that into trends because now you have a benchmark estimate of how many views you get ranking in position one for X keyword and then put that other keyword against it. If that makes sense, then you kind of have an idea as to the relative percentage of how much traffic you get by ranking for that keyword. So let’s back up a little bit. Just even to just the keyword research part. I’ve noticed that when I type in certain terms, it’s a lot different than the Ahrefs Google keyword explorer.

12:12
A lot of things I type in have to be like extremely broad just to even get any numbers period. Is that what you find too or? Yeah, for the most part, like I’m guessing you’re doing things with e-commerce. We’re doing things with SEO and these topics like while they might be huge in Google and I guess just industry money, it’s it’s not necessarily big on YouTube because that’s not what people are searching for. It’s just.

12:37
The search volumes will vary between Google and YouTube just because of platform intent. Like if you think about why you go to YouTube, either I’m guessing and correct me if I’m wrong is you have a very specific need that you want. So you either want to be entertained in which case you may just click on the things from the homepage, your subscription feed, or even just search for a brand name of someone that you follow in YouTube. If you want to learn something, then you’ll search for something like how to tie a tie.

13:07
And it’s just easier to digest because you get the visuals through video that you can’t really get through blogs. And so, you know, people coming to YouTube to search for like how to do SEO. Sure, there’s going to be a decent number of people, but it’s not going to compare to something like, I don’t know, like Minecraft hacks or something like that. I don’t know about hacks, but it’s just in terms of the reason why people are coming on, they’re not necessarily going to YouTube to

13:36
learn about e-commerce, but they may be looking for other things related to e-commerce. And that’s why you see a lot of these channels that are selling things like how to make $1,000 with an online store do well because people are clicking through to that. And YouTube is very much a momentum channel as opposed to a search channel. Search is involved, but yeah, it’s more of a momentum channel than anything else. So if you can think back to back when the channel only had 12,000 views, like what type of search volumes were you going for? Well,

14:03
We created a video called SEO for beginners and that started ranking for SEO. And that was slightly by accident that we ended up ranking for that. And I think there was something, something to that, that kind of shifted our strategy from just creating videos about like random topics to learning how to rank our videos on YouTube, learning how to rank our videos in Google. And from there it’s like SEO traffic is passive, right? It’s passive and consistent. And so that

14:33
started to build up our subscriber base quite well. So because we’re getting consistent views to the channel, it just continually grows. So if you look at our YouTube search traffic in analytics, it’s literally just like a steady graph, kind of like a mountain. just kind of keeps climbing. Whereas something like browse features, which is mostly like homepage clicks or whatever, it’s like spiky here and there and that’s based on the momentum and same was suggested. Right. Yeah, it’s funny. I’ve had a couple of YouTube

15:02
people on that have gigantic channels and they told me like, they don’t even think about SEO at all. They just put out videos with attractive click baity kind of title, not click baity, but you know, attractive titles and thumbnails and it just kind of grows on its own. would say that’s true. And it’s not it really depends on what you’re like, I’m guessing they’re in like if you’re in a B2C market, like for ecommerce, for example, like if you’re in weddings, then

15:30
you know, a lot of people are searching for things related to that, like how to plan a wedding or whatever it might be. know, you can create, like, let’s just call them clickbait. They’re not even clickbait, but like, you can do a lot of creative things with weddings. And people will click it and view it and subscribe and blah, blah, blah, blah. But yeah, it’s a little bit different, like depending on the niche that you’re in.

15:55
I guess like if you sell cardboard boxes and you’re just making videos on cardboard boxes, it’s going to be tough to actually get people to click it because people, I would guess, maybe I’m wrong, but I would guess that most people don’t really care about that. But if you turn that cardboard box, I guess business into a DIY with cardboard boxes, then you might be able to get traction because people are into DIY. Okay. That makes sense. Yeah, yeah, yeah, definitely. And then back to that first question on just when you’re doing the keyword research,

16:24
How do know what volumes to go for and how can you judge the competition? Yeah. So there’s, there’s something called channel authority. I don’t know if it’s an official thing or not, but basically. Like when you’re starting a channel, it’s best to start off very niche. So you start to build, like, for example, for us, because we’re in SEO keyword research link building, like we have so many videos on that. As soon as I hit publish for any video that has that as the main topic and the keyword and the title and the description.

16:53
then literally we rank in the top like three, four, five, like within seconds. And then eventually it’s kind of like the Google dance, but it’s the YouTube dance. And we kind of just move up and down, move up and down. And based on how well you can actually engage the audience. So if you’re doing clickbait and no one’s actually watching your videos, it won’t settle in a top position. But you know, if for us, like we try not to click baits or our titles are actually kind of boring, but they’re very straight to the point. I wouldn’t say they’re boring. mean, they’re clickable.

17:22
You know, okay. Yeah. Well, that’s good to hear. Yeah, I feel like they’re boring, but at the same time, like we don’t want to mislead people who watch our videos or read our content anyway. But as we, as we kind of settle, like we, get decent engagement times and percentages. And so yeah, we ended up settling at a decent point. But when you don’t have that authority, and I guess maybe back when you only had 12,000 subscribers, you didn’t have that authority.

17:50
I’m trying, what I’m trying to get at is when you’re first starting out, you probably have to go for keywords that are easier to rank for, but it’s, but how do you even determine what that is? Yeah. So usually with the top ranking pages, like you’ll need to look at the channels. So if you’re competing against, like if you try to rank for YouTube SEO right now, you’re going to be competing with like, with us, with Brian Dean, with channels called Think Media. think it is basically a lot of YouTube channels that have

18:17
lots of subscribers where those subscribers are actually engaged. Like you can kind of test that by going to the channel and actually looking at their growth. So on social blade, you can see whether their subscriber rates are growing, whether their view counts are growing or declining. And sometimes they’ll see like huge channels with millions of subscribers, but when they publish new videos, they get like 300 views. In those cases, they’ve usually spread themselves too thin. And I don’t think that they’re much of a threat. If you see small channels,

18:47
that are similar to, I guess, your size, then it’s more likely that you can rank for that. And then also just looking at the types of videos that those channels publish. Like, Think Media basically publishes everything related to cameras and video marketing and everything. so trying to outrank them for a lot of things would be challenging if you’re a new channel. I don’t know if it’s impossible or not, but yeah, it would be extremely challenging unless you had…

19:15
like an incredible video. You mentioned the words spreading yourself too thin. Does that mean that anything that you make a video on should be within the same topic? Relatively, like if you kind of think of it as like a mind map of some sort, like SEO, like we can still write about digital marketing and still rank. I think we rank number one for digital marketing, online marketing and internet marketing with that same video. But if we started creating something on, let’s say, let’s say e-commerce, I mean, that would

19:45
still fall in the same bucket? It would. And I think like we rank number one for e-commerce SEO as well, but that’s related to SEO. Uh, as we create more e-commerce content, I’m sure we will like how to start a Shopify store. We might actually end up ranking for that over time. But at the end of the day, it comes down to engagement. Like a good example of this is with blogging. We create a lot of videos. We don’t create a lot of videos on specifically just blogging, like how to start a blog.

20:15
best web hosting companies. Like we don’t do stuff like that, but we can still rank for like how to write a blog post. Cause we talk a lot about content marketing. So it’s like, there is still like channel relevance to the things that we’re talking about. But if we created a video on like how to create or how to make the best cup of coffee, I don’t think we’d ever rank because our channel has nothing to do with coffee.

20:39
And that would probably just be reflected in the engagement numbers, right? That’s the main reason why it would fail. But if you, if all your followers or subscribers watch that video and gave it a thumbs up, maybe it would do well or no. think so. It’s tough to say because we haven’t actually tried anything. So like random like that, but I think that’s, I think what you’re saying is, is right. Because naturally, like if you build an audience around SEO, it doesn’t mean that they’re going to be interested in like in coffee.

21:08
And so naturally when they get those notifications, they’re not going to click and CTR does play a decent role, I think, in terms of rankings and momentum, whether YouTube is going to continue to promote your video to through the browse features, like on the homepage or through suggested views. Okay. So if I can kind of summarize, you probably want to start out niche and you want to focus on a different, on a specific category until you get followers who are really engaged with that specific category. then

21:35
After that, maybe you can branch out tangentially to other topics that are related. Yeah, that’s exactly it. So I’ll just give one more example. Like, let’s say you have a channel where you want to share recipes. You might start off with, let’s just say vegan recipes, and then you might eventually go off into, I don’t know, desserts or whatever it might be. And then you can kind of branch out and as you create videos, as you create content and you kind of want to create videos that are are as similar as possible. So.

22:02
A better example would be to go from vegan to vegetarian, and then I guess to continually branch out if you want to expand further. So for us, like we might go from SEO to general digital marketing, we might hit social media, we might hit et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens.

22:31
Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs,

23:01
policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergcouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECOUNSCL.com. Now back to the show. Okay, and then can we talk a little bit about

23:29
structuring the video itself. Like I like how you guys have been trying to emulate the structure that you guys have actually. You start out with an intro that explains what I’m gonna get out of it and then you go into the guts. And can you kind of talk about, you know, how deliberate you are in the structure of the actual video? Pretty deliberate. Like it’s, I don’t think about structure so much, like in terms of like, oh, my intro needs to be less than 10 seconds. Okay. But yeah, we’ll try and hook them in somehow, tell them why they should continue to watch the video and then just

23:59
have the little intro branding thing and then get straight into the video. But yeah, it’s usually more in the editorial process when I’m actually writing the scripts where we’ll be a little bit more strict, where we’ll cut out things where if 1 % of the audience will care but 99 % won’t, then we’ll cut certain parts out. So we’re trying to keep our video as packed with information as possible, but as short as possible.

24:25
So we’re just trying to be as concise as possible. Interesting. Is there a certain length that you guys shoot for for your specific category? I should say. No, there’s not. I don’t. We usually won’t publish a video that’s under five minutes, but like we don’t have a max length. It’s just if it’s too wordy or if it’s just unnecessary, then it’s probably not a good fit for video. At least with our current style. So we just try to pack in as much detail as we can without

24:54
like overdoing it and boring people because that’ll kill your engagement metrics. So you mentioned script. Do you guys use a teleprompter or is it just kind of bullet points and ad lib? No, I have to use a teleprompter. I’m I would feel miserably and people really. OK, I you seem so smooth up there, seriously. So, OK, it doesn’t look like you’re reading. You learn to read from a teleprompter like even from if you look at news channels and stuff, you can’t tell that they’re always reading from a teleprompter. Like there’s some people that are really good at it.

25:24
I think that I’m still horrible. Maybe it’s just because I know that I am reading from a teleprompter. Yeah, it helps a lot. And that really comes down to script writing in terms of like how natural you can write. Like I literally talk out loud as I’m writing because I want it to sound like I’m talking normally. And in terms of, cause I know what you guys do is you embed your YouTube videos within the blog posts. Would there be any harm in?

25:50
like using the same dialogue in your blog post within your video? Like does Google actually create a transcript and compare against what’s already out there in the blogging world, I guess, or the content world? They do create auto translations. I don’t know if they like cross check between Google and YouTube. But we never actually like, I won’t take a blog post and then just read it because it doesn’t come off naturally. It’s just the writing styles are different.

26:20
And the delivery will be different too. So yeah, it’s really about like choose your best format. So do you want to watch video or a blog post? We don’t repurpose everything. So for example, like I think we have something on keyword cannibalization on, on our blog, but I won’t turn that into YouTube because it’s going to be super boring. And so, uh, like it’s a very specific topic that a very small subset of people will be interested in. YouTube is not necessarily the place for that. I think YouTube is more.

26:49
more of a beginner’s channel in that sense, where people will click on things like how to rank number one in Google. Right, right. Yeah, a lot more broad, higher level information than what you can actually specify in a blog is what I found. I mean, I’m still new at this. So how do you get people to continue watching your videos? Is there anything special that you do? Oh, yeah, there’s there’s a lot you can do, actually. But it’s like so situational and depending on the topic. like, we do tutorials mainly. And so

27:18
like for the most part, do you edit your own videos? No, I have someone the Philippines edit for me. Okay, so usually when we look at a timeline, if there’s too much of just the talking head, then we change, we add in B-roll. So B-roll is something that I think works with any YouTube channel, just nobody wants to look at the same thing the whole time without any kind of dynamics or movement, like our attention spans are so short that we need to be entertained in another way. We also use custom animations, which often explain a concept better.

27:48
So if I’m explaining like the process of how Google crawls the web, then creating some kind of animation will actually help you to understand it as I speak. And then also tech screens work really well. And then from there, it’s basically just a matter of looking at your YouTube analytics. So you can look at the audience retention graphs and both the absolute and the relative, guess, but mostly the absolute. And you can kind of get an idea of places where people engage or where most people watch. So if you start to see a little

28:17
bumps in your graph, then look at why that bump might have occurred. So like an example that I have is in our keyword research tutorial, there’s a moment where I share a list of keyword modifiers and which are basically just add ons to a base keyword. So for example, instead of like gardening tools, a modifier might be best. So best gardening tools or best gardening tools, 2020. And I asked the viewers, I say, take a screenshot and let’s move on. So.

28:47
When I say that the keywords kind of pop out a little bit and I’m actually giving them a call to action. I’m saying to take a screenshot because these are going to help you and let’s move on. And then if you look at the audience retention graph, there’s like a big bump in that part. And the reason why is because people are rewinding back to that part to actually go and take a screenshot. And so you start to notice these small kinds of things that how people are behaving with your tutorials and things that people are interested in. And then you can kind of recycle and reuse those things.

29:16
in different videos going forward, or at least the concept and experiment with it. And then actually put your experiment to the test. Are people rewinding to watch that part again? Actually, how do you tell? And what does it look like when someone rewinds in terms of your retention graph? So from what I understand, the audit, the absolute audience retention graph is it basically shows you on a graph, the number of people that watched specific parts of the video. So like the time, so it’s always going to be declining overall as an, a trend.

29:46
But then when you see those bumps is people going back because now they’ve just watched that part again So that increases that number there and so those are like I don’t know if this is an official term, but they’re called true bumps of engagement and so if you can kind of create those throughout your videos then It works out well, or if you’re if your video like has a sharp decline right in the beginning of the video

30:12
from like 100 % down to like 30%, then your intro’s probably too long, it’s too boring, people aren’t really engaging, they’re like, I’m in the wrong place, or maybe your title doesn’t describe what you plan to show them very well, in which case, it’s just gonna kill your engagement, you’re not gonna rank, you’re not gonna get suggested, and it’s just not gonna work well for you. What are some good metrics for, I guess, engagement?

30:36
that you guys shoot for. So overall watch time is one. Another is audience retention. So like the actual percentage. And then there’s one that’s actually unmeasurable, which is called session watch time. And this is basically, I guess, the total time that people watch videos on your channel before they actually kill the session on YouTube. before they close YouTube, that is not exactly measurable per se, but it’s interesting because

31:03
You can kind of gauge it by looking at the cards that are clicked on videos and then measuring the audience retention on those videos and kind of summing everything up. But at the end of the day, you can’t really measure it fully. So it’s just about creating a good user experience for people on YouTube and trying to keep them on the YouTube platform, as opposed to telling them to go sign up for email lists on your website, because that kills the session. Yeah. I was just going to ask you, do you have calls to action outside of YouTube on your videos ever? Nope. We never tried to lead people off of YouTube.

31:33
So we figure that if people are interested in actually buying our tools or taking it for a trial or whatever, then they will go ahead and search for Ahrefs in Google or whatever, and they’ll eventually find us there. And it works for us. And it’s just people are there to watch videos, not to be sold something. And so we never try to sell anyone on anything. And then in terms of audience retention, is there a specific percentage that you go for? And if it’s less than that, do you take off the video? Like what’s the process that you guys have there for?

32:02
figure out what’s working. I wouldn’t say that there’s like a specific percentage because audience retention will, will vary based on how long the video is. like if you have a 60 minute video and you know, somebody watches one or six minutes of it, then the audience retention is going to be very low. Whereas if you have a video that’s one minute and people watch 50 seconds of it, then the audience retention will be very high. So it can be a little bit misleading. And so

32:30
Generally speaking, it’s just, they watching enough of the video? Like, I don’t know how to put it into, I can’t really put it into a scientific or analytical way because it’s just YouTube is an attention platform. So if we can get your attention, it kind of sticks with you. And if we happen to, if they happen to get exposure to our tools through the video, then, you know, we don’t expect people to sign up within seven days or within three days. It’s just sign up whenever you’re ready and we’ll still be there. So.

32:59
Naturally, we see people saying that they discovered us through YouTube and so something is working there and that’s continually going up So I was just gonna ask you how do you track conversions from YouTube? It sounds like there’s no real easy way to do it Yeah, like CRO just gets it gets really complicated if you’re Tracking things at a higher level. So if you’re doing things with like first touch, we can’t really measure it with like complete accuracy So we just don’t

33:28
What we do though is that whenever anyone signs up for a new trial, we ask, where did you first hear about Ahrefs? And a lot of people say YouTube now it’s, yeah. Okay. The growth rate on YouTube is actually quite high. And I think for SaaS companies, um, or even for, uh, for e-commerce stores that are selling products. Like YouTube is just such a great platform because people are actually seeing what they’re thinking about buying in action. Right. And if you can see it working, you’re like, Oh man, like I got to try that myself or.

33:58
Like that product is exactly what I want as you know, someone shares the features of that product. And so they’ll go and they’ll find that product, whether you tell them to go find it or not, or where to find it. So does that imply then that you don’t even put links to your product in the description? Well, we have one link to hrefs.com in the description. That’s just like, know, how they have like default descriptions that you can add at the end. It’s kind of like a signature, but yeah, we rarely to never include external links.

34:28
in the descriptions because we don’t really need to like usually if it’s the external link, it’ll be to like a Google Sheet that where we’re where we’re sharing a template. So yeah, we actually don’t do that. I think it’s fine to have external links in there. A lot of vloggers do that with affiliate links, because that’s how they make their money. Right. But for us, yeah, we don’t like we don’t really link to things. let’s say you sell like a very specific e commerce product like a purple

34:56
pansy, handkerchief or whatever that, I mean, would you not put that link in the description and just depend on someone typing that into Google and finding it? No, I think if it’s a very specific product like that, like I wouldn’t, I wouldn’t obsess over not including links in there. Okay. But at the same time, like I wouldn’t link to like all your like to the category page, to the homepage, to the purple one, to the red one, to the green one, like, you know, it doesn’t have to be crazy like that. Just do whatever’s natural.

35:25
And honestly, like people will find it or they’ll click on it. Or if you just tell them like the one that I was reviewing today, link is in the description, whatever. And then it’s fine. It just doesn’t need to be oversold in my opinion. Okay. And then do you guys do anything special with the video description? Is it important to write a lot of verbiage there that focuses on certain keywords that you might be targeting? I think so. I think to a certain extent, I think it helps with ranking in Google also. It’s just basically

35:54
Like video is still, it’s still very hard for search engines to understand what the video is about. Like, yes, they can understand it because they extract text from the actual speech, but usually we’ll include like our primary keyword in the description and we’ll give a brief overview of what the video is about and the things that you’ll learn. So things like that. Yeah. Again, I wouldn’t obsess over it, but if you’re going for YouTube SEO, Google SEO, then I would, I would definitely include context.

36:23
to help YouTube and Google understand more deeply what the video is about. So I know you guys, as I mentioned before, you embed video within your blog posts. Would it be okay to like just literally cut and paste a paragraph, like the intro paragraph of your blog post as a description, or would you suggest rewriting it completely from scratch in different language? I would just rewrite it. I don’t know if there’s any kind of duplicate content penalties. I don’t think there are, but at the same time, like I wouldn’t do that. If anything, I would take it from your script if you’re going to be scripting it.

36:53
and just paste that in there if you wanted to. But it really doesn’t take long. Like usually, like when I first started, I would literally just free write it and I didn’t really care whether it sounded perfect or not. It was more just like, is it concise to the point descriptive? And we always, for the description, we actually always include links to other videos on our channel in there that are related and relevant to the video that they’re watching because that can help increase session watch time.

37:23
And when you were talking about just when you’re editing the video and adding all these extras, like the animations and that sort of thing, is that something that you do or you have your editor do manually or is there a more automated way of doing that’s less time consuming? Everything is super custom for us. So we use Adobe products for the most part. So Premiere Pro as well as After Effects and Adobe Audition and then the Photoshop and Illustrator stuff.

37:54
specific needs for that. But usually, like in terms of our process, I’ll usually record the video and then I’ll make notes in my Google Doc for like the person who handles production and he’ll go and in Adobe Premiere, you can add markers at specific time codes. So if we want a specific part to pop out, then he’ll add a marker. And we’ve color coded it based on basically the common ones that we do. like,

38:21
like spotlights, for example, are green and then custom animations will be pink. And then our editor who doesn’t have experience in SEO can just go through the markers and he literally just does this thing. And so it just works in a much more efficient way where everyone’s just focusing on what they do best. And I’m just kind of curious, like I know this is best practice to try to keep someone on your blog post as long as possible. And you guys do that by embedding videos and other clips in there.

38:50
Is that true though? Like, do you guys have data? On which embedding videos, improving the rankings of a blog post? No, we don’t. We don’t actually even use Google analytics anymore. So, is that right? Okay. We’ve literally stopped tracking more or less everything. is that? Well, I think part of it is privacy. So like our, founder and CEO, Demetri, like he, don’t think that he wants to necessarily share all that information with.

39:21
with other companies in terms of, of everything that’s happening around the web from data that we should technically own, which we don’t. And so, and also like at the end of the day, our revenue is, is continually growing. so like tracking is not necessarily like obsessing over these tiny little metrics is more or less a waste of time if we’re not really going to do anything with it and see notable changes. so, yeah, we don’t really, I guess it makes sense for your company in particular, right? Because.

39:50
I’m not sure if Google likes you guys, right? Because they’re hiding all this data and I don’t know if that’s the case. Like we do use Google search console, but that’s basically Google’s data that they’re sharing with us, which is different. But yeah, like I don’t think it’s for that reason at all that Google doesn’t like us or anything like that. It’s just, I think it’s more like personal and moral reasons that he would choose not to do. So I think I read somewhere that you guys are creating a search engine. Is that accurate or yeah, it’s like our.

40:20
Dmitri has mentioned that, I think he mentioned it on Twitter and then some publications picked it up. But yeah, that’s something that we’ve been working on. Ah, interesting. Okay. Okay, so let’s switch gears once again and kind of apply what we’ve just been talking about for the last half hour. You got an e-commerce store brand new, you want to promote it on YouTube. What are your first steps and how do you lay out the plan? I would first try to find competitors. So like people who are actually creating videos on

40:48
similar topics that you would want to be visible for. And then I would use keyword research tools like Keywords Explorer, for example, and I would actually research that industry. if we’re selling.

41:03
here. Let’s we’re selling coffee. Okay, coffee. Like fun. Yeah. So let’s say we’re like we’re a roaster and we’re selling coffee and coffee accessories. Then I would probably take all the different topics like you know, how to roast beans, or I would probably type in things like coffee and put it into keywords, explore and then look at the keyword ideas reports and then see where there’s volume. And then I’d actually cross reference that with YouTube and search and start ranking for things or start targeting topics where I feel like we have potential to rank.

41:32
And that would kind of build the baseline of our traffic or of our views, because again, SEO traffic is passive and consistent. And then I would start to expand out from just looking at coffee things to look to different keywords like French press, which may not include the words coffee or aero press and different topics that people will be interested in. And I would continue to build that search traffic of a very tightly knit audience. And then once that audience is built.

42:01
then I would start to actually create things that might be a little bit more out of the box and interesting to that audience. And then this whole time, you’re not gonna link out if you can, or if you do in the description, but not within the video content itself, because you wanna keep people on the platform, right? To a certain extent, there are definitely exceptions where I would link to, like if I’m reviewing, I don’t know, specific, Colombian coffee beans and giving…

42:30
like showing people how to roast them, I don’t know if it’s different, but let’s just say it’s a different roasting process and we sell the actual green beans that you roast, then I would share a link to that because it’s the one that I’m using. Okay. And then in terms of that initial keyword research, I think we touched upon this earlier in the interview, you’re looking for keywords where the channel might not necessarily be that strong.

42:53
Or if there is a strong channel, you look at the views for the particular category of the video that you’re trying to create and you’re looking for a disparate ratio of users or subscribers. Is that kind of accurate? For the most part, yeah, it’s a pretty top level view of things. Like we have a blog post and a video on YouTube SEO, which digs more into the competitive analysis. Okay. One other thing that I often do is I look at the ratio of engagement to views. So engagement being

43:22
I guess, physical engagement, which would be likes, dislikes, and comments. So I’ll sum those up and then I’ll divide that by the number of views. And generally speaking, for videos that are getting views through organic, you’re probably looking at a 1 to 10 % ratio. Whereas if you see something less than 1%, then something’s fishy. So people might be buying views. Or if you see something much higher than that for a video that probably doesn’t deserve it, then in that case, then people are likely buying views.

43:51
And the case is much lower. People are likely getting traffic from either video embeds where you don’t really have the opportunity to like, dislike, or comment unless you click through or they’re paying for ads. In which case it may not be a good video for you to actually engage. If someone’s paying for views, can you just pay for thumbs up also? You can, but it doesn’t, from what I’ve seen, it doesn’t really work. Like I’ve never tried it myself, but yeah, like I see people.

44:20
talking about it. see some people on Twitter bragging about what they did and how they rank for some like super long tail keyword. But like I don’t see much value in it. And then you see those same people from Twitter disappear off YouTube. So it’s it’s kind of interesting to see. But I think it’s just better to just build honest engagement metrics and just improve your actual video skills and how you engage your audience. Like there’s a lot that you learn as you create videos like your first, you know, 10, 20 videos will likely be pretty poor.

44:48
in comparison to the videos that you’ll create after. So I feel like those are the people that end up winning in the long haul. Does getting thumbs up on a video even matter though? don’t know, like honestly, like I think it contributes in some way, shape or form, but I don’t think it’s like, oh, this video has a hundred likes and this video has 10. So therefore the hundred one is better. I don’t think it’s that elementary in terms of like the algorithm, but it’s mostly just on the actual engagement time. Like who’s watching, how long are they watching for?

45:17
then they’ll promote it to people who have similar interests to your viewers, and then are they engaging? it’s very much momentum channel, like how much momentum can you create with your videos? Okay. Sam, since I have you on, I do often solicit reader questions, and these don’t have anything to do YouTube per se. But what is your view on hiring an SEO agency? On hiring an SEO agency? think you just need to do your research.

45:44
see what their results are. And in that case, you kind of need to have an idea of like what good SEO looks like. So yeah, like our tools, a lot of them can actually help understand that to see if they’re, for example, if you’re hiring an SEO agency to build links, then are they actually building quality links? Or are they just buying low quality links and saying that they’ve done, you know, they built, you know, a hundred referring domains. So I think hiring SEO, an SEO agency is a great route to take if,

46:13
your time would be spent elsewhere. But at the same time, you need to do your research into work that they’ve actually done as opposed to just whatever their sales pitch might be. Okay. And then what about your views on the disavow tool? Do you guys ever use it? We don’t. I feel like Google is smart enough to know that certain negative SEO attacks, like I guess the old ones where people would use inappropriate words to, sorry, inappropriate anchors.

46:40
to link back to your site from a bunch of spammy sites. feel like Google just knows that these are negative SEO attacks because it’s pretty easy to spot. And I don’t think they will put much weight to that, but like we don’t really use it. And I probably, like if I was working on my own site and I saw, I probably wouldn’t touch the disavow tool unless I had a manual penalty or some kind of manual action against me. In which case that would, it wouldn’t even be my first line of defense.

47:09
Okay. Yeah. I sometimes when I publish a post, like I have like 10 or 20 sites, literally copy it word for word and publish and then link. You just leave that alone probably, right? Yeah, those are just scraper sites. So they’re basically just taking your RSS feed. And as soon as a new item comes up in the RSS feed, then it automatically gets published to your post. Yeah, I wouldn’t worry about that at all. And when you are a guest posting on a bunch of different blogs or getting links, how careful are you about just anchor text?

47:39
Pretty careful. Like I basically wouldn’t stuff an exact match anchor for the purpose of getting an exact match anchor. Just, I would just write naturally and link wherever it’s relevant, usually with enough context around it. So partial match anchors usually work well because just simply because they, they sound more natural, I guess, in the context. So I’ll usually write it and then link wherever is appropriate. And then what about internal backlinks?

48:08
Yeah, definitely add them. That’s something that we do for every post that we create. Two simple things you can do is go to Google and type in site colon your domain, uh, dog TLD. So.com and then the keyword that you’re trying to rank for. So if we had a new post on keyword research, we would type in site colon hfs.com and then keyword research after it. And then it’s going to show you all the pages on your domain that mentioned that specific word or phrase and wherever it’s relevant, link back to the new post.

48:37
Now, if you want to actually get a little bit more technical, then I would look in Ahrefs Best By Links report, and you can actually start to see the link authority of those pages. So basically, if pages have more quality links and they’re linking out to other internal links, then it can essentially pass page rank to those pages as well. But again, relevance is key. Okay. There’s no harm in internally backlinking in general, right? Like if you have a really strong page. Okay. Okay. Yeah. Cool.

49:07
Well, Sam, we’ve been chatting for quite a while and I just really appreciate your time coming on the show today. If anyone wants to get ahold of you or check out your YouTube channel, where can they find you? Yeah, you can go to YouTube and just search for Ahrefs and you should see our channel there or you can tweet me Sam S G O spelled O H. Awesome. Well, Sam, really appreciate your time, man. Thanks for coming on. Thanks for having me. All right. Take care.

49:36
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now as many of you know, I’m currently actively trying to grow my YouTube channel right at this moment, and Sam’s tips have been extremely helpful in growing my subscriber base via YouTube SEO. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 329. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

50:04
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

50:33
Now, I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

328: Chalene Johnson On How To Build A Loyal Audience On Instagram

328: Chalene Johnson On How To Build A Loyal Audience On Instagram

Today I’m thrilled to have Chalene Johnson on the show. Chalene is a New York Times bestselling author, lifestyle expert and top health podcaster with over 20 million downloads.

She also holds the Guinness book of world records for having starred in the most fitness videos ever. Chalene is truly an inspiration to us all and in this interview, we’re going to learn how she achieved her success.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Chalene drives traffic to build up her website
  • Chalene’s content strategy for repurposing content
  • Chalene’s Instagram tips to get your first 10k followers
  • How to get your entire family involved in entrepreneurship

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Shailene Johnson on the show. If you’ve never heard of Shailene before, she is the queen of fitness videos and she’s built several multi-million dollar lifestyle companies over the years. And in this episode, we’re going to learn how she achieved her success. But before we begin, I want to thank Clevio for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately.

00:28
And if you’re an ecommerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 50,000 ecommerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:53
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it’s free to get started, so visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create a free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Post Group for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:21
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too. And with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love.

02:18
Here’s your host, Steve To.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Shailene Johnson on the show. Now Shailene is someone who I met at Social Media Marking World, where we were both speakers. She’s a New York Times bestselling author, lifestyle expert, and top health podcaster with over 20 million downloads. She also holds the Guinness Book of World Records for having starred in the most fitness videos ever. And together with her husband, Brett, they have built and sold several multi-million dollar lifestyle companies and help others do the same.

02:51
So accolades aside, I actually didn’t know about Shailene until Pat Flynn mentioned her to me a while back. And I still remember the first time I heard her speak at Social Media Marketing World. And I was thinking to myself, man, this woman has got a ton of energy. Now the room was packed and I was actually very uncomfortable standing there. So I was actually about to leave her talk when she cracked a random joke and did one of her patented one-legged kicks in the air. And for some reason, that one power move convinced me to stay and I’m so happy that I did.

03:20
Shailene is truly an inspiration to us all. And in this interview, we’re gonna learn how she achieved her success. And with that, welcome to the show Shailene. How are doing today? I’m awesome. Thank you so much. I appreciate that intro. It’s pretty funny. My signature. I love that one. Like, I don’t know. I crack up every time you do it now. So that’s so funny. And the last talk I saw you at social media marketing world, you did this funny thing where you tried to hop around the mic on the stage. And for some reason, I lost it there too. What did I do?

03:49
What you did, like, there was this mic podium, and then there was like this half a foot space between the podium and the stage, and then what you did is you tiptoed around it just randomly. You don’t remember that, do you, Well, you know, I just posted to my Instagram stories today a few random things that have happened when I speak from stage, and I said in the clip that my absolute favorite thing to have happen is something that I’m not expecting.

04:16
because it gives me an opportunity to break character, to be funny, to roll with it. And so I’m always praying that something really unexpected will happen. And you were wearing heels too. I was actually worried that you were gonna fall. You’re heels, I sleep in heels. So, Shailene, for those listening who have never heard of you before, please give us your back story on how you got into fitness and then later decide to teach entrepreneurship and health and wellness. Sure. Well, I started off in entrepreneurship, went to school at Michigan State, put myself

04:46
through college, having started a private auction for private owners and sellers of vehicles. It was called the All Michigan Auto Swap Meet. That was my first successful business. And after that, probably like most serial entrepreneurs, did like 90 different things, usually all at once, waiting for something to pop. I just love entrepreneurship. love going like, oh, okay, this is a problem. I bet other people have this problem. I should solve this problem.

05:15
And I worked like a fiend, like I defined the word hustle in those early years, but I never really could find success. kept seeing sparkly things and trying new businesses. And it wasn’t until listening to a mentor that I realized my biggest Achilles heel, the thing that was my greatest obstacle or challenge was that I couldn’t focus on one thing for fear that I would pick the wrong thing.

05:44
But that if I didn’t do that, I was never going to experience the kind of success that I longed for and that I really deserved. So I made a decision to kind of put everything that I was excited and passionate about aside and just focus exclusively on fitness and try to make my mark in fitness. Cause I saw this opportunity at that moment. And so I really became, as they say, I broke through she hands wall and became known if you will, for

06:14
fitness, but I often will, you know, very transparently explain to people it’s not because I’m the best at fitness or I know the most or I’m an expert at fitness. It’s because I really study marketing. And it was once and only after I became really known for fitness that I began to slowly put those other passions back on my plate and create additional streams of income from those other interests. And now I pretty much would say I spend the majority of my day teaching

06:44
entrepreneurship and online marketing. Did you start the fitness business while you were working? You were paralegal from what I understand, right? Yeah, I wouldn’t say it was a, had a couple of different businesses at that time. And I was a, an employee for 24 hour fitness teaching a fitness class at the time, and also trying to do my own seminars and, trying to, you know, write eBooks. was doing all these things, but I was teaching this fitness class and I realized that

07:12
there were so many really talented fitness professionals who were making less than minimum wage because they spent so much time creating great playlists and then choreography that went with the playlist. was, you know, it was, you were working for pennies. And I thought, I’m good at that. I know how to match music to movement. What I’m going to do is market these pre-choreographed routines that coincide with the music. And I’m going to market those to fitness instructors so that they can just

07:41
do what they do, which is bring their personality to class. And I saw that opportunity. saw group fitness exploding at that time. And so that was the business I decided to focus on exclusively and stopped working as a paralegal and put aside my plans to go to law school and just focused on that exclusively. can we talk about prison real quick? And just for the audience, Shailene never went to prison, but she talks about prison. The first business, fitness business that you created.

08:10
Yeah, compare it to a prison. Can you kind of talk about how that happened and why you ultimately decided to sell that business? Yeah, it was a mindset that I had. The prison was really when I created in my own mind where I believed that nothing was ever good enough that there always had to be something more. And in order for it to be done well and done right, I need to do all of it. So I

08:35
learned the hard way what it meant to be overworked and exhausted and making a lot of money, but not enjoying any part of my life. I mean, I didn’t sleep. I was never satisfied with what I accomplished or what we accomplished, I should say, because my husband and I were working together at that time. It was never enough. I always felt behind the gun. I always felt like I had to do more. This is going to go away. I never celebrated any win and

09:04
It just got to a point where I couldn’t breathe and it was affecting our marriage tremendously. And I couldn’t get out from underneath it because even to sell the business in the moment when I had the realization, I was the business. I was the face of it. I was the person who was doing all of the pieces. I was in the videos. I was marketing the videos. was writing the copy. was writing emails. So once we decided like, okay, we have to get out from underneath this, it took a transition of about

09:34
I’d say four to five years to brick by brick kind of take apart the prison I had built for myself and allow other people to take the business to the next level. And eventually we were able to sell it. Yeah, I was just about to ask like today, it seems like you have lots of free time to spend with family. Could you have replicated what you have now back with your other fitness business before you sold it? Yeah, I absolutely had I learned

10:00
the lessons that I learned in those four years of transitioning. But by then, you know, that was part of the process was realizing that fitness wasn’t ultimately what I wanted to help the world with. I think it’s a gateway drug. think like once people realize like, hey, you know, if I get disciplined, if I could change my body, if I could change my health, I could probably change my income. I could probably change my family’s legacy. I could change

10:29
a lot of things. And so I think a lot of people realize from fitness that that’s a gateway to personal development, which I believe is a gateway to business development. I could do those things. I could have a much better experience today because I had to learn the hard way how much of my ego put us in that position. But I think the business is very different today. You know, it’s like I wouldn’t I wouldn’t sell VHS cassettes anymore. You know what mean? Like different and

10:58
And even group fitness in since the pandemic has like, has completely changed. I have so many students who really have to change who it is they’re marketing to because a particular industry has like dried up or there’s so much uncertainty that it’s really a call to expand and look at other things that you’re passionate about. Absolutely. You know what’s funny about fitness?

11:21
is I feel like I became a lot more productive business-wise once I got into shape myself. So they are definitely intertwined. You can’t like avoid, you can’t just do one and not the other. It’s interesting. And I know you’ve interviewed so many successful people on your podcast. I’m a subscriber, by the way. Thank you for all the great content you provide. you so much. That means a lot. Yeah, great guess. And I love your solo shows, but you know, one thing you do find successful people have in common, you know, of course, depending on how you define success, but for me,

11:50
I want to look at someone who’s well-rounded, who’s a happy person, who enjoys life, who helps others, who has a lot of options, a lot of choices. And those people tend to have a lot of balance. in order to have a healthy, I think to be a healthy leader, to be a healthy individual, to have a healthy business, you’ve got to be healthy. Absolutely. You know, what’s funny is for a while, I think I fell into your trap.

12:16
as well, where I was just focusing on growing, growing, growing, but my wife wasn’t happy with it. And then we just kept fighting. And it was only after we remembered why we started our businesses in the first place, that things kind of got under control. Took me a lot longer to figure that out than you did. Does she still keep you in check? Like who keeps who in check? She always keeps me in check. I have no power in this relationship. I mean, do you have more of the tendencies to to work? Yeah.

12:44
Yeah, I have more of that tendency and the way we kind of, we kind of created this pack where we’re just trying to grow the business that we run together at a gradual rate. Because we deal with physical products. So anytime there’s a huge influx of orders, it’s actually physically painful. It’s not like that with digital products. anything that I work with her, we kind of, you know, take the pedal off a little bit and anything that I work on by myself. So my wife, quitterjob.com is kind of like my business. I’m free to.

13:10
put the pedal down in the middle on that one because it’s digital products. I’m curious in one of your episodes, and now I’m interviewing you. I heard you say, I will never start a business that I don’t want to run forever. Yes. And I went, was interesting to me because I have almost the opposite perspective now, which is I’ll never start a business that I don’t have some kind of an exit strategy.

13:40
and thinking about that as I build it so that should I decide I don’t want to do this anymore, I don’t have to spend four or five years restructuring. Yeah, I mean, that’s not to say that that I wouldn’t ever want to sell it. But going in, so I’m mainly talking to people who haven’t gotten started yet. You should go in with a long term plan, because everyone’s looking for that quick buck, you know, at least at least a lot of my audiences are the emails that I get. And so that’s why I say what I say. That that makes total sense. Yeah.

14:09
Alright, back to you, Shane. This is about you. It’s not about me. So one thing that I admire about you is that you are awesome at building a large and loyal audience of followers. And part of that is definitely your personality. But I know like behind the scenes, are you’re like a you have all these strategies in place. And one thing I did want to ask you is, by the time you started selling your online training, you kind of already had a large audience with

14:37
with the fitness stuff, right? So what I was hoping that you could do is take us back to the old days of Shailene. I mean, now what? You’re in your 30s and I want to hear about the 20s Shailene. How did you get traffic early on and how did you build up your name? You’re hysterical in my 20s and 30s. Yeah. So I am 51. I prefer that people act shocked when I tell them that. That’s my pet peeve is when I tell people I’m 51, if they don’t act shocked, I’m like, come on. Rude. But so here’s the answer to that question.

15:07
I learned the hard way when I devoted myself to fitness and we sold our fitness business. I didn’t maintain any of the email lists or customer lists. went on to do consumer exercise videos with the company that we sold to, which was Beachbody. And I did three number one fitness infomercials, had sold tens of millions of exercise DVDs, but I did not have one email address.

15:35
And I didn’t have much of a social media following. The people who were following me were interested in fitness, not in business or personal development. So I hired a coach and he basically said, here’s what you’re going to do. You need to, said, you know, I’m, true. I am an entrepreneur who became successful in fitness, but I’ve always wanted to teach entrepreneurship. I’ve always been someone who loves marketing and the behavior, psychologies of the consumer.

16:04
And that’s what I want to do.” he said, but you can’t, nobody knows you for that. You have to be known for that. And so I had a proposal to write a book about personal development. And he said, I won’t even allow you to shop the book around until you have at least a hundred thousand people on an email list. And I was like, oh, okay. So I took every course that I could find every weekend seminar. did, worked with everyone I could think of to figure out how do I build an email list? And I did it.

16:34
Over the course of a year, I built it to a hundred thousand word. How did you do that? a lot of was timing so I The cornerstone to my success was I created a 30-day challenge now today that wouldn’t work because no one has the attention span of 30 days You need the 32nd challenge, right? But so this is in 2010 I started a 30-day challenge that taught people how to be more productive and how to create

17:01
a very carefully crafted to-do list that only had three things and a very specific way of doing it. And I taught them one little thing each day for 30 days. And I did that on video. So each day you woke up and got a new video to your inbox. It just a couple of minutes long. And this is like before everybody was doing that. I had a hundred over, gosh, I don’t know how many people, but within probably about six months, we had over a hundred thousand people who had signed up for that. And what was really powerful about that, Steve, is I was,

17:31
I was the first thing people saw every day. This is like in 2010 when people weren’t doing a lot of video yet. And so they really felt like they knew me and I filmed everything very raw on my laptop, like horrible, you know, camera work, but in my home. And it was very personal and they spent 30 days with me and they, they got a lot accomplished. And so it created a really loyal group of people who really knew me well. And that

17:59
helped me to, I mean that is what launched my personal development and then business development career. So I had to do it very slowly, very, very slowly and always kind of balancing what it is people want from you and what it is you want to give to people. And sometimes those things don’t match up. were those people? How are they finding your email list? Were you running ads or? No, not at that time. It was word of mouth. So when one person would sign up,

18:28
I would encourage them to immediately find an accountability partner. That was like lesson number one, first assignment. So it just quickly started doubling. Um, I launched it in December. So it was a lot about good timing. And again, at that point, everyone’s doing a challenge now and they still, they still work. I’m in the middle of doing a challenge right now for Instagram, but it’s different. Like now I’m doing a five day challenge. There are so many challenges that if

18:54
I still believe that they work. think they’re a wonderful way to serve an audience and build an email list and build rapport and build reciprocity. But I think you have to factor in how much time people have. And I also think another really important lesson in how we’ve changed is that that first 30 day, it was called 30 day push. That first 30 day challenge was free. Today, I’m a bigger fan of a paid challenge. Can we comment on that? Because I run challenges myself and they’re always free.

19:24
I’ve always been, know you run, what do you charge like 20 bucks or something? I’ve always been a little hesitant to do that because I feel like some of the free people I might be able to convert over. Can you kind of comment why you change it over? Well, we still do a lot of free, right? Like, so we still do it. I think my social media, my podcast very much like yours is hours and hours and hours of free content. We still use freemiums, lead magnets, et cetera. But when I’m doing a challenge, I have just found that

19:53
because lead magnets and freemiums, the things that we sign up for for free, they have a much lower open rate. So if I can’t even start the relationship with you because you’ve just given me your quote, you know, spam email to receive this free challenge and you haven’t paid for it, you don’t care. But if you paid 20 bucks, it’s crazy how people will be like, it’s 501, why have I…

20:22
And it’s and we will we just blow them away and over deliver. We get a higher conversion rate. So the people who because we are always looking at like, OK, we’ve got this group of people who converted and they came in on a free offering. And then we have this group that came in on a paid offer. And that that group rates so much higher. I mean, it’s it’s it’s astronomical. It blows my mind because it’s a it’s a different.

20:49
Qualified customer someone who’s very serious about it. It’s someone who’s already taken out their credit card and said, okay I’m gonna give you a shot So you already have a pain paying customer and you’re just taking them to the next step and I just I just I really like the Adherence I like the people get a lot more out of a paid challenge. I think There’s something about putting some amount of money down that makes you take things more seriously as well So that’s why I’ve been kind of debating to myself

21:19
Just curious though, do you know like what the numbers difference was going from free to paid? Off the top of my head, I don’t. And I’m happy to report back to you because I’ll maybe include that in the show notes. I’ll check with our campaign manager. Yeah, I was just kind of curious because there’s for some reason it still affects me like just the numbers, know, like the vanity numbers always affect me also. the vanity and by vanity numbers, what are you referring to? The sheer number of signups for like the The signups are always smaller for sure.

21:49
for a paid challenge, right? So for a paid challenge, might get, if we’re promoting it for this last paid challenge, we promoted it for four days and we had 2200 people sign up. If I were doing a free challenge, we’d probably have in the neighborhood of 12,000 sign up, I would guess. Right, right. No, but it’s just a far more qualified lead, especially when what it is ultimately, they will be put into a funnel for my marketing academy, which is a $2,000.

22:18
So it also has to do with the entry level, like what is the price that we’re going to offer them eventually to get a different type of customer. And we will do both, right? So before our next launch for the Marketing Impact Academy, we’re doing a paid challenge and we’ll also do a free challenge. Interesting. And how are those two challenges different? Is it the same content more or less? No, different content. The first one is obviously for

22:45
people are trying to grow their Instagram for business. And then the second challenge is for people who are trying to figure out, and you did an episode on this recently, how do I make money if I don’t have any money and I really am not sure what it is I have that I could sell? So I call them the no idea, no business people, right? But they know they want to be in business, so they know at least they want to make extra income, and we’ll do a free challenge for those folks.

23:14
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:42
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:12
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. You know, it’s funny, I just listened to your last episode on the upsells and downsells and it just kind of made me think like I have this one big monolithic product and I should be breaking it down to downsells and some upsells as well. Yeah, we’ve learned that the hard way. So Shailene, you seem to put out endless content.

24:40
Like every time I’m opening Instagram, you have more stories, posts, videos. I’d like to talk about your content strategy and how you were able to do this. Because it seems like you’re posting all the time and clearly you have some sort of machine that allows you to do this on all platforms. So I’d like you to talk about your strategy there. That’s great. Well, I do have a great social media team that works with me full time, but they don’t do my personal.

25:05
Social media, I do have someone who helps me on my Facebook page. Instagram, my personal Instagram is all me and I do stories throughout the day and try to do at least one post a day to my feed. Aside from that, I have 10 other Instagram accounts that I call feature accounts. And by feature account, mean it’s not me that the account is about, but it features a particular type of content. It’s a niche content aimed at targeting a very specific type of customer.

25:34
And so I have 10 of those accounts and I have a team that manages those niche accounts are a wonderful way. They grow much quicker, especially in today’s culture and environment. And they’re really easy to manage. So I know you have multiple podcasts and you’re putting out videos all the time. And I know you repurpose a lot of that content. So I guess the question is, what do you start with and then how do you repurpose all that stuff on down? Like what’s the process? Yeah. Okay.

26:04
Sure. my podcasts are the intention is that they’re every single episode is fresh. If however, because I’ve been doing it now for I think five years, if there’s a week where I’m just like, oh my, just can’t, there’s just too much going on and to spend another three hours in the podcasting booth I meant to, but now I’m tired and I just need to take a nap. My team will be like, oh, no problem. We have this episode. They always have like a backup episode just in case.

26:30
And it’ll usually be something that is no longer showing up on Apple iTunes, but it was a great timeless interview or a great timeless topic and that will get repurposed, but that’s pretty rare. So the podcasts are, we do four a week. We do two for the Shalene show, which is a lifestyle program. And then I do two for build your tribe. One that’s a quick topic. And then the other is either my son Brock, who’s the cohost with me or we’re interviewing someone.

26:59
Those are, you know, I just have an endless amount of things I want to talk about. So I find that to be the most enjoyable thing ever is doing podcasts. I love teaching when it comes to content for Instagram. I have a monthly, what do you call it? A monthly calendar that I look at for inspiration, but I always say to myself, is that what I feel like posting today?

27:28
And so my calendar is kind of like a backup. And I use it in the event that nothing has inspired me. But I would say 80 % of the time I go off the calendar because I’m like, oh no, I know what I want to talk about today. Like this is on my heart. And I find that an easier, it’s easier copy to write for me. And it’s easier to find that content. And I love doing IGTVs. IGTVs are a great piece of content for people to.

27:57
to repurpose. if I can share this with your listeners, now that Instagram has offered or the feature is that when you go live on Instagram, the moment you finish, Instagram will say, hey, would you like this to be an IGTV? And you want to say, yes, turn that live into an IGTV. Now you’ve gone live, which is going to get you some traction with the algorithm. And then you create that IGTV. Instagram is really favoring anything related to IGTV right now because they’re coming for YouTube.

28:27
So use those IGTVs to your advantage. Create a great thumbnail just before you go live so you can update your thumbnail. The second Instagram gives you that option too, because you can’t change it at the moment that we’re recording this. Also use hashtags in the first comment, not in your description or caption. And again, that’s based on case studies of the students that we’ve had test us both ways and we’re just seeing amazing traction on hashtags.

28:53
for IGTV better than any other type of post on your feed. And then I remember when I heard you talk, I think you did a leg kick when you did this, you said you could actually include a link, right? On your IGTV? That’s right. Yeah, everyone can. You don’t have to have 10,000 followers. You can put a clickable link in the description of your IGTV. The only way that I should mention, it’s a little tricky because if you’re watching my IGTV on the feed, meaning the first one minute

29:24
preview that Instagram shows you. That link isn’t clickable until you tap on the IGTV and you’re watching it full screen as an IGTV. And I’m not sure if that makes sense, but then and only then is the link clickable. So I will sometimes mention that in my IGTV. Do you purposely leave a cliffhanger? What is that? 10 seconds or something? Because I always find myself clicking on them. Is that intentional?

29:52
Whenever I can so, you know, I love to tell you I’m always that in time so many things I tell people to do I’m like, you know, this is what this is best practices but the bottom line is you want to get content up, right and and so when I when I can remember to do that when I’m that strategic sure But I’m not often that well thought out a lot of it and I’m just like, oh this is funny I’ve got to post this and there is no cliffhanger. I’m just hoping that it’s captivating enough that people will continue to watch

30:20
I notice you do a lot of Instagram. Are you doing the same thing on Facebook as well with the lives? To be very honest, I haven’t. I use my Facebook groups a lot. haven’t grown my actual Facebook page, I’d say in the last like four months, maybe even longer than that. I think I’m stuck at like a million, which is great. I’m not like knocking it at all. I just have so much more success on Instagram. even though have a smaller following there, it’s a very engaged.

30:50
It’s my target audience hangs out on Instagram. My target audience wants to learn more about Instagram and So I would say I spend a lot of time on Instagram and inside my Facebook group So in fact the current challenge that we’re doing right now is you know, we’re we’re serving them that content inside of a Facebook group Hmm interesting And then for for Instagram

31:12
I know a lot of people want to hit that first 10K followers. Like if you were starting from scratch, what would be some of the things that you would do like best practices on posting and tagging and that sort of thing? Okay. So if I were starting from scratch today, I wouldn’t start as a personal brand. I would start a themed account. So in other words, if I am someone who offers interior design, virtual interior design services, I wouldn’t start

31:42
a personal account with me as a brand or even my company as a brand, rather, I would start an account that just features beautiful interiors and get a ton of people following where, and it’s the type of customer who’s looking for this particular type of designer design style that I specialize in. I think it’s easier to find that content. You’ll grow it much faster. The content will be much more shareable. When we’re posting content, there’s only two things that make you grow.

32:12
Only two things, shareable content and hashtags. Right. That’s it. So if you’re not posting stuff that people are like, Oh man, I should share this to my stories. It’s, it’s a slow agonizing process and it’s getting harder and harder and harder because there’s so much great content out there and everyone has not just one is their account, but maybe 10. So I really,

32:40
highly recommend people consider starting a feature type account. Let me give you a few more examples. I have an account that all that we feature is workouts that you can do at home, but they’re not me. They’re any other fitness professional who’s using that tag and then we feature their content. And because they’re great ideas, people share those to their stories. And that account has grown to over a half a million followers in a very short period of time. It’s called Home Workouts For You.

33:10
And that helps me target someone who’s really interested in fitness. Now I can use the bio. can use anytime we’re doing a sale. So for example, when I was promoting this most recent challenge, then I can go on the stories there. So I don’t take over the feed, but I’ll take over the stories and say like, Hey guys, thanks for following this. You’re obviously very interested in fitness. As you know, the fitness industry has, has really changed. And so many of you use Instagram to promote your business and what it is you do if you want.

33:38
to join me on a five day challenge to grow your fitness business on Instagram, click below. So that’s where I’ll promote is inside my stories. I’ll never use the feed of those feature accounts. Another example is an account that we have that’s called push me daily. And all that that is our daily, again, content that we found that’s already viral, it’s already proven. It’s already the kind of stuff you want to share, but the content all relates to people who are looking for that.

34:04
you know, super motivational, inspirational, get you pumped up, work hard kind of content, because we’re trying to attract entrepreneurs. And that account has also grown very quickly. I think that’s at 50,000 followers. So you’re posting other people’s content as opposed to your own. Like what is the ratio? 100 % 100 % sharing other people’s Okay, maybe 99. Okay. Yeah, so maybe if you looked at those accounts,

34:32
You might once a month see something that’s me, but I’m not even posting that content to drive traffic to my account per se. I’m growing those big accounts because we’re attracting the right kind of target audience. And for the person who wants to go deeper, they’re looking at the stories and they know who owns the account. And then we can speak to them in the stories. I don’t think that we should ever be very rarely. mean, there’s always an exception. I don’t think we should sell in the feed.

35:01
I think our feed is where we can attract people. The stories are where we go deep and the stories are also where we have permission to tell people about what it is we have that could help them. So it’s through the stories that you gather email addresses as well. That’s where we’ll offer freemiums for sure. Yep. Okay. And would you say that most of your traffic is from Instagram? I would say, boy, that’s, I should know the answer to that off top of my head. I would say the majority is.

35:30
probably from Instagram podcasts, maybe pretty close to equal. We do advertising, but the advertising usually is just based around when we’re doing a launch, and we’re usually launching like once, maybe twice a year. So the rest of the time, I’m just building that reciprocity and just serving the audience and trying to give them things that I think are really useful for them and then segmenting our list, because we’ve got a bunch of different types of businesses.

36:00
Oh yeah, yeah. And they all go to the same account and you just segment them out based on where they came from? what challenge or group? Yep. And then in terms of content frequency, you mentioned on Instagram, you’re posting at least once per day and then… Yes. So of those 10 accounts that we have, the rule is that we always want to ring around the circle. So we always want there to be an active story that tells people when they look at your profile that this person is active.

36:27
And then on top of that, the rule is that we post at least once to each of those accounts. And currently we’re experimenting with some of our feature accounts with twice a day, posting twice a day to see how that impacts followers. And so far, thus far, it seems to prove to be beneficial. You know, anytime you post, you’re to get some people that you’re going to get a certain number of unfollows and a certain number of new follows. Sure. Right. But you’re losing people every day if you’re not posting.

36:54
Just because people, go to their list of the people they’re following and go, do I know this person? You know, they just try to clean house. Some of them are spam accounts or bot accounts. See, all of us are always losing a certain number of followers. The way that we gain followers, again, is by using carefully selected hashtags and engagement, obviously, and increasing our reach. And the way that you increase your reach is when people are like, this is amazing.

37:22
And it’s going to make me look good if I share this. Right? So if I, if I, know that if I post a photo of my husband and I, and just talk about how wonderful our vacation was, mean, see, there’s no reason for you to share that. You know what I mean? Right. It’s interesting to my followers. It’s a great way for me to connect with them and let them know who I am a little deeper, but it’s not the kind of content people are going to share. And so if you’re really in a stage where you want to grow your account,

37:51
which most people when they’re starting out, I mean, if you have an account under 10,000, I think we’re all trying to grow a certain percentage of your content. That should be the litmus test. You ask yourself, are other people gonna see this and think to themselves, this is gonna be a positive reflection on me if I share this to my story? We do this with memes, we do this with text cards, we do this with really meaningful messages where we wanna share it because we’re like, this is what

38:20
What this person just said is what I also stand for. Do you do any share for shares or co-labs with other Instagram folks? I don’t anymore. I did though when I first got on like in 2010, 11, did a lot of that, a ton of that. I haven’t done it probably in the last eight years, but I, you know, I, a lot of people pay for things on Instagram, which I’m not really a fan of. I’m not a fan of paid pods.

38:49
People should be very careful of any third party API that could land you in a heap of trouble. Be careful those DMs you get from people. They’re like, I can help your account grow to, they’re like, I can help your account grow to a hundred thousand. I’m like, well, but it’s at 500,000. So how does that work? They’re so copy and paste. But the hardest, but the most factual thing I can say about growing on any social media platform

39:19
It is just like it takes the same effort it takes to grow your business, which is persistence. You just, you got to stick to it every single day. And there are days you’re not going to feel like doing it. We can’t always rely on our motivation. We have to set up habits so that we don’t have to rely on motivation and we don’t have to rely on discipline that we have these habits in place. And that’s what makes the difference between entrepreneurs who burn out pretty quickly and those.

39:46
who can start to enjoy their life is really focusing on like, what systems can I establish so that these things become habits? Hence you have to be willing to do it forever. Yeah. So it’s funny is I’ve had a number of Instagram folks on the podcast before and I know a number of them say like, you should be posting like six or seven times a day to reach, you know, as much of your audience as possible. It seems like you don’t share that philosophy. Whenever you have something interesting to say, you just,

40:15
at least post once a day, but that sounds like it’s much more manageable the way you do it. Yeah, and I really can’t speak with authority to testing six times a day. We have not tested that. Also have heard people say that to be true. You when I think about the logic behind it, it might make sense if you’re especially if you’re not posting you like I just there are certain people like I don’t need to see why would I need to see your face six times a day? I’m going to unfollow, right?

40:44
But if you’re posting, again, content where you’ve asked yourself, does this serve my audience? Then if every piece of content serves them in that way, then yeah, I would say go for it. I can think of one personal or a couple of different personal brands right now that have, it looks to me like they’re experimenting with this. And they’re not posting multiple times a day their picture or their video, but they’re posting content that’s

41:14
related to their brand message. If that makes sense. I haven’t seen someone who’s like posting, okay, here’s, know, other than maybe the Kardashians, here’s six images of me today. Like that feels like it’s more about me and we want to make our posts about them or when they are about us. It’s like, like, so for example, my post today is about me, but it’s about me for you. In other words, I’m saying here’s what I’ve figured out. Now tell me what this looks like for you.

41:45
And in terms of your video content, you seem to always do lives. Does that just generally work a lot better as opposed to just uploading a video for IGTV? For my lifestyle, does. extemporaneous. So I tend to do better in a live setting. I also tend to if I record something with the intention of editing it later, that goes from being, you know, a 30 minute live into a

42:14
30 minute, no, then the video itself is gonna take twice as long. And then instead of sending it out to get edited, I’ll decide that I only, I can edit it the way I want, you know? And so it just eats up more time than is necessary and it doesn’t feel as authentic. I really love video that doesn’t feel produced. The infomercial that I have on TV right now, I just finished filming it four weeks ago. The reason why

42:44
it works is because you can tell it’s not scripted. You can tell it’s not produced. And I think we as consumers have become very leery and suspicious of things that look overproduced. You know, I try to teach my students to move away from the overly curated, perfect Instagram with all the same presets and everything is kind of the soft cloudy pink with a splash of orange.

43:13
You know what mean? And that’s an idea photo and there’s that orange cup and there’s that orange pillow like I just don’t feel like that’s real life and I I want people to know that we relate and I don’t find those types of accounts relatable I’m like, oh man, I gotta go on a vacation and get a big floppy hat now, you know what I mean? They just don’t feel authentic to me and and I think that the consumer I look I was just doing a study last night I was taking a look at

43:43
the growth rate of accounts where they’ve really, really locked themselves into that preset, where the colors are all coordinating and the branding and the theme that you just look at the page and it’s a beautiful page. There’s no doubt about it, but it just all kind of feels the same. So I started looking at a bunch of very popular accounts that sell those presets and have been really well known for doing that Instagram preset look. And they haven’t grown in the last three years.

44:13
You know, so that’s, they look beautiful, but the question is how are you connecting with people? And we want real. We want real. I mean, that’s definitely one of your strengths. I always feel like when I’m watching one of your videos that you’re actually talking to me. Wow. Yeah. One thing I want to touch on is I actually love how you and your family work together. And I was kind of curious. So my wife and I, we actually do not work that well together. So that’s why we keep everything separate. Like we mentioned earlier.

44:42
Just curious, like what the dynamic is like with you and Brett, because you are kind of like the face, right? Yeah, I would say so. It didn’t work well at first. Okay, that’s for sure. Yeah. He’s, you know, an alpha male. He’s quarterback, head football coach, you know, all those stereotypes, you could picture them. And when we first started working together, it was, it was really awkward. It was really hard because I was treating him like

45:11
an assistant because I didn’t know what to have him do because I knew he didn’t know any of the things I knew yet. So rather than like teaching him those things or even recognizing the skills he already had, which were really financial and strategy and operations, I would whatever I didn’t have time to do, I’d be like, okay, okay, do this. Oh, give that back to me. I’ll know that’s not right. I’ll do it. You know, like really very passive aggressive. And it did a number on our

45:41
Marriage for a while. They’re like we didn’t it was not fun. So we went to marriage counseling I guess you’d call marriage counseling, but we really focused on how to talk to each other in that environment and It was there where he was most comfortable telling me like you make me feel inadequate. You make me feel like I’m Irrelevant unimportant. I want to be the provider. I don’t want to feel insignificant and

46:06
when you say this and he would give me specific examples, like when you would say, I need you to go do this for me or in, my business, you know, it was a language that I was using and, um, and you’re not recognizing the strengths that I have. And, and so that once we kind of realized like, Oh, we just need to be in very separate lanes and he needs to work in the lane. Like he is strong where I am weak. And so it was just honoring those areas where he’s really, really strong. And

46:35
And then eventually he started learning all of the everything that I know about marketing. now knows, and you know, we really do run the company together in that way. I think I am the face of the business more so, but we do our events together. He does a lot of the teaching. He teaches in a lot of our coursework. I just tend to be more extemporaneous and more, you know, about content and social, but it wasn’t, it wasn’t comfortable at first.

47:05
But now it’s just from learning to really communicate and remembering every single morning, the business is irrelevant. The only things that matter is our relationship and our family. So what can I do every single day when I wake up that he knows none of this matters, only you matter. Like you are my everything. And that shift has made us so much closer and it’s so much more fun and we have the same perspective.

47:34
You know, people just want to feel honored and important and significant and no one wants to feel bad about themselves and not every couple can work together. I’ll say that I know that not every couple can work together, but I do believe all of us, if we learn to communicate, it’s easier. I think everything that you mentioned there are mistakes that I’ve made. I think working with my spouse, I think it was also a matter of figuring out what the love languages were like hers is actually appreciation.

48:04
Mine is, it’s a good question. It’s physical and it is probably acts of service. Like I don’t need appreciation at all actually. Yeah. Yeah. Funny. Interesting. I also want to ask you how you got your kids into your business. Like Brock and you do a podcast. That’s awesome. Yeah. Yeah. Both of them are entrepreneurs.

48:28
In the truest sense now, when they, when I was young, I’ll start there because this is really something I learned from my own father, who’s a serial entrepreneur. When we were growing up, I didn’t know that we were poor. I didn’t know that we were broke. We, my dad had a million different businesses. And so I grew up watching him do everything from having a motorcycle shop to an antique shop, to selling tools, to doing large scale events and flea markets and.

48:56
I mean, you name it liquidations. So I learned very young that you just experiment. Also, when we were very broke, my parents were really great about the language they use. They would never say things like, uh, money doesn’t grow on trees or you, can’t afford that. Or what do you think we’re made out of money? You know, they would say to whatever request I had, that’s a great idea. Let’s figure out a way that you can make the money and then decide if you want to buy that.

49:24
So was also like, okay, you’re gonna make the money. And then once you have the money, you’re gonna have to ask yourself, do you really wanna spend your money on that? And so I had a great childhood learning how to make, how to hustle, how to make money. And that’s what I did. I paid my own way through college, obviously, and paid for everything. And I was so proud of the fact that I bought my first car when I was 15, that…

49:50
And I knew what that did for my confidence. And I told that story to everyone. Like it made me feel so invincible that I had the money to pay for college, that I had the money. Like my friends, all their parents bought them beaters. And I was, I kept upgrading cars and upgrading cars and upgrading cars because I knew how to buy and sell cars. And I bought them with my own money. And I wanted to tell everybody, I just felt invincible. I felt so great about myself, that confidence.

50:20
affected every area of my life and I thought if I can give that to my kids then I’m gonna win and I need to do that because We’ve got money my kids are not gonna think we’re broke, but I need them to know that’s my money That’s not your money, honey But I’m gonna teach you how to make money. And so from the time they were very young We told them as soon as they were able to understand like all this gonna be so exciting. Guess what? We’re not gonna pick out a car for you. You’re gonna be able to pick out

50:49
car you want because you’re gonna buy it yourself and we’re gonna help you got all this time to raise as much money as you can to do that and so they from the time they’re really young would have I I shouldn’t call them businesses because they really weren’t businesses but they would have money making ideas that would keep their interest for a couple of weeks they’d make some money and then they’d be done with it for a little while and then they come up with another idea and then another idea and we just kept accumulating their savings

51:18
I love it. Like we tried to start a t-shirt business with my kids and we actually made close to $1,000 with it. But like over time, they’ve kind of lost interest and I find myself like, I don’t want to have to push them to do stuff. Yes. Yes. That’s a great point. I don’t think that we should teach our kids to be adults. I think that we should teach them that they have the power to be resourceful, to solve a problem, to find something they’re interested in, make a little bit of money and then be done with it. I think it’s

51:50
unrealistic and probably detrimental to ask your child to run a business or to keep have that be their interest, you know, for more than a couple of months, really. I mean, nothing that my kids did were they interested in for more than a couple of months, but they were, but they loved the idea that they’re like, I’ve got an idea. And, know, then we would put up together a balance sheet and figure out how much money they had to start it and what it was going to cost them and what they could make. And so because of that, they realized

52:18
My interests are going to change all the time. And if an idea strikes me, I can sit down with a pen, a piece of paper, can crunch the numbers and see if this is a good idea and I can make some money and then I can be done with it. And that’s exactly what they did all through high school. Both bought their own vehicles and by my son’s sophomore year in college, he was he just graduated from UC Davis, but he was a scholarship athlete.

52:47
which means you’re going to be very, very busy. So he’s a scholarship athlete. That’s a full-time job. And on top of that, running his own private business online, he made over a hundred thousand dollars by his sophomore year. Wow. Which is great. Then he upgraded, know, he’s here. He’s a sophomore in college, um, buying his own Range Rover. Mom and dad are not paying for insurance. I’m not paying for car payments. I’m not paying for his travel and paying for nothing. And, and he loves to tell people.

53:16
That that’s his doing because it gives him such confidence Not that his parents are taking care of him, but that he knows how to take care of himself and my daughter the same thing I’m trying to do the same thing, but I also got grandma giving them like these large checks for Christmas. It’s hard. Okay, that’s okay My kids got that too from you know family and but that’s okay it what you really what we’re teaching them is you have the ability to solve problems

53:45
and create income and everybody does. So many people today, the thought of starting a business is intimidating. And I always tell people, don’t worry about starting a business, but you need an additional stream of income. One stream of income, whether that’s from a job or even one business right now, especially in this pandemic, we’re realizing more than ever is about the riskiest thing that you could do. So what would you say, Shailene, you got no money, where would you start?

54:14
I would market my skills. think there’s no cost of investment. You can do so today for nothing. mean, you know, you can start a MailChimp email list for free. can use social media to find customers for free. Almost every service that you and I originally had to pay tens of thousands of dollars for to offer people our services, they’re free now.

54:42
You can literally start today and it’s free. And no matter what it is, I guarantee there’s someone who is like, man, I’m in the middle of this. if I would just pay someone who would give me the shortcuts and tell me how to get through this divorce, I would pay someone who would tell me how to get my child through or organize their day so that they could really excel.

55:08
learning online. I would pay someone to help me figure out how to organize or redecorate my living room with the things that I already have in here, but I just need to stage it differently. Like anything that you’re thinking to yourself, oh yeah, but there’s a YouTube video that teaches that. It doesn’t matter. People want to learn it the way you offer it. Expertise is an intimidating word, but we all have knowledge and experience that other people can benefit from. And that’s where I would start. Absolutely.

55:38
For myself, when I started the e-commerce store, I wasn’t an expert. just literally just documented what I was doing and people read it. And then they treated me like an expert just because I was documenting myself. So that just kind of naturally happens. Yeah. And I don’t know why it is, but we’re so reluctant to charge for things if we feel like, but there’s somebody out there who knows more, right?

56:03
But we really shouldn’t because you know, you’re you’re just trying to help that person who maybe you’re just a couple of steps ahead of them. You don’t have to be the ultimate expert. I mean, I even today I think to myself, everyone knows more about fitness than me. I just know more than someone who’s just starting and I know how to have fun. And you don’t have to be the best. You just have to be a few steps ahead of somebody who needs your help.

56:32
No one else does a leg kick though. Pretty sure. Shailene, I don’t want to take up too much of your time. Where can people find you? Yeah, yeah. My website is shaleene.com. C-H-A-L-E-N-E.com. And I’d love for you to take a screenshot of this podcast and tag us. I love resharing that and finding out where people, that people listen to.

56:59
to podcast, that’s like a different type of individual. And those are my favorite people. So be sure to tag me on Instagram. I’m at Shalene Johnson. My mom was always like, how is your podcast successful? Like, why would people listen to you for an hour? And what was funny is I actually had my mom on the podcast. She actually is really impressive. She discovered a cure for a very rare disease. She came on and she got so many emails, like they emailed me and I forwarded them on to her that she was just so happy.

57:29
be recognized because before she didn’t think that what she was working on was that important because it really only affects like 10,000 people every year. Oh worldwide. So yeah, I gave it a little taste. Your mom and my mom must hang out because that’s my parents who are like, wait, you doing a what? I cast what? Yeah, but I was destined to be an engineer. So so funny. All right, Chailene, I really appreciate your time. Thanks a lot. Absolutely. It’s been my pleasure. Thanks, Steve.

57:59
Alright, take care.

58:02
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Shailene is one of my favorite influencers in the world and she’s incredibly down to earth, motivational, and she knows her stuff. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 328. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

58:31
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

59:01
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

327: What It Takes To Make 6 Figures Of Profit In Ecommerce With Steve Chou

327: What It Takes To Make 6 Figures Of Profit In Ecommerce With Steve Chou

As a new entrepreneur, making 6 figures per year with an ecommerce store may seem insurmountable at first. So in this episode, I discuss how to overcome self-doubt and what it takes to make 6 figures of profit in ecommerce.

What You’ll Learn

  • Breaking down 6 figures in profit
  • Necessary skills to run a 6 figure business
  • How to overcome the doubters in your life
  • How much work does it take to make 6 figure income

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m going solo to address a specific segment of my podcast audience who are either running stagnant businesses that aren’t growing as fast as they would like, or for listeners who have yet to pull the trigger on entrepreneurship. I’m going to talk about the challenges that my wife and I faced early on and breaking down what it really takes to make six figures in profit.

00:26
which is what most people need to make in order to feel comfortable quitting their day job. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript?

00:53
It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. I also want to thank Claviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show.

01:23
Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an ecommerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 50,000 ecommerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklinen, and Living Proof used Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

01:52
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster and it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle.

02:20
so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:30
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. In this episode, I’m going to be talking about overcoming self-doubt in business and what it really takes to make six figures of profit in e-commerce. Now looking back, one of the biggest challenges of starting our e-commerce store was the lack of support. So for example, when we got started in 2007, we had no one to talk to, we had no one to share our experiences with, and we had no one to compare strategies with. And to make things worse, most people doubted that we would ever be able to replace my wife’s six figure income selling handkerchiefs online.

03:01
Now, if most of your friends work full-time day jobs, then most of them will be skeptical of your chances for success. And there will always be a small part of their mind that secretly hopes that you will fail. Now, your friends aren’t bad people for thinking this way. It’s just that human nature causes people to doubt any path that they have not chosen for themselves. Even though I run two seven-figure businesses, I still consistently get three to five emails per week from people who simply do not believe that money can be made in e-commerce

03:28
let alone six figures in profit in a single year. So for example, here’s an email that I received just the other day. Steve, your figures do not add up. There is no way that your wife made a hundred thousand dollars in profit in her first year doing most of the packing by herself. So first of all, making six figures within a year is not uncommon. In fact, it’s not even that impressive anymore. And I have over a hundred podcast guests that have well exceeded this number. Ryan Moran made seven figures in revenue with a profit margin of about 30 % in his first year.

03:56
Nemo Chu did something similar and one of the students in my class, Toni Anderson made 190 K in her first seven months selling jewelry online. Now making six figures per year with an e-commerce store may sound insurmountable at first, but let’s break down this number and take a look at it from a different perspective. A typical online store that sells other people’s products makes roughly a 50 % margin. So in order to make a hundred K you have to generate 200 K in revenue.

04:23
Now a typical Amazon seller makes a 33 % margin after all the Amazon fees and product costs. So in order to make a hundred K in profit on Amazon, you need to generate 300 K in revenue. But for our online store back in 2007, we imported all of our stuff from Asia and our margins were anywhere from 75 to 95%. So for us to make a hundred K in profit, we needed to generate between 105,000 and 133,000. But for the sake of simplicity, let’s just assume 125 K in revenue.

04:52
was required for us to make 100K in profit. Now note, back in the day, we ran everything from our garage and pretty much had zero overhead. We charged really high shipping rates as well, so we actually made money on shipping. Now, if you do the math, 125K divided by 365 days per year equals $342 per day. Now our average order size was around $50, so that meant we only needed seven orders per day to make $125,000 for the year. Just seven orders per day.

05:22
It doesn’t sound like a whole lot when you think about it that way, does it? Now, according to that reader’s email above, it is physically impossible to pack seven orders per day while working a full-time day job. But what do you think? Now, is it grueling work to have to pack orders for several hours after you’re already tired from working a long day of work? Absolutely. But is it impossible? Hardly. So first off, my wife was not alone. We packed orders together and we were a team. I got off work at around 6 PM.

05:50
ate dinner and then helped her pack until late at night. And here’s another little known fact about our business. I was actually in charge of doing all the sewing and embroidery for the first year. Now, why was this my job? It’s because even though sewing was one of my wife’s favorite hobbies, she actually hated doing it for the money. So rather than give up a potential cash cow that generated 95 % margins, I took the helm and operated the machines. Now I would come home from my 50 to 55 hour work week designing microprocessors

06:20
and then I would sew for several hours until all of our personalized orders were fulfilled. But realistically speaking, packing and shipping seven orders per day was not a big deal at all. And if you are determined, you can do it. Now here’s the thing. Back when my wife and I first started, there was no Amazon. There were very few, any, 3PLs and 3PL is a third party logistics firm, which is basically a fulfillment house for your goods. Now for more information, you can actually check out my post in the show notes on why you need a fulfillment center and my top 3PL picks.

06:49
In any case, as a result, my wife and I were forced to pack and ship all of our orders by ourselves. We had to carry inventory, which meant that we needed to dedicate space in our house to store our goods. Now today, that is obviously not the case. Thanks to Amazon FBA, you can actually ship all of your goods directly to Amazon’s warehouse and have them do the shipping and fulfillment for you. They will also handle all of your customer service. So you don’t need to pick up the phone. You don’t need a physical address for your company and you don’t need to handle returns.

07:18
And thanks to the rising popularity of e-commerce, there are also many 3PL companies that will handle all of your shipping and handling needs if you decide not to go the Amazon route. Also back in 2007, I only had a couple of choices from my website. I could either download an open source shopping cart and run my own server, or I could develop my own homegrown solution. There weren’t any good fully hosted shopping cart platforms at the time. And you actually had to invest a significant sum of money to get your website designed if you didn’t have any design skills.

07:47
but today you can sign up for a service like Shopify or big commerce and have a website up within a day. If you want a little bit more control, there are a plethora of open source options like open card, WooCommerce and press the shop. Putting up your own website has never been easier and it’s very affordable too. Now, once you have a product to sell, the next logical step is to drive traffic to your listings and complete the sale. However, most people struggle with this step and it’s true.

08:14
driving traffic to your own branded website is difficult and requires some amount of skill.

08:21
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

08:49
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

09:19
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Now that is why I actually recommend all beginners dip their toes in the e-commerce waters by selling on Amazon. Amazon has such an enormous built-in marketplace that any well-researched product you throw up will probably sell, especially during the holidays. Now, when I personally launched my first couple of products on Amazon, I literally made $3,000 in that first month.

09:48
doing absolutely nothing. My products had zero reviews. I didn’t do any giveaways. The products just sort organically all by themselves. And our sales have continued to increase month after month to the point now where Amazon is actually generating meaningful revenue. Anyway, here’s my recommended flow. If you want to get started in e-commerce, so start off by selling on Amazon and take advantage of Amazon’s vast marketplace to test the demand and viability of your products. And then only after you start making some decent money on Amazon,

10:17
put up your own branded website after you are generating consistent sales. And then continue to sell your products on as many different marketplaces as possible while focusing most of your efforts on your own website. Remember, if six figures is your end goal, then it helps to break down your problem into smaller pieces. Now, for my wife and I, we knew that we only needed six or seven orders per day to reach our goal. But if we thought about it in terms of making $100,000 in profit, we might’ve gotten discouraged early on when business was very slow.

10:47
So bottom line, when it comes to selling online, you don’t have to swing for the fences and start the next Google, Target or Walmart online. If all you want to do is replace your day job income, your goal is well within your reach. Now, hopefully I’ve shown you that replacing your day job income is not a huge undertaking when you break things down. And the key to success is not paying attention to the skeptics and the doubters. So bottom line, people who cannot relate with what you are doing will not necessarily support you.

11:14
and people who do not understand what you are trying to do are not good sources for advice. The best way to get real advice and support is from other like-minded entrepreneurs. So instead of relying on your friends and your family, join an entrepreneurship community or attend a conference and start meeting new people. So if you’ve made it this far, I want to let you know that I actually offer a free six-day mini course on e-commerce. You can go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash free to check it out and it is completely free. And I also run an annual e-commerce event called the Seller Summit.

11:44
which can be located over at seller summit.com.

11:49
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now because I’m much further along in my business today, sometimes I forget about how hard it was in the very beginning. So I hope that you got a glimpse of what it was like when I got started and that you have the motivation to press through the obstacles ahead. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 327. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

12:18
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

12:45
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you were interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

13:14
My wife quit her job.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!